KSEEB Solutions For SSLC English Class 10 Prose Chapter 4 DR.B.R Ambedkar

KSEEB Solutions for SSLC Class 10 English Chapter 4 DR.B.R Ambedkar Points To Ponder

Babasaheb was a voracious reader, he bought books by curtailing his daily needs.

While in USA, he was drawn to the 14th amendment of the Constitution of the USA, which gave freedom to the Black Americans.

Babasaheb was greatly influenced by the life and work of Mahatma Phule and decided to devote all his time and talents for the amelioration of his underprivileged brethren.

He made effective contributions to the debates in the Assembly on a variety of subjects.

He was made the Chairman of the Drafting Committee of the Constituent Assembly.

He was the pilot of the various provisions of the Indian Constitution.

He defined the Constitution as a document which defines the position and power of the three organs ofthe State-the executive, the judiciary and the legislature.

He was the first Law Minister o f Indep endent India. It was a tribute to the success of Babasaheb Dr. Ambedkar’s own campaign against social injustice.

He brought equality of opportunities for the members ofthe scheduled castes and scheduled tribes.

Mahatma Gandhi and Dr. Ambedakr tried to proclaim oneness of the Hindu community. Gandfriji did so by reminding the higher castes of their duty towards the Depressed classes.

Babasaheb did the same by reminding them of their inherent rights to equality with the higher and more powerful castes.

KSEEB Solutions For SSLC English Class 10 Prose Chapter 4 DR.B.R Ambedkar

Dr. B.R. Ambedkar SSLC English Textual Exercises Check Your Understanding

Question 1. Ambedkar spent most of his life by
Answer: A-reading books.

Question 2. Pick out the word in the first paragraph which means ‘a quality that makes a person or a thing different from another.
Answer: Trait.

Question 3. How did the fourteenth amendment of the American Constitution benefit the Black Americans?
Answer: The Black Americans got freedom.

Question 4. What did Mahatma Phule work for?
Answer: Phule worked for the creation of a classless society and for the upliftment of women.

Question 5. Mookanayak, Bahishkrit Bharat and Samatawere
Answer: B-newspapers.

Question 6. Gandhiji termed the depressed classes as
Answer: Harijans.

Analysis Of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar SSLC English

Question 1. Draft is a banking term. How is the word used in the context of this lesson?
Answer: Draft means a version of a document that is prepared before it is finalised.

Question 2. Dr. Ambedkar was not in the Congress party. Yet he was made the Chairman ofthe Drafting Committee. Why?
Answer: Dr. Ambedkar was made the Chairman of the Drafting Committee because ofhis farsightedness and objective leadership ofthe Indian National Congress.

Question 3. He raised it ‘brick by brick’. In this context,what was raised?
Answer: The drafting ofthe Fundamental Rights in the Constitution.

Question 4. Who were the other notable members of the drafting committee?
Answer: Alladi Krishnaswami Ayyar, K. M. Munshi and N. Gopalswamy Ayyangar.

Question 5. Ambedkar had ‘rare gifts’. What were they?
Answer: Ambcdkar had ‘rare gifts ’ of unravelling the mo st complicated legal concepts in a language which the laymen understood.

Question 6. Constitution is a fundamental document to both the ruler and the ruled. How?
Answer: The purpose of a Constitution is not merely to create the organs of the State but to limit their authority, because, if no limitation was imposed upon the authority of the organs, there will be complete tyranny and complete oppression.

Question 7. Nehru chose Dr. Ambedkar the Law Minister for three reasons. What are they?
Answer: Nehru chose Ambedkar the Law Minister for three reasons. It was a recognition for his skills in the field of law and legislation. It is also as a tribute to his vision of social justice a vision of which was sought to be infused into the new Indian polity. And above all it was a tribute to the success of Babashaeb’s own campaign against social injustice.

Question 8. Are you aware of the facilities provided by the Social Welfare Department? Mention any two.
Answer: Students to answer.

Question 9. After independence, members of the Scheduled castes have found doors opened to them. How?
Answer: After independence, members of the Scheduled castes have been given equal opportunities in all fields. No legal bars exist today for self¬expression or self-advancement.

Question 10. All people should be given equal opportunities to prove themselves. How are the members of the Scheduled castes proving themselves?
Answer: They are enrolling themselves in institutions of higher offices of State, both at the centre and in the State. Judges, ambassadors and governors have been drawn from their ranks. And they have acquired themselves creditably in all these positions of responsibility.

Question 11.Babasaheb Ambedkar considers public agitation in free India as unconstitutional. Why?
Answer: Babasaheb Ambedkar considers public agitation in free India as unconstitutional. He observes that these methods can be utilized in a struggle against an alienpower. The right to rebellion is recognised against a government without people’s consent, be it alien or national dictatorship, but not in a democracy based on free and fair elections,

Question 12. What were the opinions of the Buddha and Awai regarding the caste divisions?
Answer: Buddha was of the opinion that the only valid divisions are the divisions between those who are noble and wholesome and those who are ignoble unwholesome. The Tamil poetess Awai was of the opinion that there are only two castes in the world, namely, the charitable who give and are superior and the misers who do not and are, therefore, inferior.

Question 13. Caste system in India is in strong position because of
Answer: its power structure.

Question 14. Why did the British magnify the caste distinction?
Answer: The British magnified the caste distinction because they wanted to break the unity of the people. They wanted to divide the people of India to strengthen their power and control over Indians.

Question 15. The word ‘hegemony’ means
Answer: control

Question 16. ‘They brought about a veritable revolution in social thought’.
a)Who are they?
Answer: Mahatma Gandhiji and Babasaheb Ambedkar.

b)what ‘revolution’ is referred to her?
Answer: To repudiate caste and to [proclaim the oneness of the Hindu community.

c)How did they bring about the revolution?
Answer: Gandhiji did so by reminding the higher castes of their duty towards the Depressed classes. Babasaheb Ambedkar did the same by reminding them of their inherent rights to equality with the higher and more powerful castes.

Question 17. Why did Nehru describe Dr. Ambedkar as a ‘symbol of revolt’?
Answer: Nehru described Dr. Ambedkar as a ‘symbol of revolt’. In many matters, he showed perseverance and persistence in rousing up the groups in our country which had suffered for so long in the past to fight for their rights. He was a prominent champion of the oppressed and depressed in India.

Class 10 SSLC English DR.B.R Ambedkar Think About The Text Answer The Following Questions Briefly

Question 1. Ambedkar had a great thirst for books when he was a student explained.
Answer: Dr. B.R. Ambedkar was a voracious reader. He had an insatiable thirst for books. He bought books by curtailing his daily needs. In New York he is said to have purchased about 2.000 old books. And it is recorded that at the time of the Second Round Table Conference in London, he bought so many books that they had to be sent to India in 32 boxes.

Question 2. How did the Fourteenth Amendment to the U.S Constitution and Mahatma Phule influence Ambedkar?
Answer: While in the USA, Dr. Ambedkar was drawn Fourteenth Amendment of the Constitution of the USA which gave freedom to the Black Americans. He saw at once the parallel of the situation for the Depressed Classes in India. On returning home, Babasaheb came to be greatly influenced by the life and work of Mahatma Phule, the votary of a classless society and women’s uplift. The need as well as the feasibility of reform impressed itself on Babasaheb’s mind and he decided to devote all his time and talents for the amelioration of his underprivileged brethren.

Question 3. There were great luminaries on the Drafting Committee. Dr. Ambedkar is remembered as the pilot. Give reasons.
Answer: There were great luminaries on the drafting committee, yet Dr. Ambedkar is remembered as the pilot as he explained to the Assembly the meaning and scope of the different provisions of the draft of the Constitution with a combination of tact, frankness and patience. He explained it in such a way that even a layman could understand it.

Question 4. Write a short note on Dr. Ambedkar’s idea/ perception of the three pillars of State.
Answer: Dr. Ambedkar had a clear Understanding of the mutuality of the three pillars of the state- The Legislature, the Executive and the Judiciary. He said that the jurisdiction of each should be clear and not hampered, so that the welfare of the citizen was safeguarded.

Question 5. What are the significant observations of Dr. Ambedkar’s idea/perception of the three pillars of State?
Answer: According to Dr. Ambedkar, Constitution is a fundamental document which defines the power and position ofthe three organs ofthe state- the Legislature, the Executive and the Judiciary. It defines the powers of the Executive and the Legislature and also the fundamental rights of the citizens. He said that the purpose of the Constitution is not merely to create the organs ofthe state, but to limit their authority because if there was no limitation upon their authority, there will be complete tyranny and oppression by them.

Question 6. Nehru chose Dr. Ambedkar as the law minister. What might have prompted Nehru to do so?
Answer: Jawaharlal Nehru chose Dr. Ambedkar to be the first Law Minister of independent India. This was recognition of Dr. Ambedkar’s skills in the field of law and legislation as also a tribute to his vision of social justice – a vision which was sought to be infused into the new Indian polity.

Question 7.What made Dr. Ambedkar describe the methods of Civil Disobedience, Non-cooperation and Sathyagraha as the ‘Grammar of anarchy’?
Answer: Dr. Ambedkar always stressed on the usage of constitutional methods to achieve social objectives. He described the methods of civil disobedience, non-cooperation and satyagraha as the ‘grammar of anarchy’ because he felt that it is fine to revolt against a government formed without people’s consent, but not in a democracy, based on free and fair elections. Such misdirected and volatile agitation will only result in the loss of lives and public property

Question 8.How did Dr. Ambedkar and Mahatma Gandhi try to wipe out caste discrimination from India?
Answer: Both Mahatma Gandhi and Dr. Ambedkar strived hard to wipe out caste discrimination and proclaim the oneness of the Hindu community. Gandhiji did this by reminding the higher castes of their duty towards the depressed classes. Dr. Ambedkar reminded the depressed classes, their right to equality with higher castes. While Gandhiji stressed on duties, Dr. Ambedkar emphasized on rights and brought about the revolution in social thought.

Dr. B.R. Ambedkar KSEEB Solutions Enrich Your Vocabulary

Task 1: Read the following paragraph and replace the underlined words appropriately with the words given below in brackets.

Children Have Special Qualities.

Question 1) They can think and imagine
Answer: Trait

Question 2) In creative ways and are able to understand
Answer: Conceive

Question 3)New things much better than their elders. But just by new ideas, nothing happens. Their ideas must have inbom
Answer: Perceive

Question 4) strengths and stand the test of time. They should not become self-satisfied
Answer: Inherent

Question 5) with their first steps of success.
Answer: Complacent

SSLC Class 10 English Chapter 4 DR.B.R Ambedkar Learn Grammar Through Communication

Task 1: Here are some sentences. Combine them using the linkers given in brackets. One is done for you.

Example: It rained heavily. We reached home in time,(though)

Answer: Though it rained heavily, we reached home in time.

Question 1. There is shortage of water. Some people are wasting it unthinkingly,(although)
Answer: Although there is shortage of water, some people are wasting it unthinkably.

Question 2. There was heavy traffic. We were delayed,(since)
Answer: Since there was heavy traffic, we were delayed.

Question 3. The students played for an hour. They attended to their studies later on.(and then)
Answer: The students played for an hour and then attended to their studies.

Question 4. We expected a difficult question paper. The questions asked in the examination were easy,(but)
Answer: We expected a difficult question paper but the questions asked in the examination were easy.

Question 5. The flight was delayed. The weather was cloudy,(as)
Answer: The flight was delayed as the weather was cloudy.OR As the weather was cloudy, the flight was delayed.

Question 6. The student scored less marks. He had not studied properly,(because)
Answer: The student scored less marks because he did not study properly.

Question 7. Make Reference

Syllabification
1. con-so-nant
2. fa-ther
3. col-lege
4. pa-per
5. con-ver-sa-tion
6. lit-tle

Apart of a word a vowel sound is a Syllable.
Of course, there are some exceptions like little.

Task 1 : Refer to a dictionary and split the following words into their syllables.

1. probability:- Prob-a-bl-i-ty
2. determination:- de-tcr-mi-na-tion
3. accept:- ac-cept
4. Canteen:- can-teen
5. again:- again
6. conscience:- con-science
7. idea:- i-dea
8. Reflection:- ref-lec-tion.

KSEEB Solutions For DR.B.R Ambedkar Interesting Language Activities For Formative Assessment

Find the antonyms for the following words in the lesson.

1. satiable x – Insatiable
2. Privileged x – under privileged
3. dependent x – Independent
4. Dying x – undying
5. ravelling x – Unravelling
6. Trammelled x- untrammelled
7. justice x – Injustice
8. Variably x – invariably
9. obedience x- Disobedience
10. Noble x – ignoble
11. inferiorx – Superior
12.Wholesome x – unwholesome
13.powerless x – Powerful

Get Into Pairs, Read The Lesson Carefully, And Choose The Correct Option To Complete The Sentences.

Question 1. One trait which marked Babasaheb during his student days was that he was
a) Very bold
b) Very intelligent
c) A voracious reader
d) A good leader

Answer: c) A voracious reader

Question 2. Babasaheb decided to devote all his time and talents for the amelioration of his underprivileged brethren
a) After his visit to the USA
b) After he was elected to the Bombay Legislative Assembly in 1935
c) With the help of Mahatma Gandhiji
d) When he came to be greatly influenced by the life and work of Mahatma Phule

Answer: d) when he came to be greatly influenced by the life and work of Mahatma Phule

Question 3. The word which is not a prefix but a part of the word is
a) Distinctive
b) Ignoble
c) Misdirected
d) Inanimate

Answer: a) Distinctive

Question 4. ‘calmly satisfied with oneself’ The one word meaning for the word is
a) Modest
b) Meek
c) Complacent
d) Introvert

Answer: c) Complacent

Question 5. ‘I litakami Sabha and the Independent Labour Party of India became the vehicles of change’. The figure of speech used here is
a) Simile
b) Metaphor
c) Personification
d) Alliteration

Answer: b) Metaphor

Class 10 SSLC English Chapter 4 DR.B.R Ambedkar Syllabification

How many syllables do the following words have?

Question1. Accept
Answer: ac-cept =2 syllables

Question2. Canteen
Answer: Can-teen = 2 syllables

Question3. Again
Answer: A-gain = 2 syllables

Question4. conscience
Answer: con-science – 2 syllables

Question5. Reflection
Answer: Rcl-lcc-lion =3 syllables

Question6. School
Answer: School = 1 syllable

Question7. Direction
Answer: di-rec-tion =3 syllables

Question8. People
Answer: Peo-ple –2 syllables

Question9. Quiz
Answer: Quiz=l syllable

Question10. Primary
Answer: Pri-ma-ry -3 syllables

Question11. Whole
Answer: Whole =1 syllable

Question12. Section
Answer: Sec-lion-2 syllables

Question13. continent
Answer: con-ti-nent =3 syllables

Question14. Taller
Answer: Tal-ler=2 syllables

Question15. Adventure
Answer: Ad-ven-ture =3 syllables

KSEEB Solutions Class 10 Chapter 4 English DR.B.R Ambedkar Scramble The Letters To Form Words Clues Are Given In Brackets

Question 1. Grade (tom)
Answer: Ragged

Question 2. eedd (agreement)
Answer: Deed

Question 3. Baoed (home)
Answer: Abode

Question 4. now (possess)
Answer: Own

Question 5. Areg (anger)
Answer: Rage

Question 6. Rcawl (move slowly)
Answer: crawl

Question 7. obthre (worry/trouble)
Answer: Bother

Question 8. Fletri (a little/very small)
Answer: Trifle

Question 9. ftalret (praise
Answer: Flatter

Question 10. Lgaem (shine)
Answer: Gleam

Question 11. Zoed (sleep)
Answer: Doze

Question 12. gola (prison)
Answer: gaol

Question 13. Fare (afraid)
Answer: Fear

Question 14. Rreor
Answer: Error

Question 15. cgarc (anxious)
Answer: Eager

Question Tags.

Note:
a) Affirmative sentences will have negative tags and negative sentences will have affirmative tags.
b) The tag is made with the pronoun of the subject. Add a suitable question tag and rewrite each of the following sentences:

Question 1. The bus is early today.
Answer: The bus is early today, isn’t it?

Question 2. There is no water in the tank.
Answer: There is no water in the tank, is there?

Question 3. People must keep the streets clean.
Answer: People must keep the streets clean, mustn’t they?

Question 4. People shouldn’t be ri.de to one another,
Answer: People shouldn’t be rude to one another, should they?

Question 5. The conductor will not give you change for Rs.100.
Answer: The conductor will not give you change for Rs. 100, will he?

Question 6. Our team will win the match.
Answer: Our team will win the match, won’t it?

Question 7. The flag has four colours on it.
Answer: The flag has four colours on it, hasn’t it?

Question 8. I have not answered your questions.
Answer: I have not answered your questions, have I?

Question 9. Plants give out oxygen during the day.
Answer: Plants give out oxygen during the day, don’t they?

Question 10. You shouldn’t disobey anybody.
Answer: You shouldn’t disobey anybody, should you?

Question 11. He never comes on time.
Answer: He never comes on time, does he?

Question 12. Girls like to keep dolls.
Answer: Girls like to keep dolls, don’t they?

Question 13. He missed the train yesterday.
Answer: He missed the train yesterday, didn’t he?

Question 14. You can do well in Physics too.
Answer: You can do well in Physics too, don’t you?

Question 15. The boys are regular to the classes.
Answer: The boys are regular to the classes, aren’t they?

Dr. B.R. Ambedkar’s Chapter Explanation For SSLC English Framing Questions

Given below are some answers. But the questions are missing. Frame suitable questions using one of the following questioning words for each question, ‘what, where, how, why, who, when, which’.

Question 1. Where is Karnataka located?
Answer: Karnataka is located in the Peninsular Plateau.

Question 2. What are the people of Karnataka called?
Answer: The people of Karnataka are called the Kannadigas.

Question 3. Which is the official language of Karnataka?
Answer: Kannada is the official language of Karnataka.

Question 4. How many districts are there in Karnataka?
Answer: There are thirty districts in Karnataka.

Question 5. When do we celebrate Rajyotsava Day?
Answer: We celebrate Kannada Rajyotsava on the first of November.

Question 6. Why is Karnataka called the Land of Sandalwood?
Answer: Karnataka grows plenty of Sandalwood trees. So it is called the Land of Sandalwood.

KSEEB Solutions For SSLC English Class 10 Prose Chapter 3 Gentleman Of Rio En Media

KSEEB Solutions for SSLC Class 10 English Chapter 3 Gentleman Of Rio En Media Points To Ponder

The author was a lawyer and the lesson is based on an actual legal case.

The story examines the conflict between legalism and legacy. In the story, Don Anselmo lived in a small village in the 1910’s New Mexico, he was a very noble man, his ethnic or cultural background and history was Spanish.

The old man, called Don Anselmo, who lived up in Rio en Medio, put up his property for sale for twelve hundred dollars. The speaker, along with his team had a great deal of conversation about his family and then began to talk about business.

They told him that, his property was bigger than what he had quoted so they were ready to pay him more than what he had quoted.

The old man did not agree, so they were forced to buy the property for twelve hundred dollars.

After some days they met the old man and complained that the children of the village were overrunning their property. Everyday they played under the trees, built little play fences around them and took blossoms

Don Anselmo stood up and told them that Americans are good people and good neighbours, so hesold his property to them but he did not sell his trees (orchard) to them. The trees were grown in his orchard for the children of his village.

A tree was planted every time a child was bom there. So the trees belonged to those children who were like his nephews and nieces.

Saying the above words he went away.

KSEEB Solutions For SSLC English Class 10 Prose Chapter 3 Gentleman Of Rio En Media

SSLC English Gentleman Of Rio En Media Textual Exercise Check Your Understanding

1. Share your responses

Question 1. The old man was (Fill in the blank with the most appropriate word)
a.Understanding
b.Quick
c.Unhurried
d. Witty
Answer: unhurried

Question2.Do you think the ancestors of the old man lived in Rio men Medio?
Answer: Yes. They lived in Rio en Medio

Question3.A word in line 4 of paragraph 1 suggests that the old man was a farmer. Pick that word.
Answer: Tilled

Question 4. Study the picture and describe the man’s orchard by using the words Given below.
Answer: The old man’s orchard was full of fruit-bearing trees. A small stream ran along the orchard. His house, though was old-fashioned, it was quite attractive. (a small stream, unpleasant, fruit-bearing trees, old-fashioned house, attractive)

KSEEB SSLC English Chapter 3 Gentleman Of Rio en Medio Analysis Share your responses

Question 1. In the meeting of the old man and the Americans,they talked about rain And the old man’s large family. It was

a. To mock is large family
b. To break the ice
c. A custom for the Americans
d. To make themselves comfortable
e. To prepare every one for the main talk
f. To make everyone know that it had not rained in that area (You may think more than one among the above are appropriate. If o, tick them)

Answer: b, d, e.

Question 2. Why do you think the story teller spoke Spanish?
Answer:  The story teller spoke Spanish to make the old man feel more comfortable as his ancestors were from Spain.
3. The storyteller offered the old man almost the double of that he had quoted earlier. Why?
Answer:
The story teller offered the old man almost the double of what he had quoted earlier because the area of the land was almost double the size of what the old man had quoted.

4. What was the reaction of the old man to the story teller’s offer?
Answer:
The old man hung his head for a moment in thought. Then he stood up and annoyingly told the story teller that he did not like theway they spoke to him. He only wanted the money which was previously agreed upon.

5. The story teller respected the old man by (Fill in the blanks with appropriate words)
Answer:
By addressing him with words ‘ Don Anselmo ’. The word ‘Don’ is a Spanish title of respect much like ‘Sir’in English

6. After the finding of the engineer the offer was doubled for the old man’s land.
a. Did the old man raise the rate?
b. Did the story teller offer more?
Answer: (b)

7. Match the following.

PROSE CHAPTER 3

 

8 . Don Anselmo took only 12 hundred dollars for the land finally because
Answer: (b)

9. What did Don Anselmo do as he left the place with money?
Answer:
The old man shook hands with all the men, put on his ragged gloves, took his stick and walked out with the boy behind him.

Class 10 SSLC English Gentleman Of Rio En Medio Share your responses

1. Fill in the blanks with suitable words to describe the land and house sold by the old man.

1. From the list given below, tick the activities with which the children of Rio En medio were involved, after the Americans occupied the house and the land sold by Don Anselmo.
1. pruning the trees
2. renovating the house
3. playing in the orchard
4. Speaking harsh words to the Americans in Spanish
5. plucking flowers from the trees
6. putting fences around their play area
7. Laughing whenever they were spoken to
8. running around the land

Answer: (3), (5), (6), (7), (8)

Detailed Gentleman of Rio en Medio for Class 10 Fill In The Blanks

1. DonAnselmo sold is land but he didn’t sell his . – Orchard
2. The children of Rio in medio were Don Anselmo’sand – Nephews and nieces
3. Don Anselmo inherited the house from his. – Mother.
4. According Don Anselom, the real owners of the trees were.
a. the children of Rio en Medio – The children of Rio en Medio.
5. Don Anselmo did not sell the trees. Why do you think he did not? Tick the correct ones.
a. He thought they did not belong to him but to the children- He thought they did not belong to him but to the children.

Gentleman Of Rio En Medio KSEEB Solution Think About The Text

Question 1. Don Anselmo’s appearance and manners were quite unusual. How would you support this statement based on the text?

Answer: Don Anselmo’s appearance and manners were quite unusual. He wore an old coat, green and faded. He wore gloves that were old and tom and his fingertips showed through them. He carried a cane, but it was only the skeleton of a woman-out umbrella. The old man bowed to all the men present in the room. Then he removed his hat and gloves, slowly and carefully. Then he handed his things to the boy who stood obediently behind the old man’s chair.

Question 2. Whose argument do you agree with? Don Anselmo’s or the story teller’s? Give reasons.

Answer: The argument of Don Anselmo was emotional while the argument of the storyteller is ethical. Don Anselmo rightly deserved the extra money that was offered to him because the area of his land was found to be double the size that he had quoted in his agreement to the storyteller.

Question 3. Don Anselmo was passionate about his land and the children of Rio en Medio. Which details in the text support this statement? Write them.

Answer: The following words of the old man depict his passion for his land and the children: He was the oldest man in the village. Almost everyone there was his relative and all the children ofRio en Medio were his nephews and nieces. After taking the possession of the house from his mother, every time a child was bom in his village, he had planted a tree for that child. So he considered those trees to belong to the children and he had no right to sell them.

Question 4. DonAnselmo’s reaction to the offer of more money was not expected. Justify this statement.

Answer: The story teller (buyer) offered the old man more money for his land because the size of the land was discovered to be almost double than what he had quoted. The old man instead of showing joy, hung his head for a moment in thought. Then he stood up and stared the storyteller and expressed his dislike and disagreement towards the offer. He told them that he knew that the Americans were good people so he had sold them his land for that price and he would not like to change the price. The story teller tried to argue on his point of view but the old man refused to accept his view point and signed the agreement as per his quotation.

SSLC Class 10 English Chapter 3 Enrich Your Vocabulary

Task 1: Look for the words in the word maze which match with the given meaning. One is don for you. Note the number given in brackets is the number of letters in that word. Read across, down and diagonally.

enrich your vocubleary

 

Cane (4): a long thin stick
(9) finding something that was not known earlier – Discover
(8) thing/things that someone owns – Property
(7) a place where fruit trees are grown –  orchard
(5) ability to control people –  power

Task 2 : Find out the words in the given word maze and match with their meanings. Read across, down and diagonally.
enrich your vocabulary 1

(9) To go with someone – Accompany
(6) The why in which something is done  – Manner
(8) Official record – Official record
(9) Unhappy about something – Annoyance
(4) Price – Rate
(7) Many (across) – Several
(4) Agreement –  Deed

Read and respond : Read the passage carefully and answer the questions set on it. (Refer the text for the passage)

1. Robert went to the other side of the road because.
a) He wanted to help the old man by giving him some money
b) He wanted to see why the crowd had gathered
c) He was curious to watch monkey’s tricks
d) He had seen one of his friends over there

Answer: b

2. The word “pavement “in the fifth line of para 1 is.
a) A temporary tent which is used for public entertainment
b) Apath at the side of the read for people to walk
c) A small building made of wood
d) A shelf on the road

Answer: b

3. The old man let out a loud cry suddenly in order to.
a) keep the monkey quite for some time
b) let the crowd know that his monkey was dead
c) let the crowd know that he was o poor man
d) show that he was hurt

Answer: b

4. Why did the o Id man begin to weep ?
Answer: The o Id man began to weep in order to show the crowd that he was in deep grief because of the death of his monkey.

5. What wise thing did Robert do after he watched the monkey’s tricks for the second time?
Answer:
Robert understood the audacity of the old man, he smiled at himself and went on his way.

Answers: read and respond:

1- b; 2-b; 3-b
4.
5.

KSEEB Solutions For Gentleman Of Rio En Medio Learn Grammar Through Communication

Task 1: Rohini and her friends were on o picnic. They couldn’t take photographs as John forgot to carry his camera. How did John express his feelings?

Rohini: John, did you bring your camera?
John: Oh! Sorry.
Rohini: It’s O K.
John: If I had brought my camera we’d have taken some photographs

Task 2: Complete hemanth’s mother’s reaction

Hemanth moved to the edge of the compound to pluck guava fruits. He lost balance, fell down and broke his leg. His mother said, “If you had not moved.

Answer: To the edge of the compound, you would not have fallen down and broke your leg.

Task 3: In the inter-school cricket match, the captain of your school team chose only one fast bowler. As a result, your team lost the game. Your reaction: If the captain of our team ( complete the sentence)

Answer: “If the captain of our team had chosen more fast bowlers, we would not have lost the game.

Task 4: Monsoon rains failed. Farmers couldn’t grow crops. newspaper reported: Had it rained. (complete the sentence)

Answer: Had it rained properly, the farmers would have grown crops.

Task 5: Shanthanu scored les marks in English. Therefore he couldn’t get a seat in the college he wanted. Guess the response of his father :

Answer: If you had scored good marks in English, you would have got seat in the college of your choice.

Task 6 : Chitra: You missed the train, didn’t you?
Answer: If you had gone to the station at 10.a.m. you wouldn’t have missed the train.

Saina: Yes. I went to the railway station at 10.30 a.m. But the train had left at 10.15.a.m
Chitra: If you (go) to the station at 10. a.m wouldn’t, (miss) the train. (complete the sentence)

KSEEB Solutions for SSLC Class 10 English Chapter 3 Interesting language Activities Formative Assessment Vocabulary And Grammar

Test your analytical knowledge “there to here” The first half of each of the following sentences gives you a clue to a word beginning with ‘ T (There); the second half gives you a clue to a word that contains all the letters of the first word, in the same order (here), but with the initial letter‘T’ left out.

The first one is done for you.

1. This belongs to an animal, but it is ill. Tail-Ail
2. Animals drink out of it, then act violent. Trough – Rough
3. A professor does this, but so can every individual. Teach -Each
4. This is a delicately fine paper, which becomes a question for discussion. Tissue – Issue
5. Take this in confidence: old iron has a reddish brown coating. Trust – Rust
6. This man goes places since he belongs to us. Tour -Our
7. Don’t make a remark that hurts, especially to your father’s sister. Taunt – Aunt
8. If you work hard you will discover what the Sheiks have. Toil-Oil
9. Cut it evenly so as to see the edge of the circle. Trim-Rim
10. He had said that to us, but it’s nothing new. Told – Old

Answers: 1. Tail – ail; 2) ; 3) ; 4) ; 5)  6); 7) ; 8) ; 9) ; 10) 

The following phrases are picked out from the lesson. Give out their contextual meanings. Find them in the text box given below.

nieces and nephews, fanning, crowded, allowed to speak, cane greeted everyone, senator, ignored profit, renovated, remained quiet

1. Tilled the same land – Farming
2. Has been such a power with the people –Senator
3. The skeleton of a worn-out umbrella – Cane
4. I kept still – Remained silent
5. Let him have his say – Allowed To Speak
6. Patched the house – Renovated,
7. Shook hands all around – Greeted Everyone
8. Overran the orchard- Crowded,
9. Refused what amounted to a fortune – Ignored profit,
10. Sobrinos and nietos- Nieces And Nephews

‘If Clauses’.

Put the word in brackets in the correct place in the sentence: 1

1. (will) What you do if they increase the rent?
2. (if) You have to correct it, it is wrong.
3. (would) If I had the time I do a computing course.
4. (were) I’d see a doctor if I you.will) They think I’m anti-social if I don’t go.
6. (could) She have killed me if she’d wanted to.

B. Connectors.

Fill in the blanks with suitable connectors. Choose them from the text box given below.

since while until unless as soon as before when in order to but If in order to

1. Think of me___________While_________________________ I’m away.
2. I’ll help you___________Untile____________________ I die.
3. I feel happy__________ When__________________________ I see you.
4. Come home__________Before__________________________ it’s too late.
5. I’ve been sad_________Since_________________________ you left.
6. The movie started ___As soon____________________we entered the theatre.
7. They put video cameras in shops __In order ___ stop people stealing things.
8__________if____________ you are ready, we can start now.
9. Our room was very small,________But______ we didn’t mind it at all.
10. You can’t drive a car, ________Unless_______you’ve got a licence.

Gentleman of Rio en Medio SSLC English Activities On Comprehension And Composition

Get into pairs, read the lesson carefully and choose the correct option to complete the sentences.

Question 1. It took months of negotiation
a) To buy the land of the old man
b) For the buyers to arrange a meeting with the old man
c) For the old man to decide whether he wanted to sell his land or not
d) To make the old man to sell his land for twelve hundred dollars
Answer: b) for the buyers to arrange a meeting with the old man

Question 2. The little creek ran through his land. ‘Creek’ means
a) Grove
b) Hillocks
c) Stream
d) Kid
Answer: c) stream

Question 3. The old man wanted to sell his land for
a) Twenty hundred dollars
b) Twelve hundred dollars
c) Twelve thousand dollars
d) Two thousand dollars
Answer:b) Twelve hundred dollars

Question 4. The land of the old man was surveyed
a) In order to make a deed
b) As the old man had asked to do so
c) Because the old man had not measured it
d) As the buyers had no faith on the words of the old man
Answer:a) In order to make a deed

Question 5. The old man said, he agreed to sell his land to American buyers
a) Since they were his nephews and nieces
b) Because they his relatives
c) As they were his friends
d) Because they were good people

Answer:d) Because they were good people

Question 6. The statement that shows that DonAnselmo loved his people and respected his culture
a) He said was the oldest man in the village
b) He tilled his land like his ancestors
c) He had planted a tree for every child so the trees belong to the children of his village
d) He did not sell the trees of his orchard
Answer:c)  He had planted a tree for every child so the trees belong to the children of his village

Question 7. ‘A type of small deer which has large beautiful eyes’. The one word meaning for the phrase is
a) Gazelle
b) Janitor
c) Creek
d) Ranch
Answer: a) Gazelle

Read the following extracts carefully and answer the questions that follow:

1. ‘I thought of Senator Catron, who has been such a power with these people… ’

a) Who is the T?
The story teller
b) What made the speaker to ihink so?
Because the old man looked principled and powerful.
c) Who are the ‘these people’ refer to here ?
They are the people of his village Rio en Medio.

2. ‘Chaplin once did that in a picture, in a bank- he was the janitor.’

a) What had Chaplin done in a picture?
Chaplin had bowed to all the people in a room, removed his hat and gloves, slowly and carefully.
b) What do you mean by ‘janitor’?
janitor means someone whose job is to look after a school or a large building.
c) Why did the speaker remember Chaplin?
Because he found the old man very systematic, slow and principled in all his action

3. ‘We have made a discovery’.

a) Who are the ‘we’?
‘We’ refer to the buyers of the land of Don Anselmo.
b) What discovery was made?
Because the old man looked principled and powerful
c) What made them to do the discovery?
The land was surveyed in order to make a sale deed

KSEEB SSLC English Chapter 3 Voice Active And Passive Voice

Rewrite the following sentences in the passive voice. Begin the sentence with the word given in brackets at the end of each sentence.
Example: We hold the staff meetings in this room. (The staff )

Passive Voice: The staff meetings are held in this room. Note: a) Preposition ‘by’ is omitted.

Object of the sentence (us) is omitted.

Question 1. We keep all the registers in this locker. (All the)
 Answer: All the registers are kept in this locker.

Question 2. We should help our fellow beings. (Our fellow )
 Answer: Our fellow beings should be helped.

Question 3. They were carrying the injured player off the field.(The injured….)
 Answer: The injured player was being carried off the field.

Question 4. They should have told him. (He )
 Answer: He should have been told.

Question 5. They have appointed him as clerk. (He ….)
 Answer: He has been appointed as clerk.

Question6. Someone has picked his pocket. (His )
 Answer: His pocket has been picked.

Question 7. No one has borrowed this book. (This book…)
 Answer:  This book has not been borrowed.

Gentleman Of Rio En Medio SSLC Prose Chapter Rewrite The Following Questions In The Passive Voice

Question1. Do you issue the books for two weeks?
 Answer: Are the books issued for two weeks? (‘by you’ can be omitted)

Question 2. Where do you keep the current magazines?
Answer: Where are the current magazines kept?

Question 3. Has someone taken this seat?
Answer: Has this seat been taken?

Question 4. Does the firm sell cleaning equipment?
Answer: Is the cleaning equipment sold by the firm?

Question 5. Where have you kept the books?
Answer: Where have the books been kept?

Question 6. Did you solve the problems?
Answer: Were the problems solved by you?

Question 7. Will you write these notes for me?
Answer: Will these notes be written for me by you?

Question 8. Who taught him driving?
Answer: By whom was he taught driving?

Given below are some notes to prepare a cake. Use them to complete the paragraph that follows. Use the underlined verbs in the passive voice.

Preparation of a cake

Cream the butter and sugar until it gets fluffy
Add the eggs gradually
Add vanilla extract with milk and mix well
Pour into the baking dish greased and lined with baking paper
Bake at 180° C for about 25 minutes

To make a delicious cake, first of all, butter and sugar are to be creamed until it gets fluffy. Then ________________________gradually. Flour, baking powder and milk powder are added after that. Vanilla extract is added with milk and mixed well for particular flavor. The baking dish is greased and added with baking paper and the material (b)
The material (c)

Answer: C.
a) Eggs are added
b) Is poured into the baking dish greased with baking paper
c) Is baked for about 25 minutes at 180° C

                                                          Folk tales offer lots of advice.IncorrectCorrect
Much of them deliver the messageMuchMany
quite clear. There is a story aboutClearClearly
Birbal not being allowed to attendingAttendingAttend
the king’s free lunch. The reasons wasReasonsReason
which he was not dressed properly.Whichthat
This happened in spite of the highThehis
intellectual abilities. The advice thus conveyed was:Wasis
“Don’t judge the book by its cover.”Thea

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Science Notes Karnataka State Syllabus

Chapter Wise KSEEB Class 10 Biology Notes Pdf free download was designed by expert teachers from latest edition of KSEEB books to get good marks in board exams. KSEEB Class 10 Science Notes contains physics, chemistry and biology notes of all chapters are part of Revision Notes for grade 10 science. Here we have given notes Class X Biology.

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Biology Notes Karnataka State Syllabus

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Biology Notes Karnataka State Syllabus

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Notes

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Notes

In the previous Chapters, we have studied those life processes which help an organism (plant or animal) to keep ‘alive’. Now, all the living organisms grow old with time and ultimately die. In fact, every living organism remains alive on this earth for a limited period of time and then dies. So, new organisms have to be produced in place of those who die.

MOTHER-LOVE

The production of new organisms from the existing organisms of the same species is known as reproduction. In most simple words we can say that reproduction
is the creation of new living things (from the existing living things).

Actually, one of the most important characteristics of living organisms is their ability to reproduce more members of their species. Reproduction is essential for the survival of a species on this earth. So, living organisms produce more organisms of their kind to maintain the life of their species on this earth.

The process of reproduction ensures continuity of life on earth. For example, human beings reproduce by giving birth to babies (sons and daughters). These babies grow and ultimately become adults. So, when the old parents die, their sons and daughters keep living on this earth.

THE-PROCESS-OF-REPRODUCTION

These sons and daughters also reproduce by giving birth to more babies, and this process goes on and on. Thus, reproduction by human beings ensures that the human species will continue to exist on this earth for all the time to come. Similarly, cats reproduce by giving birth to kittens so that their species may live for ever. And dogs reproduce by giving birth to puppies so that their species may continue to live on this earth. Most of the plants reproduce by producing seeds to grow more plants so that their species may continue to live on this earth.

It is clear from the above discussion that for a species of a plant or an animal to continue living on this earth, it must reproduce itself. Reproduction gives rise to more organisms with the same basic characteristics as their parents. For example, human beings always produce human babies; cats always produce kittens; and sunflower seeds always produce sunflower plants. If, however, some species of the living organisms cannot reproduce due to certain reasons, then the organisms of this species will gradually die out and disappear from this earth one day. In this chapter we will discuss the various methods of reproduction in plants and animals.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Notes

Please note that the existing organism or organisms are called parents and the new organisms produced by them are called offsprings. For example, our father and mother are parents and we (their children) are the offsprings. The parent or parents of organisms can be animals as well as plants. Sometimes, the word daughter (or daughter cells) is also used for the offsprings of an organism.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Types Of Reproduction

There are many different ways in which new organisms are produced from their parents. Some organisms like Amoeba just split into two parts to produce new Amoebae; some organisms like Hydra and yeast grow out of the parent’s body in the form of a bud; some organisms like birds and snakes hatch out of the eggs laid by their parents; whereas some organisms like human babies, cubs, kittens and puppies are born from their mother.

This means that each species of organisms reproduces in a different way. All the different ways of reproduction can be divided into two main groups: asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction. Thus, there are two main methods of reproduction in living organisms:

differrnt-ways-new-organism-produces

  • asexual reproduction, and
  • sexual reproduction.

We can now say that the living organisms reproduce mainly by two methods: ‘asexual reproduction’ and ‘sexual reproduction’. This means that new living organisms (new plants and animals) can be made either by the method of ‘asexual reproduction’ or by the method of ‘sexual reproduction’. We will now discuss the meaning of asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction.

In order to understand this, please keep in mind that certain organisms contain ‘reproductive cells’ (called ‘sex cells’, ‘gametes’ or ‘germ cells’) in their bodies whereas some other organisms do not contain ‘reproductive cells’ (‘sex cells’, ‘gametes” or ‘germ cells’) in their bodies.

Asexual Reproduction

In asexual reproduction, the offspring arises from a single parent. The production of a new organism from a single parent without the involvement of sex cells (or gametes) is called asexual reproduction. It is called asexual reproduction because it does not use special cells called ‘sex cells’ (or gametes) for producing a new organism.

In asexual reproduction, a part of the parent organism separates off and grows into a new organism. Thus, in asexual reproduction, only one parent is needed to produce a new organism. But no sex cells are involved in asexual reproduction. Some of the examples of asexual reproduction are: binary fission in Amoeba; budding in Hydra; spore formation in Rhizopus fungus (or bread mould); regeneration in Planaria (flatworm); fragmentation in Spirogyra and vegetative propagation in flowering plants (like rose plants).

hydra

Please note that asexual reproduction is the simplest method of reproduction. It takes place mainly in those organisms whose bodies have a simple structure. So, the simple animals, simple plants and micro-organisms (like bacteria) reproduce by asexual reproduction methods. Actually, asexual reproduction takes place in unicellular animals and plants, micro-organisms (like bacteria) and simple multicellular animals (like Hydra and Planaria) and some multicellular plants (like Bryophyllum and rose plants, etc.).

Sexual Reproduction

  • In sexual reproduction, the offspring arises from two parents of different sexes: a male sex and a female sex. The male parent contains male sex cells (or male gametes) and the female parent contains female sex cells.The production of a new organism from two parents by making use of their sex cells (or gametes) is called sexual reproduction.
  • In sexual reproduction, the sex cell of one parent fuses with the sex cell of the other parent to form a new cell called ‘zygote’. This zygote then grows and develops to form a new organism. Thus, in sexual reproduction, two parents are needed to produce a new organism. The two parents which are involved in sexual reproduction are called male and female.
  • Our father is a male and our mother is a female. The male and female parents have special organs in them which produce male sex cells and female sex cells respectively (which are required in sexual reproduction). The humans, fish, frogs, hens, cats, dogs, cows, horses, deer, rabbits, lions and tigers all reproduce by the method of sexual reproduction.
  • Most of the flowering plants also reproduce by sexual reproduction. As we will study after a while, some organisms use both the methods (asexual and sexual) for reproduction whereas other organisms use only one of these methods for reproduction.
  • The basic difference between asexual and sexual reproduction is that only one parent is needed in asexual reproduction whereas two parents are needed in sexual reproduction.
  • Another difference is that no sex cells (or gametes) are involved in asexual reproduction but sex cells (or gametes) take part in sexual reproduction. We will now study the asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction in detail, one by one. Let us start with asexual reproduction.

Asexual Reproduction

In the asexual reproduction method, certain body cells of the parent organism undergo repeated mitotic cell divisions to form two (or more) new organisms of the same kind. Asexual reproduction takes place by six different methods. These are

  1. Fission
  2. Budding
  3. Spore formation
  4. Regeneration
  5. Vegetative propagation
  6. Fragmentation

We will now describe all these methods of asexual reproduction in detail, one by one. Let us start with fission.

1. FIssion

Many single-celled organisms like protozoa and bacteria just split (or break) into two identical halves during cell division, leading to the creation of new organisms. This is called fission. In biology, fission is the process of reproduction in unicellular organisms such as protozoa (like Amoeba, Paramecium, Leishmania, etc.) and many bacteria. In the process of fission, a unicellular organism splits (or divides) to form two (or more) new organisms. Fission is of two types : binary fission and multiple fission, depending on whether the parent organism splits to form two new organisms or more than two organisms. The two types of fission are discussed below:

Binary Fission

  • Binary fission is an asexual method of reproduction of organisms. In binary fission, the parent organism splits (or divides) to form two new organisms. When this happens, the parent organism ceases to exist and two new organisms come into existence. The unicellular organisms like Amoeba, Paramecium, Leishmania, bacteria, etc., reproduce by binary fission.
  • This is described below.Amoeba reproduces by binary fission by dividing its body into two parts. This happens as follows: When the Amoeba cell has reached its maximum size of growth, then first the nucleus of Amoeba lengthens and divides into two parts. After that the cytoplasm of Amoeba divides into two parts, one part around each nucleus.

amoeba

  • In this way, one parent Amoeba divides to form two smaller Amoebae (called daughter Amoebae). And we say that one Amoeba produces two Amoebae. The reproduction in Amoeba by binary fission . The two daughter Amoebae produced here grow to their full size by eating food and then divide again to produce four Amoebae, and so on.
  • In the unicellular organisms such as Amoeba, the splitting of the parent cell during fission (or cell division) can take place in any plane.Paramecium is a unicellular animal having short thread-like structures called cilia over its surfac. Paramecium also reproduces by the method of binary fission.
  • A fully grown Paramecium divides its body into two parts to form two smaller Paramecia. This happens by the division of nucleus followed by the division of cytoplasm. Leishmania is a unicellular animal (which is a protozoan) Figure 6. Paramecium Cilia Flagellum

 

 

paramesia

  • It is a parasite which causes the disease known as kala-azar (or black fever). Kala-azar is also known as leishmaniasis. Leishmania has a greater degree of organisation in its body, having a whip-like structure called flagellum at its one end.
  • Leishmania reproduces by the process of binary fission. In Leishmania, the splitting of parent cell during fission (or cell division) takes place in a definite plane (longitudinally) with respect to flagellum at its end. In this respect Leishmania differs from Amoeba (in which fission can take place in any plane).
  • From the above discussion we conclude that the simple animals like Amoeba, Paramecium and Leishmania reproduce by binary fission. The micro-organisms like bacteria also reproduce by the method of binary fission. Please note that the word ‘binary’ means ‘two’ and the word ‘fission’ means ‘splitting’.parameseia-divide-into-two
  • So, the term ‘binary fission’ means ‘splitting into two’. We can observe the binary fission of Amoeba or Paramecium under a microscope. This can be done as follows : Collect some water from a pond or any other stagnant water body (especially where weeds, hay and husk are dumped).
  • Put a few drops of this pond water on a clean slide and observe first under low magnification and then under high magnification of microscope. We will see the Amoeba or Paramecium dividing (or reproducing) by the method of binary fission. The term ‘multiple’ means “many’ or ‘several’. So, multiple fission means ‘splitting into many’ or ‘splitting into several’.
  • Let us discuss the multiple fission now. Cytoplasm

Multiple Fission

Multiple fission is also an asexual method of reproduction in organisms. In multiple fission, the parent organism splits (or divides) to form many new organisms at the same time. This happens as follows: Sometimes (particularly during unfavourable conditions), a cyst or protective wall is formed around the cell of a single-celled organism (like that of Plasmodium) .

multi-fission

  • Inside the cyst, the nucleus of cell splits (or divides) several times to form many smaller nuclei called daughter nuclei. Little bits of cytoplasm collect around each daughter nuclei and thin membranes are formed around them. In this way, many new daughter cells are formed from a single parent cell within the cyst.
  • In fact, as many daughter cells are formed as the number of daughter nuclei produced by the divisions of the parent nucleus. When the favourable conditions arrive, the cyst breaks open and the many daughter cells present in it are released, each forming a new organism.
  • In this way, a single celled parent undergoes multiple fission to reproduce many daughter cells at the same time. Plasmodium is a protozoan (a microscopic, single-celled animal) which reproduces by the asexual method ed by female Anopheles mosquitoes from one person to another thereby spreading the malaria disease.

 

 

differrnt-types-of-pesticides

  • Before we discuss the next asexual method of reproduction called budding, we should know the meaning of the term “bud’. The ‘bud’ here means a ‘small outgrowth’ from the body of a living organism. Let us discuss the method of “budding’ now.

2. Budding

  • Budding is an asexual method of reproduction. In budding, a small part of the body of the parent organism grows out as a ‘bud’ which then detaches and becomes a new organism. The asexual reproduction by budding is observed in Hydra and yeast.
  • The female Anopheles mosquito carries the parasite of malaria disease called Plasmodium. So, it transmits malaria. Hydra is a simple multicellular animal. Hydra reproduces by the process of budding (by using its regenerative cells). This happens as follows: In Hydra, first a small outgrowth called ‘bud’ is formed on the side of its body by the repeated mitotic divisions of its cells .

budding

This bud then grows gradually to form a small Hydra by developing a mouth and tentacles And finally the tiny new Hydra detaches itself from the body of parent Hydra and lives as a separate organism. In this way, the parent Hydra has produced (or created) a new Hydra.

Thus, Hydra reproduces asexually by growing buds from its body. This is called budding. Please note that the bud formed in a Hydra is not a single cell. It is a group of cells.

We will now describe the reproduction in yeast plant by the process of budding. Please note that each single cell of yeast is a complete plant in itself.

Yeast is tiny, unicellular, non-green plant (which is a fungus). Yeast reproduces by budding. shows a parent yeast cell (which is a complete plant). In yeast, first a bud appears on the outside of the cell wall.

yeast
The nucleus of parent yeast cell then divides into two parts and one part of the nucleus moves into the bud. Ultimately, the bud separates off from the parent yeast cell and forms a new yeast cell (or new yeast plant). The budding in yeast, however, often takes place so fast that the first buds start forming their own buds and all of them remain attached to the parent yeast cell forming a chain of yeast cells. After some time, all the yeast cells of the chain separate from one another and form individual yeast plants. We can study the process of asexual reproduction in yeast by budding in the laboratory as follows:

Take 100 mL of water in a conical flask and dissolve 10 grams of sugar in it. Then add 5 grams of yeast powder (or yeast granules) to this sugar solution and stir it well with a glass rod. Put a cotton plug in the neck of the conical flask. This conical flask containing sugar solution and yeast mixture is kept aside in a warm place for 3 to 5 days.
yeast-cells
When froth is observed in theflask, the yeast culture is ready for examination.
Take out a small quantity of the yeast culture solution. from near the bottom of the conical flask with the help of a dropper and place a drop of
this culture solution on a clean slide. Add a very little of iodine solution over the culture solution drop to stain it. Place a coverslip over the slide. Keep the slide under the microscope and observe it first under low power and then under the high power of the microscope. Note the formation of buds on the yeast cells and how they separate from the parent cell.

This is yeast powder. It is used for making yeast culture solution in the laboratory. Yeast cells reproducing by budding (as seen in yeast culture solution under the high power of microscope). In some organisms like sponges and corals, the buds remain attached to the parent organism permanently. These buds then grow and produce buds of their own. In this way, a colony of sponges or corals is formed. Before we discuss the next asexual method of reproduction called ‘spore formation’, we should know something about ‘spores’. Spores are the microscopic ‘asexual reproductive bodies’ which are covered by  a hard protective coat.

This coat enables them to survive under unfavourable conditions like lack of food, lack of water and extreme temperatures. But when the conditions are favourable (food and water is available, and temperature is suitable), then the spores grow to produce new plants. Thus, spores are a kind of seeds of plants. These spores are very light and keep floating in air all around us. They are so small that we cannot see them with naked eyes. Keeping these points in mind, it will now be easier for us to understand the asexual reproduction by spore formation.

3. Spore Formation

Spore formation is the asexual method of reproduction. The reproduction by spore formation takes place in plants. In spore formation, the parent plant produces hundreds of microscopic reproductive units called ‘spores’.

When the spore case of the plant bursts, then the spores spread into air. When these air-borne spores land on food (or soil) under favourable conditions (like damp and warm conditions), they germinate and produce new plants. Most of the fungi (like Rhizopus, Mucor, etc.), bacteria and non-flowering plants such as fems and mosses reproduce by the method of spore formation.

The common bread mould is a fungus plant whose scientific name is Rhizopus. The common bread mould (or The common bread mould plant consists of fine, thread- like projections called hyphae and thin stems having knob- like structures called sporangia. Each knob- like structure (or sporangium) contains hundreds of minute spores enclosed in a spore case. When the spore case bursts, the tiny spores are dispersed in air. These spores are the asexual reproductive units which can produce more bread mould plants under

 

spore-formation

 

 

This is a common bread mould plant (or Rhizopus fungus). It reproduces by forming spores. Bread mould  Bread mould. This is (Rhizopus fungus) growing on a fungus as seen through a Penicillium fungus. It also slice of bread. magnifying glass.

The white reproduces by forming threads are ‘hyphae’. Each spores. black dot is a ‘sporangium which contains thousands of tiny spores.  The antibiotic drug called penicillin is made from Penicillium fungus. suitable conditions.

bread-mould

Actually, it was one such air-borne spore which grew on the moist slice of bread kept aside by us for a few days. If we remove one sporangium from the bread mould, keep it on a slide, put a coverslip over it and observe this slide through a microscope, we can see the spores.

The spore formation method of asexual reproduction is used by unicellular organisms as well as by multicellular organisms. For example, bacteria are the unicellular organisms which reproduce by spore formation whereas fungi such as Rhizopus (bread mould) and Mucor, and non-flowering plants such as ferns and mosses are multicellular organisms which reproduce by spore formation method.

4. Regeneration

  • In some organisms (plants as well as animals) small cut parts of their body can grow (or regenerate) to form whole new organisms complete in all respects. The process of getting back a full organism from its body parts is called regeneration. The simple animals like Hydra and Planaria show regeneration.
  • This means that in these organisms, whole new organisms can be reproduced from their cut body parts. In other words, if Hydra or Planaria somehow get cut into a number of pieces, then each body piece can grow into a complete organism.
  • This point will become more clear from the following example. Planaria is a flatworm which is found in freshwater ponds and slow-moving streams. Planaria possesses great power of regeneration. If the body of Planaria somehow gets cut into a number of pieces, then each body piece can regenerate into a complete Planaria by growing all the missing parts.
  • regeneration This Planaria worm somehow gets cut into three pieces. After a certain time, each cut piece of the body of Planaria worm grows into a complete Planaria worm. In this way, three Planaria worms are produced from just one Planaria worm. Similarly, if the body of a Hydra gets cut into a number of pieces, then each body piece of Hydra can grow into a complete Hydra. Please note that regeneration is not exactly the same as reproduction because most simple animals would not depend on being cut into pieces to be able to reproduce.
  • The regeneration of an organism from its cut body part occurs by the process of growth and development. This happens as follows: The cells of cut body part of the organism divide rapidly to make a ‘ball of cells’. The cells present in the ball of cells’ move to their proper places within the ball where they have to form various organs and body parts of the organism.
  • The cells then change their shapes (or become specialised) to form different types of tissues. These different tissues form various organs and body parts of the organism. In this way a complete organism is regenerated.
  •  The organisms like Planaria and Hydra are simple multicellular organisms which can be regenerated from their cut body parts to form complete organisms. We will now explain why the complex multicellular organisms (like mammals) cannot give rise to complete individuals from their cut body parts through the process of regeneration.

palanariea

  • Regeneration can be used to reproduce only those organisms which Planaria and Hydra are simple multicellular animals which can have relatively simple body be regenerated from their cut body parts. organisation consisting of only a few specialised cells (or tissues).
  • In complex multicellular organisms, specialised cells make up tissues; tissues make up organs; organs make up organ systems; and finally organ systems make up organisms. Since complex multicellular organisms have a very high degree of organisation in their body, they cannot be reproduced from their cut body parts by the process of regeneration.
  • For example, a dog is a complex multicellular organism which cannot be regenerated from its cut body part say, a cut tail. This is because the cells present in the cut tail of a dog cannot produce dog’s organs like heart, brain, lungs, stomach, intestines and limbs, etc, needed for the making of a complete dog. The complex multicellular organisms need more complex ways of reproduction like sexual reproduction (which we will study after a while).

5. Fragmentation

Some of the multicellular organisms having relatively simple body organisation can break up easily into smaller pieces (or fragments) on maturing. These pieces or fragments can then grow and form new organisms complete in all respects. This is another method of reproduction called “fragmentation’ which can be defined as follows: The breaking up of the body of a simple multicellular organism into two (or more) pieces on maturing, each of which subsequently grows to form a complete new organism, is called fragmentation.

fragmantation

  • The breaking up of the body of an organism in fragmentation to form new organisms occurs naturally (on its own) when the parent organism matures. Fragmentation is an asexual method of reproduction. The reproduction by fragmentation method can occur in simple multicellular plants as well as animals. The organisms like Spirogyra and sea anemones can reproduce by the method of fragmentation. Please note that Spirogyra is a plant whereas sea anemones are marine animals. Let us discuss the reproduction in Spirogyra in a little more detail.  The organisms like Spirogyra and Sea anemones can reproduce by the method of fragmentation.
  • Spirogyra is a green, filamentous alga plant which is found in ponds, lakes and slow moving streams. Spirogyra filament simply breaks into two or more fragments on maturation, and each fragment then grows into a new Spirogyra. This break up of the filament of a mature Spirogyra on its own brings about asexual reproduction. Thus, Spirogyra reproduces by the asexual method of fragmentation.  a mature Spirogyra filament is undergoing fragmentation to produce three new Spirogyra.

spirogyra

  • These three Spirogyra will mature in due course of time and break again to produce even more Spirogyra. And this process of reproduction goes on and on. We can study Spirogyra in the laboratory as follows: Collect some water from a pond (or lake) which appears dark green and contains long filament-type (thread-type) structures.
  • Take out the green coloured mass from the pond water sample and separate its threads or filaments by using two needles. Place one filament on a clean slide, put a drop of glycerine over it and cover it with a coverslip. Keep this slide under the microscope and see it first under the low power and then under the high power of microscope. Observe the detailed structure of the green filament of Spirogyra and draw a diagram accordingly.
  • Please note that the main difference between fission and fragmentation is that in fission, a unicellular organism breaks up to form two (or more) daughter organisms, whereas in fragmentation, a multicellular organism breaks up to form two (or more) daughter organisms.

6. Vegetative Propagation

  • Vegetative propagation is an asexual method of reproduction. The reproduction by vegetative propagation occurs only in plants. In vegetative propagation, new plants are obtained from the parts of old plants (like stems, roots and leaves), without the help of any reproductive organs. Vegetative propagation usually involves the growth and development of one (or more) buds present on the old part of the plant to form a new plant.
  • These buds are in the dormant state (inactive state) in the old part of the plant. When provided suitable conditions (like moisture, warmth, etc.), these buds grow to form new plants. Please note that vegetative propagation is also called vegetative reproduction. Here is an example of the vegetative propagation (or vegetative reproduction) in grass. It is a common observation that green grass plants spring up in dry fields after the rains.
  • This happens due to vegetative propagation as follows: The fields have dry stems of the old grass plants all over them. These dry stems have buds which are in the inactive state. By getting rain water, the buds present on dry grass stems get activated and grow to produce new grass plants.
  • Thus, the green grass grows in the fields after rains from the dry, old stems of grass plants present in the fields, by the method of vegetative propagation. Buds are present on the stems as well as the leaves of the Bryophyllum plant which can develop into new plants. So, Bryophyllum plants can be reproduced by vegetative propagation by using either a piece of its stem or its leaves. For example, if we plant a broken piece of the stem of a Bryophyllum plant in the ground, we will get a new Bryophyllum plant growing from it in a week’s time. Even the leaves of a Bryophyllum plant can produce new plants.

 

bryophyllum

  • This happens as follows: The leaves of a Bryophyllum plant have special type of buds in their margins (or edges). These buds may get detached from the leaves, fall to the ground and then grow to produce new Bryophyllum plants. The buds can also drop to the ground together with the leaf and then grow to produce new plants. Sometimes even before a leaf drops off from a Bryophyllum plant, we can see new plantlets already growing on it .
  • When such a mature leaf of the Bryophyllum plant falls on the ground, then each plantlet can grow into a new plant. Thus, the leaves of Bryophyllum plant can produce new plants. Another plant called Begonia also reproduces by vegetative propagation through its leaves.
  • Money plant can also be grown by vegetative propagation by using a piece of its stem as follows: Cut a piece of stem of money plant in such a way that it contains at least one leaf on it (The point on stem where a leaf is attached is called a node). Dip one end of this stem in water. After a few days we will find that new roots appear at the point where leaf was attached.
  • The piece of stem will gradually grow into a new money plant. Please note that if we cut the stem of money plant in between two leaves, then it will not grow into a new plant. This is because it does not have a growing point (here a node) in it. We will now describe the vegetative propagation of plants by using tubers which are the modified, underground stems (or roots).
  • A tuber is the thickened, underground stem (or root) of a plant which is swollen with stored food. The tuber has a number of ‘buds’ (called ‘eyes’). Each bud (or eye) of the tuber grows into a new plant when the old tuber is planted in the soil in the next growing season. There are two types of tubers: stem tubers and root tubers. Potato is a stem tuber whereas sweet potato is a root tuber. We will now describe how vegetative reproduction in potato takes place by using tubers.
  • Potato tuber is an underground stem of the potato plant. Potato tuber can be used for the vegetative reproduction of potato plants. Each potato tuber can produce more than one plant. This happens as follows:
    A potato tuber has many buds (called eyes) on its body These buds act as organs for vegetative reproduction. When a potato tuber is planted in the soil, then the various buds of the potato tuber start growing to form new potato plants. the new potato plants growing from only two buds of the potato tuber.

potato-plant

vegetative

  • Other buds can also do the same. Please note that it is not necessary to plant the whole potato tuber in the ground to produce new potato plants. We can even plant ‘cut pieces’ of a potato tuber in the ground to obtain new potato plants.
  • But all these cut pieces of potato tuber should have a bud (or eye) on them. So, if we cut a potato tuber into a number of pieces in such a way that every piece has a bud (or eye) on it and plant them in the ground, then each cut piece of potato tuber will produce a new potato plant in due course of time.
  • Each potato plant produces more than one tuber and each tuber has more than one bud (which produce more than one new plant). Due to this, the vegetative propagation method of producing potato plants by tubers is much faster than the production of potato plants from seeds.
  • We can study the vegetative propagation of potatoes as follows: Take a potato and cut it into small pieces in such a way that some pieces contain a bud (or eye) in them. Place the potato pieces having budson wet cotton kept in a tray. Keep the tray aside for a few days (but sprinkle water on the cotton daily to keep it wet). We will see that green shoots and roots appear from the buds of the potato pieces.
  • These are the new potato plants. If, however, we take potato pieces without buds in this experiment, then no new potato plants will grow from them. The roots of a guava plant have buds which can develop into new guava plants. In fact, a large number of plants can be reproduced by the method of vegetative propagation.
  • Some of the examples of the plants which can be reproduced by vegetative propagation are: Bryophyllum, Guava, Potato, Onion, Banana, Garlic, Water hyacinth, Tulip, Mint, Strawberry and Lily. We will now describe the artificial propagation of plants.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Artificial Propagation of Plants

We can grow many plants from one plant by using the man-made methods. The process of growing many plants from one plant by man-made methods is called artificial propagation of plants. A number of methods of artificial propagation of plants are used in agriculture (for raising crops), and horticulture (cultivation of vegetables, fruits and flowers). The three common methods for the artificial propagation of plants are:
1. Cuttings,
2. Layering, and
3. Grafting.
We will now describe all these methods, one by one. Let us start with the cuttings method for the artificial propagation of plants.

1. Cuttings

A small part of a plant which is removed by making a cut with a sharp knife is called a ‘cutting”. A cutting may be a piece of stem, root or even a leaf. While making a cutting, care should to taken to see that there are some buds on it.

cutting
In this method, a cutting of the parent plant (say, of stem or shoot) having some buds on it is taken and its lower part is buried in the moist soil . After a few days, the cutting develops roots and shoot, and grows into a new plant. Cuttings are a means of asexual reproduction in plants. The new plant formed from a cutting is exactly similar to the parent plant. The plants like rose, Bougainvillea, Chrysanthemum, grapes, sugarcane, bananas, and cactus, etc., can\ be grown by means of cuttings. For example, rose plants are propagated (or reproduced) by means of cuttings from stems (or shoots) as follows: A piece of stem (or side shoot) having bud is cut from an existing rose plant with the help of a knife. The lower part of this cutting is buried in moist soil. After a few days, the end of cutting buried in soil develops roots and later on grows to become a new rose plant. An advantage of cuttings method is that by using this method we can produce many new plants from just one plant quickly, without waiting for flowers and seeds.

plants-growing-by-cutting-method

 

 

The cutting from a plant kept in a jar of water. See how new roots have grown. Rose plants are grown by cuttings method. Sugar cane plants are Banana plants are grown by cuttings method. also grown by cuttings method.

2. Layering

In this method, a branch of the plant is pulled towards the ground and a part of it is covered with moist soil leaving the tip of the branch exposed above the ground. After some time, new roots develop from the part of the branch buried in the soil. The branch is then cut off from the parent plant. The part of the branch which has developed roots grows to become a new plant (just like the parent plant). Jasmine plant (chameli) is propagated or produced by the layering method that one left side branch and one right side branch of the parent jasmine plant have been buried in moist soil.

 

jasmine-plant

The parts of branches which are buried in soil grow their own roots When this happens, the branches of the parent plant connecting the newly formed plants are cut off so that the newly formed plants may grow on their own and develop into mature plants (like the parent plant). Many plants like strawberry and raspberry are propagated by the natural layering method.

The natural layering occurs because these plants form runners (which are soft horizontal stems running above theground). Wherever the ends of such runners touch the ground, new plants are formed at those places. In this way, many more strawberry or raspberry plants are formed from the parent plant in a natural way. The layering method is used for the propagation (or reproduction) of plants like : Jasmine, Strawberry, Raspberry, Lemon, Guava, Hibiscus (China rose), Bougainvillea and many slender ornamental plants.

3. Grafting

Grafting is a method in which the cut stems of two different plants (one with roots and other without roots) are joined together in such a way that the two stems join and grow as a single plant. This new plant will have the characteristics of both the original plants. The cut stem of a plant (or tree) having roots (and fixed in soil) is called stock. Stock is the lower part of a plant (or tree) having the roots.

 

graftinggrafting-1grafting-2

 

  • The cut stem of another plant (without roots) is called scion. Scion is the upper part of a plant which may have leaves on it (but no roots). In carrying out grafting, two plants (or trees) are chosen which are to be used as scion and stock.
  • First, the stem (or branch) is removed from the plant chosen to be made scion (for its desirable characteristics) by making a slanting cut. This gives us the scion with a slanting cut. The stem of second plant (or tree) to be used in grafting is also cut in a slanting way. The lower part of this plant (or tree) is stock.
  • It has also a slanting cut. The scion is placed over the stock. The cut surfaces of the scion and stock are fitted together and bound tightly with a piece of cloth and covered properly with polythene sheet (so as to prevent harmful infection by bacteria or fungus, and loss of water and plant sap from the cut and joined ends of stock and scion).
  • While joining the scion to the stock, care should be taken to make sure that the cambium layer of scion is in contact with the cambium layer of stock (because the cambium layer in the stem is responsible for growth). The cut soon heals and the stock and scion of two plants grow together and become one plant.
  • The scion continues to produce its original leaves, flowers and fruits but it gets water and minerals for making food from the chosen stock. So, the fruits will have the characteristics of both the plants (from which scion and stock have come). Grafting is used to breed fruit trees and flowering bushes. Apple, peach, apricot and pear trees are often grafted. We will now describe some of the advantages of the grafting method of artificial propagation.

Grafting enables us to combine the most desirable characteristics of the two plants (scion and stock) in its flowers and fruits.

  •  By grafting method, a very young scion (shoot part of a plant) can be made to flower and produce fruits quite fast when it is grafted to the stock (stem having roots) of a mature plant.
  • It enables us to obtain flowers and fruits having different desired characteristics by grafting scions from different varieties of plants on the same stock. Many varieties of mango have been produced by grafting method.
  • Grafting can be used to produce varieties of seedless fruits.
  • Artificial vegetative propagation is usually used for the propagation (or reproduction) of those plants which produce either very few seeds or do not produce viable seeds. Some examples of such plants which are reproduced by artificial vegetative propagation methods are: Banana, Pineapple, Orange, Grape, Rose, etc.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Advantages of Artificial Vegetative Propagation

The artificial propagation of farm and garden plants has several advantages. Some of the important advantages of the artificial vegetative propagation of plants are given below:
1. The new plants produced by artificial vegetative propagation will be exactly like the parent plants. Any desirable features of the parent plant will be replicated in the new plants.
2. The fruit trees grown from seeds may take many years before they start to bear fruit. But the fruit trees grown from cuttings or by grafting start to bear fruits much earlier (only after a few growing seasons).
3. The plants grown by vegetative propagation usually need less attention in their early years than the plants grown from seeds.
4. Many plants can be grown from just one parent plant by artificial propagation.
5. We can also get seedless plants by artificial propagation.

The cuttings, layering and grafting are the traditional methods for the artificial propagation of plants. For commercial purposes, they are being replaced by the modern methods of artificial propagation of plants involving tissue culture. In tissue culture, they just put a few plant cells (or plant tissue) in a growth medium with plant hormones in it and it grows into new plants. This is discussed below.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Tissue Culture

The production of new plants from a small piece of plant tissue (or cells) removed from the growing tips of a plant in a suitable growth medium (called culture solution) is called tissue culture. The growth medium (or culture solution) used for growing plant tissues is very important in this process because it contains various plant nutrients in the form of “jelly’ (called agar) and plant hormones which are necessary for plant growth. The process of tissue culture for producing new plants is carried out as follows:

1. A small piece of plant tissue is taken from the growing point of the plant (tip of the plant) and
placed on a sterile jelly which contains nutrients and plant hormones. The hormones make the cells in the plant tissue divide rapidly producing many cells which form a shapeless lump of mass called ‘callus’.

2. The callus is then transferred to another jelly containing suitable plant hormones which stimulate the callus to develop roots.

3. The callus with developed roots is then put on a yet another jelly containing different hormones which stimulate the development of shoots.

4. The callus having roots and shoots separates into tiny plantlets. In this way, many tiny plantlets are produced from just a few original plant cells (or tissue).

5. The plantlets thus produced are transplanted into pots or soil where they can grow to form mature plants.

tissue-culture

The tissue culture technique is being used increasingly for the production of ornamental plants like orchids, dahlia, carnation, Chrysanthemum, etc. The production of plants by the method of tissue culture is also known as micropropagation (due to the extremely small amount of plant material used).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Advantages of Tissue Culture

1. Tissue culture is a very fast technique. Thousands of plantlets can be produced in a few weeks’ time from a small amount of plant tissue.

2. The new plants produced by tissue culture are disease free. 3. Tissue culture can grow plants round the year, irrespective of weather or season.

4. Very little space is needed for developing new plants by tissue culture.

Do Organisms Create Exact Copies of Themselves in Asexual Reproduction

Asexual reproduction usually results in the production of genetically identical offsprings, the only genetic variation arises as a result of occasional inaccuracies in DNA replication (or DNA copying) at the time of cell division. This will become clear from the following discussion.

The material which carries genetic information from the parents to the offsprings is DNA-Deoxyribo Nucleic Acid (which is present in the form of chromosomes in the nuclei of all the cells). The basis of asexual reproduction is mitosis. This is the division of a nucleus into two identical daughter nuclei (see Figure 39). Each daughter nucleus has the same genetic make up because of the replication of DNA (or copying of DNA) of the parent cell.

asexual-reproduction

After the division of the nucleus, the rest of parent cell divides to form two genetically identical daughter cells. The daughter cells can then form two offsprings. From this we
conclude that all the offsprings produced by one parent as a result of asexual reproduction are usually
genetically identical.

The new organisms (or offsprings) produced by one parent through asexual reproduction which are genetically identical to the parent) are called clones.

  • The clones possess exact copies of the DNA (or genes) of their parent and hence show remarkable similarity to the parent and to one another. Thus, asexual reproduction produces genetically identical offsprings called clones. For example, when a parent Hydra reproduces by the asexual method of budding, the new Hydrae (or offsprings) formed are clones (which are genetically identical to the parent Hydra as well as to one another). Similarly, when we are using a cutting to grow a new plant, we are making a clone.
  • The cutting of a plant contains the same DNA (or genes) as the original plant (or parent plant). This cutting will grow into an exact copy of the original plant. So, a clone is formed. The clones of plants can be produced by the asexual methods of reproduction such as cuttings, layering, grafting, tissue culture, etc.
  • These days techniques have been developed to clone even animals. Dolly the sheep hit the headlines in 1997 as the first successfully produced animal clone. The process of producing genetically identical new organisms (or offsprings) by asexual reproduction methods is called cloning.
  • We will now explain how slight variations are introduced in asexual reproduction. The replication (or copying) of DNA in the cell is done by certain biochemical reactions which synthesize more of genetic material. No biochemical reaction can reproduce 100 per cent same results. So, when the DNA already present in the nucleus of the parent cell is replicated (or copied) by making more DNA at the time of asexual reproduction, then slight variations come in the two copies formed.
  • Due to this, the two DNA molecules formed by replication will be similar but may not be exactly identical to the original DNA. These slight variations in the replication of DNA molecule will lead to slight variations in the offsprings produced by asexual reproduction.
  • From the above discussion we conclude that the importance of DNA replication (or DNA copying) in asexual reproduction is that slight variations may arise in the offsprings in respect to the parent organism. So, although the offsprings produced by asexual reproduction are said to be genetically the same as the parent organism, but still they have occasional variations.
  • This means that the organisms do not always in asexual reproduction is that the characteristics of the parent organisms are transmitted to its offsprings and at the same time some occasional variations are also produced in the offsprings. We will now describe the importance of variations introduced in reproduction.

The importance of variations in organisms introduced during reproduction is that it helps the species of various organisms to survive and flourish even in adverse environment.

  • This will become clear from the following discussion. There may be some drastic changes like excessive heat or cold or shortage of water (drought), etc., in the habitat of a species of organisms. Now, if all the organisms of a population living in that habitat are exactly identical, then there is danger that all of them may die and no one would survive under those conditions.
  • This will eliminate the species from that habitat completely. However, if some variations are present in some individual organisms to tolerate excessive heat or cold or survive on meagre water supply, then there is a chance for them to survive and fluorish even in adverse environment.
  • In this way, the introduction of variations during reproduction provides stability to the populations of various species by preventing them from getting wiped out during adverse conditions.
  • For example, if there is a population of certain bacteria living in temperate water (which is neither very hot nor very cold) and the temperature of water increases too much due to global warming, then most of these bacteria will to tolerate excessive heat and hence die.
  • But some bacteria which had variations to resist heat would survive and grow further. Before we go further and describe the processes of sexual reproduction in flowering plants and animals (including human beings).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Sexual Reproduction

Sexual reproduction takes place by the combination of special reproductive cells called ‘sex cells. Sex cells are of two types: male sex cells and female sex cells (which come from two different parents: a male and a female). The sex cells are commonly known as gametes. Thus, the cells involved in sexual reproduction are called gametes. Cametes are of two types: male gametes and female gametes. in sexual reproduction, a male gamete fuses with a female gamete to form a new cell called ‘zygote’. This zygote then grows and develops into a new organism in due course of time. Please note that the sex cells or gametes are also sometimes called germ cells. And there are two types of germ cells: male germ cells and germ cells. In this chapter we will be mostly using the term “gamete. The students are, however, free to use the term ‘germ cell” (in place of gamete).

Sexual Reproduction In Flowering Plants

The plants in which the sex organs are carried within the flowers and the seeds are enclosed in a fruit are called angiosperms. Angiosperms are commaly known as flowering plants. The flowering plants reproduce by ‘sexual reproduction method. This means that two seses (male and female) are involved in reproduction in flowering plants. Like human beings, plants have also male and female sex organs, though reproductive organs of a plant (This fewer has been cut open to show the sexual productive organs inside).

Flowmake which containedThese seeds can produce new pla. Applex, oranges, lamens and tomatoes, etc., are all fruits. They contain the seeds of their plants inside the These seeds can be sown in the wall to grow more plants. Pea pods are also truits. The peas inside them are seeds of the pea plant. These peas (ords) can be on in the soil to grow new pea plants.flowers.

flowers-apples-pea-pods

In other words, flowers contain the sexual reproductive organs of a plant. In most of the plants, the same flower contains the male organ as well as the female organ. In other words, the majority of plants are bisexual having the male and female reproductive organs in the same plant (or same flower). In fact, the reproductive part of higher plants is the flower.

The function of a flower is to make male and female gametes and to ensure that fertilisation will take place to make new seeds for the reproduction of plant. Sexual reproduction is the most common method of reproduction in flowering plants. From all this discussion we conclude that flowers are for sexual reproduction in plants. A flower makes both male and female gametes needed for sexual reproduction in plants.

The sexual reproduction in plants takes place in the following steps:

1. The male organ of flower called ‘stamen’ makes the male gametes (male sex cells) of the plant. These male gametes are present in pollen grains.
2. The female organ of a flower called “carpel” makes the female gametes (female sex cells) of the plant These female games are present in ovules. The female gametes present in ovules are also called “ava’, ‘egg cells’ or just ‘egg.
3. The male gametes present in pollen grains fertilise the female gametes or egg cells present in ovules.
4. The fertilised egg cells grow within ovules and become seeds.
5. The seeds produce new plants on germination (under suitable conditions of water, warmth, air and light, etc.).

We will now describe the various parts of a flower including the sexual reproductive organs. And then we will discuss the sexual reproduction in plants in detail.
The main parts of a flower are: Receptacle, Sepals, Petals, Stamen and Carpel. These main parts of a flower are.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Receptacle

The base of a flower to which all the parts of a flower are attached is called receptacle.

parts-of-flower

Sepals.

The green, leaf-like parts in the Peoutermost circle of a flower are called sepals. All the sepals taken together are called ‘calyx’. The function of sepals (or calyx) is to protect the flower in its initial stages when it is in the form of a bud.

Petals.

The colourful parts of a flower are called petals (see Figure 43). The petals lie inside the sepals. All the petals taken together are called. Diagrams to show the parts of a Bower
‘corolla’. The petals are usually scented. The function of petals (or corolla) is to attract insects (for pollination) and to protect the reproductive organs which are at the centre of the flower.

Stamen.

The little stalks with swollen tops just inside the ring of petals in a flower are called stamen Stamen is the male reproductive organ of the plant. Stamen produces pollen graines

crapel

 

The stamen is made of two parts: a filament and an anther . The stalk of stamen is called filament and the swollen top of stamen is called anther. It is actually the anther of a stamen which makes the pollen grains and stores them (The pollen grains appear to be yellow, powder-like substance to us). Pollen grains contain the male gamets (or male sex cells) of the plant. It is clear from this discussion that the male gametes of a plant are made in the anther of stamen. Another point to be noted is that a flower usually has a number of stamens in it.

 Carpel.

  • In the centre of a flower, there is a flask-shaped organ called carpel. Carpel is the female reproductive organ of the plant. A carpel is made of three parts: stigma, style and ovary. The toppart of carpel is called stigma. Stigma is for receiving the pollen grains from the anther of stamen (during pollination). Stigma is sticky so that pollen can stick to it. The middle part of carpel is called style. Style is a tube which connects stigma to the ovary.
  • The swollen part at the bottom of a carpel is called ovary. The ovary makes ovules and stores them. Ovules contain the female gametes (or female sex cells) of the plant. There are usually many ovules in the ovary (but we have shown only one ovule in the ovary). Each ovule contains only one female gamete of the plant. The female gamete (or female sex cell) of the plant which is present inside the ovale is called ovum’ or ‘egg.
  • It is clear from this discussion that the female gametes of a plant are made in the ovary of carpel. Please note that the female organ of a plant is known by two names: carpel and pistil. Another point to be noted is that the female organ called carpel is surrounded by a number of male organs called stamens in the flower.
  • The flowers which contain only one sex organ, either stamens or carpels, are called unisexual flowers. The flowers of papaya and watermelon plants are unisexual flowers. On the other hand, the flowers carpal of a tulip flower sounded which contain both the sex organs, stamens as well as carpel, are called by many brownia. bisexual flowers.
  • The flowers of Hibiscus and mustard plants are bisexual flowers. A new seed of the plant is formed when the male gamete present in a pollen grain unites with the female gamete present in the ovule. This happens in two steps: pollination and fertilisation.

Pollination

For the male gamete to be able to combine with the female gamete, it is necessary that first the pollen grains from the anther of stamen should be carried to the stigma of carpel. The transfer of pollen grains from the anther of a stamen to the stigma of a carpel is called pollination. Thus, pollination is said to take place when pollen grains are carried from the anther to the stigma of the flower.

self-pollination-cross-pollination

 

pollination

  • Pollination is done by insects (like bees and butterflies), birds, wind, and water. Pollination can occur in two ways: self-pollination and cross-pollination. When the pollen grains from the another of a flower are transferred to the stigma of the same flower (or another flower on the same plant), it is called self-pollination.
  • When the pollen grains from the anther of a flower on one plant are transferred to the stigma of a flower on another similar plant, it is called cross-pollination(such as this be which son different flowers to acknectat, help in pollution by transferring pollen from the atherofonower to the stigmaofanether , Insects help in cross-pollination as follows:
  •  The male flowers in this picture are shedding a dust of their pollens into the air. These pollens are then carried away by wind to the signs of another flowerWhen an insect sits on the flower of a plant for sucking nectar, then the pollen grains from the anther of this flower stick to its body.
  • And when this insect now sits on another flower of another similar plant, then the pollen grains sticking to its body are transferred to the stigma of this second flower. In this way the insect transfers the pollen grains from the anther of flower in one plant to the stigma of flower in another plant and causes cross-pollination.
  • The blowing wind also carries pollen grains from one flowerto another flower and helps in cross pollination.

Fertilisation

After a pollen grain falls on the stigma, the next step is fertilisation. Fertilisation occurs when the male gamete present in pollen grain joins with the female gamete (or egg) present in ovale. This happens as follows. When a pollen grain falls on the stigma of the carpel, it bursts open and grows a pollen tube downwards through the style towards the female gamete in the ovary.

fertilization

A male gamete moves down the pollen tube. The pollen tube enters the ovale in the ovary.The tip of pollen tube bursts open and male gamete comes out of pollen tube. In ovary, the male gamete of pollen combines with the nucleus of female gamete or egg present in ovule to form a fertilised egg (called zygote) And we say that fertilisation has taken place.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Formation of Fruits and Seeds

The fertilised egg (or zygote) divides several times to form an embryo within the ovule. The ovule develops a tough coat around it and is gradually converted into a seed (containing the baby plant). In fact, all the eggs in the ovules present in the ovary of a flower get fertilised by male gametes from pollen grains and grow to become seeds. The ovary of flower develops and becomes a fruit (with seeds inside it). The A fruit contains sods of the plant inside it.

formation-of-fruit-seeds

other parts of flower like sepals, petals, stamens, stigma and style dry up and fall off. Only the ovary is left behind. So, at the place on plant where we had a flower originally, we now have a fruit (which is the ovary of the flower containing seeds). A fruit protects the seeds . Some fruits are soft, sweet and juicy like mangoes and oranges. But some fruits are hard, dry and woody like the peanuts and almonds, etc.
A seed is the reproductive unit of a plant (which can be used to grow a new plant). The seed contains

been-seeds

a baby plant (or embryo) and food for the baby plantThe part of baby plant in seed which develops into shoot with leaves is called plumale and the part which develops into root is called radicle. The part of seed which contains stored food for the baby plant is called cotyledon. The wheat graine, gram (chane), corn, peas, and beans, are all seeds.

some-variety-of-seeds

The baby plant present inside a seed is in the inactive state (called dormant state). When the seed gets suitable conditions like water, air and warmth, etc., it germinates and a new plant grows out of the seed. In this way, the parent plant reproduces more plants like itself by forming seeds through flowers.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Germination Of Seeds

The seeds obtained from a plant are usually very dry. In this dry state, the seeds can remain alive but inactive for long periods. They are said to be dormant. When a seed gets water, air and warmth, etc., it begins to grow. When a seed begins to grow, it is said to germinate.

Thus, the beginning of the growth of seeds is called germination of seeds. Germination begins when the seed absorbs water, swells and bursts food in cotyledons and make it soluble. This soluble food makes the radicle and plumale present in the a bean seed is The radicle of the seed grows first to form the root.The root pushes down into the soil and begins to absorb water and minerals from the soil. After this the plumale grows upwards to form the shoot.

The shoot and root grow further. When the shoot comes up above the ground, it develops green leaves  The green leaves of the shoot begin to synthesis presence of sunlight. This seedling grows gradually and ultimately becomes a new plant.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce  Sexual Reproduction In Animals

In order to understand sexual reproduction, we should know the meanings of some important terms  like male sex, female sex, gametes, sperms, ova (or eggs), fertilisation, zygote and embryo, which are involved in sexual reproduction. These are discussed below:

Male And Female

Our father is a male and our mother is a female. We can also say that our father has male sex and our mother has female sex. Now, our father is a man and our mother is a woman. This means that a man is male whereas a woman is female. Thus, a man is said to have male sex and a woman is said to have female sex. Just like us human beings, other

male-female

A man is male whereas a woman is female. animals also have male and female sexes. Even the plants have male and female sexes. As we will learn after a while, being male or female depends on the type of sex cells present in one’s body. An animal having male sex cells called ‘sperms’ in its body is called male. On the other hand, an animal having female sex cells called ‘ova’ (or ‘eggs’) in its body is called female. We will now discuss gametes.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Gametes

Sexual reproduction takes place by the combination of special reproductive cells called ‘sex cells’. These sex cells are also known by another name which is ‘gamete’. We can now say that: The cells involved in sexual reproduction are called gametes. In other words, gametes are the sexual reproductive cells (or sex cells). Gametes are of two types: male gametes, and female gametes. The male gamete in animals is called ‘sperm’ and the female gamete in animals is called ‘ovum’ or ‘egg’ Sperms and ova (or eggs) are extremely small cells which can be seen only with the help of a high power microscope.

human-sperm
Please note that a female gamete (or female sex cell) is usually known by two names: ovum and egg. So, whether we use the term ‘ovum’ or ‘egg’, it will mean the same thing. Another point to be noted is that the plural of ovum is ova. The ovum or egg contains water and stored food.

The important part of ovum or egg is its nucleus. The sperm cell is hundreds or even thousands of times smaller than the ovum or egg and it has a long tail. The sperms are motile which can move independently with the help of their tails. The nuclei of the sperm and ovum (or egg) contain chromosomes which carry the genes.

It is clear from the above discussion that sperms are the male gametes of animals. And ova (or eggs) are the female gametes of animals. In other words, sperms are the male sex cells of animals and ova (or eggs) are the female sex cells of the animals. As we will study after a short while, fusion of gametes gives rise to a single cell called zygote.

We can also say that the cell which is formed by the fusion of a male gamete and a female gamete is called zygote. In most simple words, zygote is a ‘fertilised ovum’ or ‘fertilised egg’. All through sexual reproduction. The process of fusion of gametes is called fertilisation. This is discussed below.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Fertilisation

For sexual reproduction to occur, a male gamete must combine (or fuse) with a female gamete. The fusion of a male gamete with a female gamete to form a zygote during the sexual reproduction, is called fertilisation.

Since the male gamete of an animal is called sperm and the female gamete of an animal is called ovum (or egg), therefore, we can also say that: The fusion of a sperm with an ovum (or egg) to form a zygote during sexual reproduction, is called fertilisation. It is clear that the process of fertilisation The zygote is actually ‘fertilised ovum’ or ‘fertilised egg’.

The zygote (or fertilised egg) grows and develops to form a new baby. The unborn baby in the uterus in the early stages of development (when its body parts are not much developed) is called an embryo. On the other hand, the unborn baby in the uterus in the later stages of development (when all its body parts are well developed and can be identified) is called a foetus (The word ‘foetus’ is pronounced as ‘fetus”).

fertilisation

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Internal and External Fertilisation

We have just studied that the fusion of a sperm with an ovum (or egg) is called fertilisation. Now, the ovum (or egg cell) is made in the body of the female animal. So, the fertilisation of an egg by a sperm can fertilisation in animals: internal fertilisation and external fertilisation.

The fertilisation which occurs inside the female body is called internal fertilisation. In internal (including human beings), birds and reptiles, the fertilisation occurs inside the female body. In other words, internal fertilisation takes place in mammals (including human beings), birds and reptiles.

In internal fertilisation, the male animal puts his sperms into the female animal’s body. This transfer of sperms from the testes of the male animal into female animal’s body occurs at the time of copulation (or mating). Copulation is the act by which the male animal transfers his sperms into the female animal’s body.

During copulation, very large number of sperms are discharged into the female body. These sperms fertilise the eggs inside her body. For example, during copulation a man puts his sperms inside a woman’s body through an organ called penis. These sperms then fertilise the egg inside the woman’s body. So, this is a case of internal fertilisation.

The fertilisation which occurs outside the female body is called external fertilisation. In external fertilisation, the female animal’s eggs are fertilised by sperms outside its body. In amphibians (like frogs and toads) and fishes, the fertilisation of eggs occurs outside the female animal’s body.

In other words, in amphibians (like frogs and toads) and fishes, external fertilisation takes place. In external fertilisation, themale and female animals release their sperms and eggs in water where fertilisation takes place by collisions between sperms and eggs.

For example, the males and females of frogs and fishes release their sperms and eggs in water in which they live. The sperms then As the female frog lays eggs in water, the male frog releases its sperms. The collisions between sperms and eggs collide with the eggs and fertilise them outside the leads to fertilisation. This is an example of external fertilisation. body of female frog or fish.

frog-lay-eggs
From the above discussion we conclude that there are two different modes of fertilisation in nature: internal fertilisation and external fertilisation. The fertilisation in humans, cats, dogs and birds are theexamples of internal fertilisation. The fertilisation in frogs and fishes are the examples of external fertilisation.

We know that the new cell which is formed by fertilisation is called ‘zygote’. And this zygote then grows and develops a full organism (or baby animal). The method in which a zygote grows and develops into a full organism also varies in different animals. For example, in human beings the zygote grows and develops into a baby inside the female body (mother’s body). And then the mother gives birth to the baby.

Just like humans, the animals like cats and dogs also give birth to their young ones. But the process is entirely different in the animals (like birds) which lay eggs. For example, a hen sits on its fertilised eggs for a considerable time to give them warmth.

During this period, the zygote grows and develops to form a complete chick. This chick then comes out of the egg by breaking its shell. It is clear from this discussion that all the organisms do not give birth to individuals like humans do.

The Advantages of Sexual Reproduction

The sexual reproduction has many advantages over asexual reproduction. In asexual reproduction, the offsprings are almost identical to their parent because they have the same genes as their parent. So, much genetic variation is not possible in asexual reproduction. This is a disadvantage of asexual reproduction because it inhibits the further evolution of the organism.

In sexual reproduction the offsprings, although similar to their parents, are not identical to them or to one another. This is because the offsprings receive some genes from the mother and some from the father. Because of the mixing of genes of mother and father in various different combinations, all the offsprings have genetic variations. In this way, sexual reproduction leads to a greater variety in population.

This means that a species (animal or plant) can adapt more quickly to changes in its surroundings (or changes than others, and these individuals will survive and reproduce themselves. the offsprings by providing genetic variation. Sexual reproduction plays an important role in the origin of new species having different characteristics. This genetic variation leads to the continuous evolution of various species to form better and still better organisms. All this is not possible in the case of asexual reproduction.

Why the Amount of DNA Does Not Get Doubled During Sexual Reproduction

In sexual reproduction, though the genetic material DNA (in the form of chromosomes) from two gametes, male and female gemetes, combines together to form a new cell ‘zygote’ but the amount of DNA in zygote does not get doubled. This can be explained as follows:

The gametes are special type of cells called reproductive cells which contain only half the amount of DNA (or half the number of chromosomes) as compared to the normal body cells of an organism. So, when a male gamete combines with a female gamete during sexual reproduction, then the new cell ‘zygote’ will have the normal amount of DNA (or normal number of chromosomes in it). For example, the human sperm has 23 chromosomes and the human egg (or ovum) has also 23 chromosomes. So, when a sperm and an egg fuse together during fertilisation, then the zygote formed will have 23 +23= 46 chromosomes, which is the normal number of chromosomes.

How Sexual Reproduction in Animals Takes Place

Sexual reproduction is the most common method of reproduction in animals (including human beings).
The sexual reproduction in animals takes place in the following steps:
1. The male parent produces male gametes (male sex cells) called sperms. The sperm is a small cell with a long tail (flagellum) for movement [see Figure 63(a)].
2. The female parent produces female gametes (female sex cells) called ova (or eggs). The ovum (or egg) is a much bigger cell than the sperm, having a lot of cytoplasm

re-production-takes-place-in-animals

3. The sperm enters into the ovum (or egg) and fuses with it to form a new cell called ‘zygote” This process is called fertilisation. So, the zygote is a fertilised ovum (or fertilised
eggl

4. The zygote then divides again and again to form a large number of cells (all of which remain together).

And ultimately zygote grows and develops to become a new baby. From the above discussion we conclude that the whole process of sexual reproduction in animals involves the formation of sperms and eggs; joining together of sperm and egg to form a zygotą, and then the growth and development of zygote to form a baby animal.

In complex multicellular animals (like human beings) there are special reproductive organs to make sperms and egge to bring together sperms and eggs for fertilisation, and for the growth and development of zygote into a baby. We will study all this in the human reproductive system. Before we describe the human reproductive system, we should know the meaning of the term ‘puberty. This is discussed below.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Puberty

When a child is small, sometimes it becomes difficult to tell from appearance whether it is a boy or a girl. This is because small boys and girls have the same body shape. A time of rapid growth and body changes starts in the early teens which makes the boy and the girl appear different and also behave differently. These changes start earlier in girls than in boys. We call the time between childhood and adulthood ‘adolescence.

The production of male and female sex hormones’ in the bodies of boys and girls increases dramatically at this stage and causes a wide-ranging changes in their bodies. The testes (in boys) and ovaries (in girls) make different hormones, so the boys and girls develop in different ways. Ultimately the boys and girls become sexually mature and their reproductive systems start functioning.

 The age at which the sex hormones (or gametes) begin to be produced and the boy and girl become sexually mature (able to reproduce) is called puberty. Puberty tends to start earlier in females (girls) than in males (boys). Generally boys attain puberty at the age of 13 to 14 years while girls reach puberty at a

puberty

comparatively lower age of 10 to 12 years. On attaining puberty, the male gonads called testes start producing male gametes called sperms and the female gonads called ovaries start producing female games called ova (or eggs). In addition to producing sex cells (or gametes) male and female gonads (testes and ovaries) also produce and secrete sex hormones with the onset of puberty. The testes produce the male sex hormone called testosterone, and the ovaries produce two female sex hormones, oestrogen and progesterone. The sex hormones play an important role in the process of reproduction because they make the reproductive organs to mature and start functioning. Puberty is the age at which the reproductive organs reach maturity and secondary sexual characteristics develop

The various changes which occur in boys at puberty are: Hair grow under armpits and in pubic regions (genital area) between the thighs. Hair also grow on other parts of the body like chest and face (moustache, beard, etc.)Body becomes more muscular due to the development of muscles. The voice deepens (or cracks). Chest and shoulders broaden. The penis and testes become larger. The testes
start to make sperms.

small-to-adult

Feelings and sexual drives associated with adulthood begin to develop. All these changes in boys are brought about by the male sex hormone testosteron made in  Small boys and girls have the same body shape. So, they look like  Grown up boys and girls have different body shapes, they look different The various changes which occur in girls at puberty are: Hair grow under armpits and public region (This change is the same as in boys).

Mammary glands (or breasts) develop and enlarge. The hips broaden  Extra fat is deposited in various parts of the body like hips and thighs. Fallopian tubes, uterus and vagina enlarge. Ovaries start to release eggs. Menstruation (monthly periods) start. Feelings and sexual drives associated with adulthood begin to develop. All these changes in girls are brought about by the female sex hormones “aestrogen’ and ‘progesterone’ made in ovaries.

Please note that the hormone ‘oestrogen’ is also written and spoken as estrogen”. Human Reproductive System The humans use sexual mode of reproduction. The organs associated with the process of reproduction and females are different which are known as male reproductive system and female reproductive system, respectively.

The reproductive systems in human beings become functional for start functioning) at a definite age called puberty. We will now describe the human male reproductive system and female reproductive system in detail, one by one.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce The Male Reproductive System

The human male reproductive system consists of the following organs: Testes, Scrotum, Epididymis, Vas deferens (or Sperm duct), Seminal vesicles, Prostrate gland and Penis The human male reproductive system is shown in Figure 67. Since the human male is called man, so we can also say that it is the reproductive system of man.

 

male-reproductive-system

Testes are the oval shaped organs which lie outside the abdominal cavity of a man. A man has two testes (singular of testes is testis) Testers are the primary reproductive organs in man (or males). The function of is to make the male sex cells (or male gametes) called sperme Paris- and also to make the male sex hormone called testosterone Please note that the tests of a man make the sex gametes (or sperms) from puberty omwards, throughout his life.

The testes of a man lie in small muscular pouch called scrotum, outside the abdominal cavity The testes are  requires a lower temperature than the normal body temperature. Being outside the abdominal cavity, the temperature of scrotum is about 3°C lower than the temperature inside the body. In this way, the testes provide an optimal temperature (most suitable temperature) for the formation of sperms. The sperms formed in testes come out and go into a coiled tube called epididymis.

The sperms get stored temporarily in epididymis. From epididymis, the sperms are carried by a long tube called vas deferens (or sperm duct) which joins with another tube called urethra coming from the bladder.
Along the path of vas deferens, the glands called seminal vesicles and prostrate gland add their secretions to sperms so that the sperms are now in a liquid. This liquid plus the sperms it contains is called semen (which is a thick liquid). The secretions of seminal vesicles and prostrate gland provide nutrition to the sperms and also make their further transport easier.

Urethra forms a common passage for sperms and urine. Urethra carries the sperms to an organ called penis which opens outside the body. The penis passes the sperms from the man’s body into vagina in the woman’s body during mating for the purpose of reproduction. Please note that in man (or human male) there is only one opening for the urine and sperms to pass out of the body.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce The Female Reproductive System

The human female reproductive system consists of the following organs: Ovaries, Oviducts (which are also called Fallopian tubes), Uterus, and Vagina. The human female reproductive system is shown in Since the human female is called woman, so we can also say that it is the reproductive system of woman.

Ovaries are the oval shaped organs which are inside the abdominal cavity of a woman near the kidneys. A woman has two ovaries. Ovaries are the primary reproductive organs in a woman (or female). The function of ovaries is to make mature female sex cells (or female gametes) called ‘ova’ or ‘eggs’, and also to make the female sex hormones (called oestrogen and progesterone). Each ovary is composed of several thousand follicles (which are a kind of unripe eggs or unripe ova). At puberty these follicles mature to form the ripe eggs or ripe ova (required for fertilisation).

Just above the ovaries are the tubes called oviducts (which are also known as fallopian tubes). The oviducts are not directly connected to ovaries but have funnel shaped openings which almost cover the ovaries . The ovum (or egg cell) released by an ovary goes into the oviduct through its funnel-shaped opening. The fertilisation of egg (or ovum) by a sperm takes place in the oviduct.  The female reproductive system in humans (front view).

The two oviducts connect to a bag like organ called uterus (or womb) at their other ends . The growth and development of a fertilised ovum (or fertilised egg) into a baby takes place in the uterus. The uterus is connected through a narrow opening called cervix to another tube called vagina which opens to the outside of the body Vagina receives the penis for putting sperms into the woman’s body. Vagina is a tubular structure. Vagina is also called ‘birth canal’ because it is through this passage that the baby is born after the completion of development inside the uterus of the mother. Please note that in woman (or human female) the opening for passing out urine (called urethra) and the vaginal opening are separate.

It is obvious from the above discussion that the female reproductive system in humans is more complex than that of the male reproductive system. The complexity in structure and function of the female reproductive system is necessary for the union of sperms and ovum (or eggs) inside the female body and the development of the baby in the mother’s uterus.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Fertilisation

In human beings, internal fertilisation takes place. The sperms (or male gametes) made in the testes of man are introduced into the vagina of the woman through penis during copulation (or mating). In this way, millions of sperms are released into the vagina at one time. The sperms are highly active and mobile (moving). The sperms move up through cervix into the uterus. From uterus, the sperms pass into the oviducts

fertilasation

Fertilisation in human to form a zygote (fertilised egg). One of the oviducts contains an ovum (or egg cell) released by the ovary during ovulation. Only one sperm fuses with the ovum (or egg) in the oviduct to form a zygote. This is called fertilisation. Thus, the fertilisation of the ovum (or egg) takes place in the oviduct.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Development Of Embryo

When the ovum (or egg) is fertilised in the oviduct, then a zygote is formed. The zygote divides rapidly by mitosis as it moves down slowly in the oviduct and forms a hollow ball of hundreds of cells. This hollow ball of cells, now called an embryo, sinks into the soft and thick lining of the uterus and gets embedded in it The embedding of embryo in the thick lining of the uterus is called implantation.

embro
After implantation, a disc-like special tissue develops between the uterus wall (called uterine wall) and the embryo (or foetus), which is called placenta (The foetus is connected to placenta in mother’s body through umbilical cord). It is through the placenta that all the requirements of the developing foetus like nutrition, respiration, and excretion, etc., are met from the mother’s body. In other words, the exchange of nutrients, oxygen and waste products between the embryo and the mother takes place through the placenta.

 

birth-to-child
Placenta links the embryo to the mother through umbilical cord. In placenta, the embryo’s blood vessels are close to mother’s blood vessels but they are not joined. Because
the two sets of blood vessels are close to each other, substances (like oxygen, nutrients and wastes) can pass between the two blood supplies. The embryo grows and develops inside the uterus (or womb) of the mother and becomes foetus This picture shows the side view of developing foetus a few weeks before birth.

This baby has just been born. We can see in this picture that the umbilical cord is still attached to the baby. The umbilical cord will be just tied and cut to separate the new born baby from the mother. fertilisation up to the birth of the baby is called gestation. The average gestation period in humans (or the average duration of human pregnancy) is about nine months (or about 38 weeks). During the gestation period, the foetus grows to become a baby.

Birth begins when the strong muscles in the walls of the uterus start to contract rhythmically. The rhythmic contraction of uterus muscles gradually pushes the baby out of the mother’s body through vagina. This is how a baby is born. All of us were born from our mother in this way.

Differences Between Zygote, Embryo and Foetus A zygote is formed after fertilisation.

A zygote develops and becomes an embryo. And finally, an embryo develops and becomes a foetus. The main differences between zygote, embryo and foetus are given below:

zygote-embryo-foctus

zygote-embryo-foctus

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Sexual Cycle in Females Menstruation

We will now describe the sexual cycle in human females (or women). Please note that when a girl child is born, her ovaries already contain many thousands of immature ova (or eggs) which are contained in immature follicles. When a girl reaches the age of puberty, then one follicle develops at a time to form a mature ovum (or egg). On maturing, the follicle bursts and the ovum (or egg) shoots out of the ovary.

This is called ovulation. Thus, the release of an ovum (or egg) from an ovary is called ovulation. In a normal, healthy girl (or woman), ovulation takes place on the 14th day of the beginning of menstrual cycle of 28 days. This means that ovulation takes place in the middle of the menstrual cycle (because 14th day is the middle of 28 days). In human females (or girls), the ovaries start releasing ovum or egg (female gamete) once every 28 days from the age of puberty. That is, in girls ovulation starts when they attain puberty. Please note that ovulation does not take place every day after puberty

. It takes place after a period of every 28 days (which is almost once a month). Before every ovulation, the inner lining of the uterus becomes thick and soft with lot of blood capillaries (or blood vessels) in itThese changes in the uterus are necessary because in case the ovum (or egg) released by the ovary gets fertilised by the sperm, then the uterus has to keep this fertilised ovum Thick lining of uterus A thick lining grows in the uterus to receive the fertilised egg cell (if any). Thick lining of uterus breaks down Bleeding occurs

In case the egg cell is not fertilised, the thick uterus lining breaks down leading to bleeding. This is called menstruation (or periods). (or egg) for further development and supply it with food and oxygen, etc., so that it may grow into a baby in due course of time.

If, however, a sperm is not available at the time of ovulation, then fertilisation of ovum (or egg) does not take place. Since the ovum (or egg) is not fertilised, so the thick and soft uterus lining having lot of blood capillaries in it is not required. Thus, the unfertilised ovum (or egg) dies within a day and the uterus lining also breaks down.

Since the thick and soft uterus lining contains a lot of blood vessels, so the breaking (or disintegration) of the uterus lining produces blood alongwith other tissues. This blood and other tissues come out of the vagina in the form of bleeding’ We can now say that the breakdown and removal of the inner, thick and soft lining of the uterus alongwith its blood vessels in the form of vaginal bleeding is called menstrual flow or menstruation.

Menstruation occurs if an ovum (or egg) released by the ovary of a woman does not get fertilised due to non-availability of sperm at the time of ovulation. Since the process of menstruation in a woman occurs again and again after a fixed period of 28 days (to 30 days), so it is also known as menstrual cycle.

Menstruation occurs every 28 days because ovulation (release of ovum or egg by ovary) occurs every 28 days. In everyday language, menstruation is called ‘periods’. We will now describe the menstruation (or menstrual cycle) point-wise which can be reproduced in the examination.

The sexual cycle in females (or women) is called menstruation or menstrual cycle.

This is described below:
1. When a girl reaches puberty at the age of about 10 to 12 years, the sex hormones released into her blood cause some of the ova (or egg cells) in her ovaries to become mature (or ripe).
2. Usually one mature ovum (or egg) is released from the ovary into the oviduct once every 28 days. This is called ovulation.
3. Before ovulation (or release of ovum), the inner lining of uterus becomes thick and spongy, and full of tiny blood vessels (or blood capillaries), and prepares itself to receive the fertilised ovum or egg (in case it gets fertilised by sperm).
4. If the ovum (or egg) does not get fertilised (due to non-availability of sperm in the female body) then the thick and soft inner lining of uterus is no longer needed and hence it breaks. So, the thick and soft inner lining of uterus alongwith the blood vessels and the dead ovum (or egg) comes out of the vagina in the form of a bleeding called menstruation.
5. Menstruation usually occurs 14 days after ovulation and usually lasts for about 3 to 5 days.
6. After menstruation is over, the inner lining of the uterus starts building up again so that it may become ready to receive the next ovum (or egg) in case it gets fertilised.
7. If the ovum (or egg) does not get fertilised even now, then menstruation takes place again. This cycle of menstruation is repeated again and again in women after every 28 days (till the time ovum gets fertilised). The menstrual cycle is controlled by hormones.

Menstruation stops temporarily when the ovum (or egg) gets fertilised and the woman gets pregnant. This is because in this case the thick and soft lining of the uterus containing lot of blood vessels is needed for the growth and development of the fertilised ovum (or fertilised egg cell) to form a baby. Menstruation restarts after the birth of the baby.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Menarche and Menopause

The first menstruation (or menstrual flow) begins at puberty (when the girl or woman is around 10 to 12 years of age). The first occurrence of menstruation (or periods) at puberty is called menarche. Menarche\ is the beginning of the reproductive life of a girl (or woman).

In other words, menarche is the time from which a girl (or woman) becomes capable of having a baby. Menstruation stops permanently when a woman reaches the age of about 45 to 50 years. With the permanent stoppage of menstruation, a woman loses her ability to bear children. She becomes infertile.

The permanent stoppage of menstruation (or periods) in a woman is called menopause. Menopause occurs in women at the age of about 45 to 50 years. A woman stops ovulating at menopause and can no longer become pregnant. Menopause is the end of the reproductive life of a woman. We can now say that the reproductive life of a woman starts at menarche and ends at menopause.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Birth Control

The population of our country is increasing rapidly day by day. Though our country has sufficient food resources but still many people do not get sufficient food for their large families (having many children) due to poverty. So, every year it is becoming very difficult for our Government to provide sufficient food, adequate clothing, good housing and proper education to every citizen of the country. It is, therefore, very important for the couples (husbands and wives) who are in the reproductive stage of theirlives to control the size of their families by having fewer children by practising family planning through birth control measures.

birth-control Family planning enables a couple to decide on the number of children it wants to have and when to have them. If a couple has less number of children, it can provide good food, good clothes, and good education to each child. This will make the parents as well as the children happy.

So, a small family is a happy family. It should be noted that having fewer children also keeps the mother in good health. We should remember that to keep the size of our family small by having less number of children is in our own interest as well as in the interest of our Nation.

The population is increasing at a very rapid rate. We can see crowds of people everywhere. A small family is a happy family. This is a Family Planning Having just one or two kids is the best option. Parents  then provide good food, good clothes and good education to each child.

Centre where people can obtain free advice and contraceptive devices for the various birth control measures.

Our Government has opened such Family Planning Centres throughout the country. Family planning can be done by practising birth control measures. Birth control can be done by preventing pregnancy in females (or women). And pregnancy can be prevented by adopting a method or procedure by which sperms produced during copulation between man and his wife can be prevented from meeting the ovum (or egg) and fertilising it.

It is possible to prevent fertilisation (and hence prevent pregnancy) because the ovum is available for fertilisation only for a short period. Since frequent pregnancies have a very bad effect on the mother’s health, and also add to our already exploding population, so a number of techniques or methods have been developed to prevent pregnancies in women. We can call them birth control measures, family planning measures or population control measures. These are discussed below.

Birth Control Methods

The prevention of pregnancy in women (by preventing fertilisation) is called contraception. And any device or chemical (drug) which prevents pregnancy in woman is called a contraceptive. All the birth control methods can be broadly divided into three categories:
1. Barrier methods,
2. Chemical methods, and
3. Surgical methods.
We will now discuss all these methods of contraception (or preventing pregnancies) in women briefly.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Barrier Methods

In the barrier methods of preventing pregnancy, the physical devices such as condoms and diaphragm (or cap) are used. Condoms are used by males (by putting them as a covering on the penis). Condom is called ‘nirodh’ in Hindi. Diaphragm (or cap) is used by females (by putting it in the vagina to cover the cervix).

Condom as well as diaphragm prevent the sperms from meeting the ovum (or egg) by acting as a barrier between them. An important benefit in the use of condom is that it protects a person from the sexually transmitted diseases such as gonorrhoea, syphilis and AIDS. No other method of contraception provides protection against sexually transmitted diseases.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Chemical Methods

In the chemical methods of preventing pregnancy, the females use two types of pills: oral pills and vaginal pills, which are made of specific drugs. The oral pills contain hormones which stop the ovaries from releasing ovum (or eggs) into the oviduct. Oral pills are also called Oral Contraceptives (written in short as OC). This is a very effective method of preventing pregnancy so long as the pills are taken at the right time. Some women, however, do experience unpleasant side effects on taking oral pills because they change the hormonal balance in the body.

chemical-method

So, it is . Some women choose Oral Pills as important that the women on pills have regular check-ups with contraceptive pills are popular in India by the contraceptive for birth control. The oral their doctor. The vaginal pills contain the chemicals called name Mala D. spermicides which kill the sperms.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Intra-Uterine Contraceptive Device

The use of intrauterine contraceptive device called Copper-T is also very effective in preventing pregnancy. A Copper-T is placed inside the uterus by a doctor or a trained nurse. The IUCD or Copper-T prevents the implantation of fertilised egg in the uterus. If a woman uses a Copper-T as a method of contraception for avoiding unwanted pregnancies, then Copper-T cannot protect her from acquiring sexually transmitted diseases (if her partner has such a disease).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Surgical Methods

Surgical methods of birth control are available for males as well as females. In males, a small portion of the sperm duct (or vas deferens) is removed by surgical operation and both the cut ends are ligated (or tied) properly. This prevents the sperms from coming out. The surgical procedure carried out in males is called ‘vasectomy”.

In females, a small portion of the oviducts is removed by surgical operation and the cut ends are ligated (or tied). This prevents the ovum (or egg) from entering into the oviducts. The surgical procedure carried out in females is called tubectomy.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Stop Female Foeticide!

Surgical operations can also be used for the termination of pregnancies in women particulary after eight weeks of conception.

Such surgical termination of pregnancy (or abortion) is allowed by law only in certain circumstances where the doctors decide that continuance of pregnancy can affect the health of mother or of unborn child gravely. Some people, however, misuse the technique of surgical termination of pregnancy for ulterior motive to get rid of female foetus (or unborn girl child).

girl-child

In order to have a male child (son), some misguided people in our country get the sex of their unborn child determined by ultrasound technique (though it is illegal to do so), and if it is a female foetus, they get it removed by surgery. This killing of the unborn girl child is called female foeticide. Female foeticide is reducing the number of girls drastically in some societies of our country.

For a healthy society, the male-female sex ratio must be maintained. Who knows today’s girl child may become a great scientist, a famous doctor, a top class engineer, a dedicated administrative officer, a world renowned economist, wonderful teacher or an unmatched world leader of tomorrow. Stop female focticide! Save the girl child. almost the same level. Due to reckless female foeticide, the male-female child sex ratio is declining at an alarming rate in some sections of our society.

This must be stopped immediately. Female foeticide is a matter of shame for the couples who go for it and also for the doctors who perform such surgical abortions (or rather murder the unborn girl child) for earning some quick money! Let us not forget that our mother is a female, our sister is a female, and our wife is also a female.

Then why not have a female as our daughter? Remember, daughters are no less than sons. Our Government has already enacted laws to ban prenatal (before-birth) determination of sex of foetuses. These laws must be enforced strictly to save our society from the grave dangers of female foeticide in the long run. Let us not forget the words of Guru Nanak Dev Ji in praise of women (or females). He said ‘so kyon manda aakhiye, jit jammein raajaan’ (why should we condemn women who have given birth to emperors of the world!).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD)

The diseases which are spread by sexual contact with an infected person are called sexually transmitted diseases (or STD). Thus, a healthy person can get STD by making sexual contact with an infected person. Some of the common sexually transmitted diseases are:

  1. Gonorrhoea
  2. Syphilis, and
  3. AIDS (Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome).

Gonorrhoea and syphilis are caused by bacteria. The bacteria which cause these diseases spread through sexual contact with an infected person. The most common symptoms of the these sexually transmitted.

std This is Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV). The white bood cells (WBCs) of a person destroy disease-causing bacteria and protect the health of a person.

HIV infects white blood cells and destroys them gradually. This reduces the immunity (or resistance) of the body to fight diseases. Due to this, diseases which are normally quite mild can kill a person with HIV who develops AIDS disease.  This person is suffering from AIDS disease caused by HIV.

The immune system of this person has been damaged making his body so weak that it cannot protect itself against even common infections. This person is just waiting to die. diseases are burning sensation at urination, passing of urethral discharge (containing pus) and sores in the genitals. Gonorrhoea and syphilis are curable diseases.

AIDS disease is caused by a virus called HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus). AIDS damages the body’s immune system so that the body becomes weak and cannot protect itself against infection. So, AIDS is a very dangerous disease which leads to death. No definite cure has been found for the AIDS disease so far.

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes History

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Political Science

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Sociology

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Geography

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Economics

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Business Studies

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 6 Management of Natural Resources Notes

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 6 Management of Natural Resources

Anything in the environment ‘which can be used’ is called a ‘natural resource’. Some of our important natural resources are : Forests and Wildlife, Water, Coal and Petroleum.

A system of controlling the use of natural resources in such a way as to avoid their wastage and to use them in the most effective way, is called management of natural resources.

The natural resources are a ‘tool’ of development (or advancement) for human beings but it should be ‘sustainable development’. The development which meets the current basic human needs and also preserves the resources for the needs of future generations, is called sustainable development

Someofourimportantnaturalresourcesareforestsandwildlife,water,coalandpetroleum.

And to protect the environment from harm or destruction is said to ‘conserve’ the environment. In this chapter we will describe how to use our natural resources so as to achieve sustainable development as well as to conserve our environment.

Why do We Need to Manage Our Resources

All the things which we use (or consume) such as food, clothes, furniture, fuels, vehicles, water, etc., are obtained from the resources on this earth. We need to manage our natural resources because of the following reasons :

  •  The resources of the earth are limited. Because of the rapid increase in human population, the demand for resources is increasing day by day. The proper management can ensure that the natural resources are used judiciously so that they fulfil the needs of present generation and also last for the generations to come.
  •  The proper management of natural resources takes into consideration long-term perspective (or view) and prevents their exploitation to the hilt for short-term gains.
  •  The proper management can ensure equitable distribution of natural resources so that all the people can benefit from the development of these resources.
  •  The proper management will take into consideration the damage caused to the environment during the ‘extraction’ or ‘use’ of the natural resources and find ways and means to minimise this damage. For example, if some forest trees have to be cut for various purposes, then the damage to the environment can be minimised by planting new saplings in place of cut down trees.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 6 Management Of Natural Resources Notes

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 6 Management of Natural Resources Forests and Wildlife

A large area of land on which trees and other plants grow naturally is called a forest. And the wild animals (like lion, tiger, elephants, deer, snakes, etc.) and birds which live in a forest, are called wildlife.

 The ‘plants’ and ´animals’ of a forest are called ‘flora’ and ‘fauna’ respectively. Due to the presence of a large number of species (of plants and animals), forests are said to be ‘biodiversity hotspots’. One of the main aim of the management of forests and wildlife is to conserve the biodiversity which we have inherited. This is because the loss of biodiversity leads to the loss of ecological stability of the forest ecosystem.

We will now discuss the various stakeholders in the management of forests and their aspirations. A person with an interest or concern in something is called a stakeholder. When we consider the management (or conservation) of forests, we find that there are four stakeholders in it. These are :

  • The people who live in and around the forest and are dependent to some extent on forest produce (forest products) to lead their life.
  •  The Forest Department of the Government which owns the forest land and controls the resources from the forest.
  •  The industrialists who use various forest products for their factories, such as wood for making paper and furniture, and tendu leaves for making bidis, etc.
  • The forest and wildlife activists who want to see the forests in their pristine form (original condition). We will now describe what each of these stakeholder groups needs or gets out of the forests. The people who live in villages around the forests take firewood (fuel) from the forest trees. They usually lop (cut) the branches of the trees and pluck their leaves but do not cut down the whole trees. They take

bamboo from the forest to make their huts and baskets for collecting and storing food materials. The local people take wood for making agricultural implements and gather fruits, nuts and medicinal herbs from the forest. They also collect green fodder and graze their cattle in the forest. On the whole, people living near the forests usually use the resources of the forests in a way that much damage is not done to the environment. In fact, the

Villagerstakingawafirewoodfromtheforesttrees.

people living near forests had developed practices to ensure that the forest resources were used in a sustainable manner. So, the damage caused to forests cannot be attributed to only the local people living around the forests. The Forest Department has a major stake in the resources of forests and wildlife because it is a good source of revenue for the Government. Most of the forest revenue comes from the sale of cut down forest trees for timber (which is wood used in buildings and furniture).

In order to plant trees for timber such as pine, teak, and eucalyptus, etc., huge areas of forests are cleared of all vegetation. This destoys a large amount of biodiversity in the area which harms the environment. The management of protected forest areas by keeping the local people out completely has some ill effects too. This will become clear from the following example. The great Himalayan National Park is a protected forest area which contains alpine meadows that were earlier grazed by outside sheep in summer.

So, nomadic shepherds (having no permanent home) drove their flock of sheep up from the valley to this area every summer. After the formation of Himalayan National Park, the grazing by sheep was not allowed. This has a harmful effect on the growth of vegetation because, without regular grazing by sheep, the grass first grows very tall and then falls over, preventing fresh growth from below. The developmental projects like building roads through the forest area and construction of dams are also damaging the forests.

Even the large inflow of tourists to the forests for observing wildlife, building rest-houses for tourists within the forest and dumping of waste materials (like plastic bottles, etc.) by the tourists in the forest, are damaging the forest environment. Industrialists have a major vested interest in forest resources. They consider the forests as merely a source of raw material for their industry (or factories). Some of the major industries which are based on

Foresttreesarecutdowntoobtainwoodforuseinbuildings,furniture,makingpaperandsportsgoods.Forestsarethemostrapidlywindlingresourceintheworld.Copy

forest produce are: Timber industry, Paper manufacturing industry (or Paper mills), Lac industry and Sports equipment industry. In fact, most of the deforestation is caused by industrial needs. It is true that wood from the forest trees is needed for manufacturing various types of goods required for development but at the same time efforts should be made to make up the loss of trees cut down from the forest. This can be done by planting saplings in the forest in place of cut down trees.

It should be noted that the destruction of forests affects not just the availability of forest products but also the quality of soil and the sources of water. A major programme called silviculture has been started to replenish the forests by growing more trees and plants. Thus, silviculture is a major programme started to replenish depleting forests. The silviculture programme has many advantages :

  •  It produces a large quantity of raw materials for industry (like timber and paper industry)
  • It increases the area of earth under forests (which is good for the conservation of wildlife)
  • It maintains a perfect water cycle in nature
  •  It prevents soil erosion
  • It prevents floods

There are certain people (called activists) who are not dependent on the forests (or wildlife) in any way but who want forests and wildlife to be conserved to prevent undue damage to the environment. They started by working for the conservation of large wild animals such as tigers, lions, elephants, and rhinoceros but they now recognise the need to preserve forests as well. This is because without preserving forests, we cannot conserve wildlife (wild animals and birds).

We will now give two instances where ordinary people have played a great role in the conservation of forests by preventing them from being cut down indiscriminately.

1. The Case of Khejri Trees

There is a Bishnoi community in Rajasthan state of our country for whom conservation of forests and wildlife has been a religious belief. In 1731, Amrita Devi Bishnoi led a group of 363 persons who sacrificed their lives for the protection of khejri trees in khejrali village near Jodhpur in Rajasthan. This shows the determination of some people to work for the conservation of their natural environment. The Government has recently instituted an ‘Amrita Devi Bishnoi National Award for Wildlife Conservation’ in the memory of Amrita Devi Bishnoi.

KhejritreeinRajasthan.AmritaDeviBishnoiNationalAwardforWildlifeConservationbeingpresentedtoawomanforhercontributiontotheconservationofwildlife.Copy

2. The Chipko Andolan

Another example of the contribution of common people towards the conservation of forests is the Chipko Andolan (Hug the Trees Movement). The Chipko Andolan originated from an incident in a remote village called ‘Reni’ in Garhwal, high up in the Himalayas in the early 1970s. A logging contractor had been allowed to cut down trees in a forest close to a village. The people of the village did not want this forest to be cut down because it would have spoiled their healthy environment.

One day, when the men folk of the village were out for work, the contractor’s workers came in the forest to cut down the trees. In the absence of men, the women of the village reached the forest quickly and clasped the tree trunks with their arms, preventing the workers from cutting down the trees. The forest trees were thus saved. The Chipko Movement quickly spread across all the communities and helped in the conservation of forests.

Participation of Local People in the Management of Forests People’s participation in the management of forests can help in increasing forest produce as well as in their conservation. An example of how local people’s participation in the management of forests led to the revival of degraded forests is like this : In 1972, the West Bengal Forest Department formulated a novel scheme to revive the degraded sal forests by involving the local people.

A beginning was made in the Arabari forest range of Midnapore district. A far-sighted forest officer A.K. Banerjee involved the villagers of the area around the forest in the protection of 1272 hectares of badly degraded sal forest. In return for help in protecting the forest, the villagers were given employment in both silviculture and harvesting operations of the forest, 25 per cent of the final harvest produce, and were allowed to collect firewood and fodder from the forest area on a nominal payment.

With the active and willing participation of local people living around the forest, the degraded sal forest of Arabari became thick and green within ten years. This is how participation of local people can lead to efficient management of forests. Conservation of Wildlife The large scale poaching (killing) of wild animals residing in the forests by man is a serious threat to the survival of many animal and bird species.

This also disturbs the food chains in which these animals occur resulting in undesirable consequences for the whole ecosystem. This point will become more clear from the following example. Snake is a wild animal. The skin of snakes is in great demand for making fancy leather goods, so the snake skin sells at a high price in the market. Now, to make some easy money, some people kill the snakes indiscriminately in large numbers to obtain their skin.

This large scale killing of snakes disrupts the food chains in which snakes occur and creates an imbalance in nature. For example, snake is a friend of the farmer in the sense that it eats vermins like rats and mice which are pests and damage the crops. Now, when the snakes are killed in large numbers to obtain their skin, the population of snakes is reduced greatly. Now, due to the lesser number of ‘predator’ snakes, the population of pests like rats and mice in crop-fields increases.

Thishandbagismadefromskinofsnake.SnakeisafriendofthefarmerbecauseiteatsupratsfromthefieldswhichdamageCopy

The increased number of rats and mice in the fields damages the standing crops leading to loss in the production of food-grains. It is very important to conserve wildlife to maintain the ecological balance in nature and to preserve the gene pool. Some of the measures (or steps) to be taken for the conservation of wildlife are given below :

  •  Laws should be made to impose a total ban on poaching (killing) or capturing of any animal or bird belonging to an endangered species. The poaching of an endangered species of animals and birds should be made a punishable offence. Such laws should not remain on paper only, they should be enforced strictly.
  • Even if some type of wild animals and birds are in abundance today, their indiscriminate killing should not be allowed by the forest authorities.
  •  The natural habitats of wild animals and birds should be preserved by establishing National Parks and Sanctuaries throughout the country.
  • The Government Department connected with the conservation of wildlife should conduct a periodic survey in all the forests, National Parks and Sanctuaries to have a knowledge of the population of all species of wild animals and birds, so that these animals can be helped in the times of distress like floods and famines.
  • Special attention should be paid to the conservation of endangered species of wild animals and birds to prevent their extinction altogether.
  •  The unauthorised felling (cutting) of forest trees for timber trade and fuel-wood should be curbed (stopped) immediately. This is because depletion of forests destroys the natural habitat of wild animals and birds, and exposes them to the cruelty of man as well as nature.
  •  In the case of Government authorised felling of forest trees, for every acre of forest cut down, an equal area of land should be planted with saplings of trees to make up for the loss in the long run.

Water for All

Water is the basic necessity for all forms of life, human beings, other animals as well as plants. Some parts of our country have good resources of water whereas other parts suffer from chronic water shortage. The regions having good availability of water are flourishing because they have good crops but the regions having shortage of water are in the thick of poverty because of poor crop growth. It is, therefore, necessary to have proper management of available water resources so that there is an equitable distribution of water for all the

Watercontrolsourlives.Ourcrops,ourfoodandourhealthdependongoodsupplyofwater.Manyofourpeoplestillcannotobtainsufficientquantityofcleanwatereasily.Copy

people in all the parts of the country. The various sources of water which are available to us are: Rains, Rivers, Lakes, Ponds, Wells, Oceans and Glaciers (Snow mountains). We will discuss the management of water from some of these sources of water in detail. Let us start with rains. Rain is a very important source of water. Rains in India are largely due to monsoon which lasts for a few months. This means that most of the rainwater falls on the earth in a few months of the year.

This rainwater fills the lakes and ponds, and also flows into rivers. Some rainwater also seeps into the ground and becomes available as ground water (or rather underground water). Though most of the parts of our country get a good rainfall during monsoon but due to the loss of vegetation cover, much water does not seep into the ground, it rather flows into rivers. Rainwater is stored in lakes for use over a long period of time. There are some natural lakes in our country.

Some artificial lakes have also been made at various places to store rainwater to meet the increasing demand for water. In fact, many cities of our country depend on such lakes for their water supply during the year.

Despite good rains, we are not able to meet the demand for water of all the people because :

  •  our population is increasing rapidly.
  •  due to lack of sufficient vegetation cover on ground, only a little rain water seeps into the ground and gets stored as ground water.
  •  the high yielding varieties of crops require much more water for irrigation.
  •  discharge of untreated sewage and industrial wastes into rivers and lakes reduces the availability of usable water.
  • the changing life-style of people, especially in urban areas, is consuming more water.

Rivers are another important source of water. Rivers get their water supply from the melting of snow lying on the peaks of snow mountains (or glaciers) as well as from rains. The management of river-water is done by constructing dams on rivers.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 6 Management of Natural Resources Dams

In order to make proper use of river water, dams are constructed across the rivers to regulate the flow of water. In our country dams have been built across many rivers. The large reservoir of a dam stores a huge amount of water (brought in by the flowing river). This stored water is then allowed to flow downstream at the desired rate. Bhakra Dam is one such dam which has been built across the river Satluj in the state of Punjab in our country. Dams built across the rivers are big storehouses of river water.

Adambuiltacrossariverisabigstorehouseofwater

Dams are useful for the society in the following ways:

  •  Water from a dam is used for irrigation in fields through a network of canals. Dams ensure round the year water supply to the crop fields and help raise agricultural production. For example, Indira Gandhi Canal originating from Bhakra Dam has brought greenery to considerable areas of Rajasthan.
  •  Water from a dam is supplied to the people in towns and cities through pipelines after suitable treatment. In this way, construction of dams ensures continuous water supply in the region.
  •  The falling water (or flowing water) from the dam is used for generating electricity. The water rushing down the dam turns turbines which run electric generators. The electricity thus produced is called hydroelectricity. The construction of high-rise dams for the management of river water and generation of electricity has certain problems associated with it. The public opposition to the construction of large dams on rivers is mainly due to the following three problems likely to be created by them :

1. Social Problems

Due to the construction of high-rise dams, a large number of human settlements (or villages) are submerged in the water of large reservoir formed by the dam and many people are rendered homeless. This creates a social problem. It is, therefore, necessary that all the people who are displaced from the dam site are given adequate compensation by the Government for rehabilitation so as to start their life afresh.

2. Environmental Problems

The construction of high-rise dams on the rivers contributes to deforestation and loss of biodiversity. This is because a vast variety of flora and fauna (plants and animals) get submerged in the water of large reservoir formed by the dam and disturb the ecological balance.

3. Economic Problems

Some people say that the construction of high-rise dams involves the spending of huge amount of public money without the generation of proportionate benefits. On the other hand, others say that there can be no real progress without building dams because they allow us to manage our water resources properly and at the same time give us much needed electricity (without causing any air pollution). So, whether the construction of dams on rivers is an economic problem or not is a debatable question.

The opposition to the construction of Tehri Dam on the river Ganga and raising the height of Sardar Sarovar Dam on the river Narmada are due to such problems. We have all heard about the protests by the Narmada Bachao Andolan (Save the Narmada Movement) against the raising of height of Sardar Sarovar Dam. So, before taking a decision to construct high-rise dams on rivers, or raising the height of existing dams, it is necessary to consider its long term effects on social life and environment carefully.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 6 Management of Natural Resources Pollution of River Water

The water in most of our rivers is highly polluted. The pollution of river water is caused by the dumping of untreated sewage and industrial wastes into it. For example, the river Ganga which flows for

IndustrialwastesarepollutingtheriverwaterCopy

over 2500 kilometres from Gangotri in the Himalayas to Ganga Sagar in the Bay of Bengal is being turned into a dirty water drain by the discharge of untreated sewage and industrial wastes emanating from more than a hundred towns and cities which lie along its way.

In addition to sewage and industrial wastes, the pollution of river Ganga is also caused by other human activities like bathing, washing of clothes, immersion of ashes of the dead and dumping of unburnt corpses in its water. The industries also discharge chemical effluents into the river water. The toxicity of these chemical effluents kills the fish in many parts of the river.
The contamination of river water can be usually found from two factors:

  •  the presence of coliform bacteria in river water, and
  •  measurement of pH of river water.

Coliform is a group of bacteria found in human intestines. The presence of coliform in the river water indicates its contamination by disease-causing micro-organisms. This is because though coliform itself is harmless but its presence in river water indicates that other, more harmful, intestinal bacteria might also be present. The pH of river water is measured by using universal indicator paper.

If the pH of river water is found to be below 7, then the river water will be acidic and hence polluted. A multicrore ‘Ganga Action Plan’ (GAP) project was launched in 1985 to clean the river Ganga and make its water pollution free.

Wells and tube-wells (bore-wells) are yet another source of water. Some of the rainwater which falls on earth seeps through the soil and goes down under the surface of the earth. Ultimately this water is stopped by some hard rocks and collects there. This underground water is taken out by digging a ‘well’ into the ground. This is called well water.

Such wells are a common sight in village areas. The deep tube- wells called ‘bore-wells’ are also dug into the earth which are much deeper than the ordinary wells and their water is drawn out by using water pumps. This water is used for the irrigation of crops and for drinking purposes.

When too much water is pumped out through deep tube-wells then the water table (level of water below the earth’s surface) gets lowered too much. This lowering of water table decreases the amount of available underground water. In order to maintain the water table at a proper depth, it is necessary to ensure better percolation of rainwater into the soil. A scheme called ‘rainwater harvesting’ is recommended to stop flowing rainwater and make it percolate into the soil more efficiently.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 6 Management of Natural Resources Rainwater Harvesting

The people in rural India have used a large number of water collecting methods to capture as much rainwater as possible which had fallen on their land. Some of the methods used for water harvesting by the rural people (or farmers) were : Digging of small pits and lakes; Building of small earthen dams (or embankments); Construction of dykes (long walls of earth to trap water); Construction of sand and limestone reservoirs; and setting up of roof-top water collecting units. All these methods of collecting and saving rain
water have recharged the depleting groundwater levels.

Rainwater harvesting is an age-old practice in India. Water-harvesting techniques used depend on the location where it is to be used. Some of the ancient ‘water harvesting structures’ used in different rural regions of our country (which are still in use) are given below :

We will now describe a traditional rainwater harvesting system for agriculture called khadin which is used in Rajasthan. The main feature of khadin system of rainwater harvesting is a very long (100 m to 300 m long) earthen embankment called ‘bund’ built across the lower edge of the sloping farmland . The rainwater from catchment area flows down the slopes and stopped by the bund to form a

Thetraditionalrainwaterharvestingsystemforagriculturecalled ‘khadinusedinRajasthanCopy

reservoir. The excess water flows across the bund through sluiceways (or pathways) provided for this purpose and goes into shallow wells dug behind the bund. The rainwater which collects in the reservoir formed by the bund, and in the well, seeps slowly into the land (or ground). This water-saturated land is subsequently used for growing crops.

Please note that the main purpose of water harvesting is not to hold rainwater on the surface of the earth but to make rainwater percolate under the ground so as to recharge ‘groundwater’. The various advantages of water stored in the ground are as follows:

  • The water stored in ground does not evaporate.
  •  The water stored in ground spreads out to recharge wells and provides moisture for crops over a wide area.
  •  The water stored in ground does not promote breeding of mosquitoes (unlike stagnant water collected in ponds or artificial lakes).
  • The water stored in ground is protected from contamination by human and animal wastes.
  • The water stored in ground is utilised for the benefit of local population.

Rainwater harvesting in rural areas not only increases the agricultural production and income of the farmers but also mitigates (makes less severe) the effect of droughts and floods, and increases the life of downstream dams and reservoirs.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 6 Management of Natural Resources Rainwater Harvesting in Urban Areas

In rural areas (village areas), most of the ground has open soil due to which rainwater can seep into the ground naturally to make up for the loss in groundwater due to excessive use. In urban areas (city areas), however, most of the ground is covered with buildings, concrete pavements and metalled roads due to which only very little rainwater seeps into the ground naturally. Most of the rainwater which falls in cities flows into dirty water drains and goes away.

So, rainwater harvesting is necessary in city areas. Rainwater harvesting by making more water percolate into the ground is usually done in those areas of a city where tube-wells for supplying water are located. This is to make sure that the tube-wells will never go dry. The rainwater harvesting from open spaces around the buildings in a city is done by constructing percolation pits covered with concrete slabs having holes in them, and connected to a recharge well through

Rainwaterharvestinginopenspacesaroundbuildingstorechargegroundwater

a pipe . The recharge well is about 1 metre in diameter and 3 metres deep. The rainwater falling in the open spaces around buildings goes into the percolation pit through the holes in its concrete slab cover. After filtration in percolation pit, rainwater enters the recharge well through the outlet pipe and gradually seeps into the soil. Please note that the purpose of recharge well is to collect the vast amount of water falling on the ground quickly when it rains and then make it seep into soil gradually.

This groundwater can then be taken out through tube-wells as and when required. The advantage of rainwater harvesting is that it increases the availability of groundwater and helps in overcoming water shortage.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 6 Management of Natural Resources Coal And Petroleum

Coal and petroleum are called fossil fuels. Coal and petroleum are the natural resources which are important ‘sources’ of energy for us. Coal is used as a fuel as such in homes and in industry, or it is used to generate electricity at Thermal Power Plants. Petroleum products such as petrol and diesel are used as fuels in transport to run scooters, motorcycles, cars, buses, trucks, trains, ships and aeroplanes. Kerosene and LPG (Liquefied Petroleum Gas) obtained from petroleum are used as domestic fuels for cooking food, etc.

Since the industrial revolution, we have been using increasing amounts of energy to meet our basic needs (like cooking food) and for the manufacture of goods upon which our life depends. All these energy needs have so far been met mostly by coal and petroleum reserves of the earth.

Coal and Petroleum in the Earth are Limited

Coal and petroleum were formed from the degradation of biomass of plants and animals respectively, buried deep under the earth millions of years ago. We obtain coal from the ‘coal mines’ dug into the earth and petroleum is obtained by digging ‘oil wells’ deep in the earth. The crude petroleum oil obtained from

Coalandpetroleumdepositsinsidetheeartharelimited.Theymaygetexhaustedsoon. Itis,therefore,necessarytoconserve(orsave)coalandpetroleumbyreducingtheirconsumptionCopy

oil wells is then separated into fuels such as LPG, petrol, diesel and kerosene. We have been using coal and petroleum resources at such a rapid rate in the past that they will get exhausted in the near future. It has been estimated that at the present rate of consumption, the known petroleum reserves of the earth will last us for just about 40 years more and the coal will last for about another 200 years only. Once exhausted, coal and petroleum will not be available to us in near future (because they are formed extremely slowly over a very, very long time). It is, therefore, necessary to conserve (or save) coal and petroleum resources of the earth by reducing their consumption so that they may last for as long as possible.

Steps to Reduce the Consumption of Coal and Petroleum

Coal is used mainly to produce electricity. So, if we can save electricity, then the consumption of coal will be automatically reduced. Similarly, the petroleum products kerosene and LPG are used for cooking food, and petrol and diesel are used as fuel in motor vehicles, so if we can save on kerosene, LPG, petrol and diesel, then the consumption of petroleum will also get reduced. Some of the steps which can be

taken to conserve energy resources (like coal and petroleum) are as follows:

  •  Switch off the lights, fans, television and other electrical appliances when not needed. This will save a lot of electricity.
  • Use energy efficient electrical appliances to save electricity. This can be done by using Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFL) and fluorescent tube-lights instead of traditional filament-type electric bulbs (because CFL and tube-lights consume much less electric energy as compared to filament-type electric bulbs for producing the same amount of light).

Ontheleftsideisfilamenttypeelectricbulbwhichusesmuchmoreeectricenergy.Solarcookersshouldbeusedtocookfoodwheneverpossible.Copy

  •  Use stairs to climb at least up to three floors of a building instead of taking a lift. This will save electricity.
  •  Pressure cookers should be used for cooking food to save fuels like kerosene and LPG.
  •  Good quality stoves should be used to burn fuels like kerosene and cooking gas (LPG) so as to obtain maximum heat.
  •  Solar cookers should be used to cook food whenever possible.
  •  The use of biogas as domestic fuel should be encouraged in rural areas.
  •  Bicycles should be used for covering short distances to save precious fuel like petrol (which is used in cars, scooters and motorcycles).
  • Public transport system (local bus and train service) in the cities should be improved so that people do not commute in their personal vehicles. This will save a lot of petrol and diesel.
  •  Fuel efficient engines of motor vehicles should be designed to reduce the consumption of petrol and diesel.

Pollution Caused by Burning Coal and Petroleum Based Fuels

Since coal and petroleum have been formed from biomass (plant and animal material), therefore, in addition to carbon and hydrogen, they also contain nitrogen and sulphur elements. When coal, and petroleum based fuels (like petrol and diesel) are burnt, the products of combustion are: Carbon dioxide, Water, Sulphur dioxide and Nitrogen oxides. And if combustion takes place in an insufficient supply of air (or oxygen), then some carbon monoxide is also produced.

Out of all the products of combustion of these fuels, only water is harmless and does not affect the environment. All other products are harmful andhence pollute the environment. For example :

Theupperbranchesofthistreehavebeendamagedbyacidrainproducedmainlybysulphurdioxideandnitrogenoxidespresentinpollutedair.Copy

  • Sulphur dioxide attacks the lungs causing bronchitis and other diseases. Sulphur dioxide also dissolves in rainwater making it acidic. The acid rain thus produced damages trees, plants, aquatic organisms, buildings and metal structures.
  • Just like sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides attack the breathing system and also cause acid rain.
  •  Carbon monoxide is a very poisonous gas. If carbon monoxide gets into our blood stream, it stops red blood cells from carrying oxygen from lungs to the rest of the body causing suffocation. Too much carbon monoxide causes death.
  •  Though carbon dioxide is not a poisonous gas but it is a greenhouse gas which traps sun’s heat energy falling on the earth. The burning of more and more of fossil fuels is increasing the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere causing increased greenhouse effect leading to global warming.

From the above discussion we conclude that We need to use fossil fuels (coal and petroleum) judiciously because :

  •  fossil fuels (coal and petroleum) left in the earth are limited which will get exhausted soon, and
  • the products of combustion of fossil fuels (coal and petroleum) pollute the environment.

The Three R’s to Save the Environment

The excessive and indiscriminate use of various types of natural resources is spoiling our healthy environment day by day. We can save our environment by practising three R’s: Reduce, Recycle and Reuse. This is explained below.

1. Reduce

Reduce means that we use less of the natural resources by cutting down on those practices which lead to their wastage. For example, we can reduce the wastage of electricity by switching off unnecessary lights and fans. Saving electricity means that we are reducing the use of coal (because coal is used to produce electricity). We can reduce the wastage of water by repairing the leaking taps. We can reduce the use of LPG by making use of solar cooker for cooking food.

We can reduce the use of petrol by walking or cycling for short distances. And we can reduce the use of water resources and fertilisers by preventing the wastage of food (because a lot of water and fertilisers are utilised for the production of food).

ThewastageofwatercanbereducedbyrepairingleakingtapsimmediatelyTheuseofpetrolcanbereducedbycyclingforshortdistances-Copy

2. Recycle

Recycling means that we should collect the used and discarded items of paper, plastic, glass and metals, and send them to the respective industries for making fresh paper, plastic, glass or metal objects. In order to recycle materials, we should first segregate (separate) our domestic wastes properly so that the materials which can be recycled do not get dumped alongwith other household wastes which are to be thrown away.

3. Reuse

Reuse means that, if possible, we should use the same things again. For example, the plastic jars in which we buy various food items like jams and pickles, etc., can be used later on for storing things like salt, spices, sugar, tea-leaves and pulses, etc. And paper envelopes can be reversed inside out and used again. The process of ‘reuse’ is better than that of ‘recycling’ because some energy is used to recycle old objects but no energy is required during reuse. The items which can be reused are, however, very limited.

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Biology Notes Karnataka State Syllabus

Chapter 1 Life Processes Notes

Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Notes

Chapter 3 How Do Organisms Reproduce Notes

Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution Notes

Chapter 5 Our Environment Notes

Chapter 6 Management of Natural Resources Notes

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment Notes

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment

The physical and biological world where we live is called our environment. The environment includes our physical surroundings like air (or atmosphere), water bodies, soil (land) and all the organisms such as plants, animals, human beings and micro-organisms like bacteria and fungi (called decomposers).

All these constituents of the environment are dependent on one another. So, all the constituents of environment interact with one another and maintain a balance in the environment in a natural way.

our-earth

Human beings are the only organisms who change the natural environment to fulfil their needs of food, clothing, housing, transport and industry, etc. In fact, the uncontrolled activities of human beings are damaging the balanced and healthy environment more and more.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment Biodegradable And Non-Biodegradable Wastes

All the waste materials produced by the various activities of man and animals are poisonous to some extent and can be divided into two main groups :

  1. Biodegradable wastes, and
  2. Non-biodegradable wastes.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment Notes

Those waste materials which can be broken down to non-poisonous substances in nature in due course of time by the action of micro-organisms like certain bacteria, are called biodegradable wastes.

plastic

  • A biodegradable waste decays (decomposes) naturally and becomes harmless after some time. Cattle dung and compost are common examples of biodegradable wastes. [Compost is the manure made from decayed vegetable-stuff (plants)].
  • Other examples of biodegradable materials are: Animal bones ; Leather ; Tea- leaves ; Wool ; Paper ; Wheat ; Wood ; Hay ; Cotton ; Jute ; Grass ; Fruit and Vegetable peels ; Leaves, Flowers, and Cake, etc. Biodegradable wastes usually do not pollute the environment.
  • Biodegradable wastes pollute the environment only when their amount is large which cannot be degraded (or decomposed) into harmless substances in nature at the right time.
  • The waste materials which cannot be broken down into non-poisonous or harmless substances in nature are called non-biodegradable wastes.
  • The examples of non-biodegradable wastes are: D.D.T. (Dichloro Diphenyl Trichloroethane); Plastics; Polythene bags; Ball-point pen refill; Synthetic fibres; Glass objects; Metal articles like Aluminium cans; Iron nails; Silver foil and Radioactive wastes.
  • All these non-biodegradable wastes cannot be made less toxic (less poisonous) easily and hence they are major pollutants of the environment.
  • The non-biodegradable wastes cannot be decomposed by micro-organisms like bacteria. D.D.T. is a non-biodegradable waste so it can be passed along the food chain from crops to man or other animals and birds and harm them.
  • For this reason, D.D.T. has been banned from use in most countries. Non-biodegradable wastes are the major pollutants of the environment. For example, the discarded plastic articles, glass articles and metal objects are the non-biodegradable waste materials which cause a lot of pollution in our surroundings.
  • We will now describe a simple experiment to find out whether a given material is biodegradable or non-biodegradable. We take a piece of paper, a piece of an old cotton cloth and a plastic bag (polythene bag).

different-types-of-bags

  • Dig the ground to about 15 centimetres depth and place the pieces of paper, cotton cloth and plastic bag in the dug up ground separately. We cover them with soil.
  • Leave these buried materials in the ground for about a month. After a month, we dig up the buried materials and observe them. We will find that the piece of paper and the piece of cotton cloth have been partially eaten up (or decomposed) but the plastic bag has remained unaffected, it has not been eaten up (or decomposed).
  • This means that paper and cotton cloth have been decomposed by the micro-organisms present in the soil. So, paper and cotton cloth are biodegradable.
  • On the other hand, the plastic bag has not been decomposed by the micro-organisms present in the soil, therefore, plastic is non-biodegradable. So, the decomposer organisms are not able to decompose plastic into simpler harmless substances.
  • We will now explain why some materials are biodegradable whereas others are non-biodegradable. The micro-organisms like bacteria and other decomposer organisms (called saprophytes) present in our environment are ‘specific’ in their action.
  • They break down the natural materials or products made from natural materials (say, paper) but do not break down man-made materials such as plastics. So, it is due to the property of decomposer organisms of being specific in their action that some waste materials are biodegradable whereas others are non-biodegradable.
  • We should use the shopping bags (or carry bags) made of paper, cotton cloth or jute because these are biodegradable materials.
  • On the other hand, plastic bags (or polythene bags) should be avoided because plastic is a non-biodegradable material.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment Ecosystem

  • The various communities of living organisms (plants and animals) interact among themselves as well as with their physical environment like soil, air and water. The living organisms interact with one another through their food chains in which one organism consumes another organism.
  • The living organisms like plants interact with soil to get essential nutrients like nitrogen, phosphorus, etc.; with air to get carbon dioxide and also with water bodies, for carrying out the process of photosynthesis.

eco-system

  • Thus, the various communities of living organisms (called biotic communities) like plants and animals alongwith soil, air and water of that region form a self-sustaining or functional unit of the living world. This ‘functional unit’ or ‘system’ made up of living and non-living components which is capable of independent existence is called an ecosystem.
  • The ecosystem includes all the communities of an area (all the plants and animals of an area) functioning with their non-living environment like soil, air and water. We can now define an ecosystem as follows.
  • An ecosystem is a self-contained unit of living things (plants, animals and decomposers), and their non-living environment (soil, air and water). An ecosystem needs only the input of sunlight energy for its functioning. The examples of ecosystems are : a grassland (meadow); a forest; a desert; a mountain; a pond; a lake; a river; and sea.
  • When we say that a pond or lake is an ecosystem, then the word pond also includes all the aquatic life (plants and animals) which occurs in this pond water. This is because the living organisms are found everywhere. Similarly, when we say that a forest is an ecosystem then it means the physical environment of the forest like soil, air and water alongwith all the plants and animals which occur in the forest.
  • The desert, grassland, forest, cropfield and mountains represent terrestrial ecosystems (land- based ecosystems) whereas ponds, lakes, river, sea and aquarium represent aquatic ecosystems (water- based ecosystems).
  • Most of the ecosystems in the world are natural ecosystems but some of them are also man-made ecosystems or artificial ecosystems. The examples of artificial ecosystems are crop-fields (agricultural lands); gardens; parks and aquarium

Components of an Ecosystem

All the ecosystems are made up of two main components: Abiotic components, and Biotic components. Abiotic components mean non-living components and biotic components mean living components. Thus, we can now say that an ecosystem consists of non-living environment and the living biological community.

Abiotic Components of an Ecosystem.

  • The abiotic components of an ecosystem (or the non-living components of an ecosystem) include the physical environment like soil, water and air alongwith the inorganic substances like carbon dioxide, nitrogen, oxygen, water, phosphorus, sulphur, sodium, potassium, calcium and other elements present in them. The physical factors or climatic factors like light, temperature, pressure and humidity are also considered abiotic components of the ecosystem.

Biotic Components of an Ecosystem.

  • The biotic component of an ecosystem (or the living component of an ecosystem) is a community of organisms (like plants and animals), which is made up of many different inter-dependent populations. The biotic community (or living community) of an ecosystem includes three types of organisms :
  • Producer organisms (or Autotrophs) which synthesize their own food. All the green plants are producers.
  • Consumer organisms (or Heterotrophs) which are dependent on others for food. All the animals are consumers.
  • Decomposer organisms (or Saprotrophs) which consume the dead remains of other organisms. Certain bacteria and fungi are decomposers.

The Functioning of an Ecosystem

  • We will now describe how an ecosystem functions as a self-sufficient or independent unit in nature.
  • We have just discussed that an ecosystem has non-living components like soil, water and air which contain inorganic nutrient elements, and the living components called producers, consumers and decomposer organisms. All these components make the ecosystem function as follows: From the nutrient pool of the earth (soil, water and air), carbon dioxide and water are absorbed by the producer organisms (green plants).
  • With the help of sunlight energy, the producer organisms convert these inorganic substances into organic compounds like carbohydrates which act as a food. Thus, producers trap the solar energy and then provide the basic food or energy for all other life forms in the ecosystem. The consumers (animals) derive their energy needs, directly or indirectly, from producers (plants).
  • When the producers (plants) and consumers (animals) die, then the decomposer organisms act on their dead bodies to return the various elements back to the nutrient pool (soil, water and air). Thus, an ecosystem involves input of energy and matter which are exchanged between living and non-living components in a cyclic process.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment Producers, Consumers and Decomposers

According to the manner in which they obtain their food from the environment, all the organisms can be divided into three groups : producers, consumers and decomposers.

Producers

  • Those organisms which produce food are called producers. Producers are the organisms which can prepare their own food from simple inorganic substances like carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight energy in the presence of chlorophyll.

producers

  • The examples of producers are green plants and certain blue-green algae. The green plants synthesize their food during photosynthesis by taking raw materials from the earth and energy from the sun The green plants produce carbohydrates by photosynthesis and also synthesize proteins and fats.
  • Thus, the green plants are called producers in the living world. Producers are the autotrophic organisms (self- feeder organisms) in the ecosystem upon which other organisms depend for food. Thus, producers (like green plants) are autotrophs.

Consumers

  • Those organisms which consume food (eat food) prepared by producers are called consumers. The consumers depend on producers for food, directly or indirectly. The consumers get their food by eating other organisms or their products. In most simple words, consumers are the organisms that eat other organisms.
  • All the animals are consumers. Even the microscopic animal life of the water called protozoa are consumer organisms. The examples of common consumer organisms are man, goat, deer, fish, lion, cow and buffalo, etc. The cow and buffalo eat green grass and other green fodder because green grass and other green plants are producers of food.

consumers

  • The bio-mass of grass and plants supplies food and energy to these animals like cow and buffalo. It should be noted that the consumer organisms like animals cannot prepare food from simple inorganic substances through photosynthesis. The consumers need ready-made food for their survival which they get from producers (green plants), either directly or indirectly.
  • If an animal eats grass or other green plants or their products itself we say that it gets the food from producers directly. For example, a goat gets the food from producers directly when it eats grass. On the other hand, if an animal eats the meat of another animal (which eats grass), then we say that it gets the food from producer indirectly.
  • For example, a lion gets food by eating goat which in turn eats grass. So, in this case the lion gets its food indirectly from producer grass (through the goat). Consumer organisms are also called heterotrophs.Consumers can be further divided into three groups : herbivores, carnivores and omnivores.

Herbivores

Some animals eat only plants (or their products). Those animals which eat only plants are called herbivores. The herbivores may eat grasses, leaves, grains, fruits or the bark of trees. Some of the examples of herbivores are : Cow, Buffalo, Goat, Sheep, Horse, Deer, Camel, Ass, Ox, Elephant, Monkey, Squirrel, Rabbit and Hippopotamus. Cow is called a herbivore because it eats only plants (or plant products) as food. Herbivores are also known as herbivorous animals. The animals which get their food by eating the producers (plants) directly are called primary consumers. Since herbivores obtain their food directly from plants (or producers), therefore, herbivores (like cattle, deer, goat, etc.) are primary consumers.

herbivores

Carnivores

  • Some animals eat only other animals. They do not eat plant food at all. Those animals which eat only other animals as food are called carnivores. The carnivores eat the meat (or flesh) of other animals. So, we can also say that those animals which eat only the meat (or flesh) of other animals are called carnivores.

carnivores

  • Some of the examples of the carnivores are : Lion, Tiger, Frog, Vulture, Kingfisher, Lizard, Wolf, Snake and Hawk. Lion is called a carnivore because it eats only the meat (or flesh) of other animals like deer, rabbit and goat, etc. Carnivores are also known as carnivorous animals. The carnivores are usually of two types : small carnivores and large carnivores.
  • The small carnivores which feed on herbivores (primary consumers) are called secondary consumers. For example, a frog, lizard, bird and fox, etc., are secondary consumers. The large carnivores (or top carnivores) which feed upon the small carnivores (secondary consumers) are called tertiary consumers.
  • For example, lion, tiger and birds of prey (such as hawk) are some of the tertiary consumers. Please note that humans (man) can be primary, secondary or tertiary consumers depending on the food which they eat.

Omnivores

  • Some animals eat both, plants as well as other animals. Those animals which eat both, plants and animals, are called omnivores. In other words, the omnivores eat plant food as well as the meat (or flesh) of other animals.
  • Some of the examples of omnivores are : Man (human beings), Dog, Crow, Sparrow, Bear, Mynah and Ant. Man is called an omnivore because he eats both, plant food (such as grains, pulses, fruits and vegetables) as well as meat of animals (such as goat, chicken and fish).
  • Omnivores are also called omnivorous animals.We will now describe another type of producers and consumers which are extremely small. These are called planktons. Planktons are very minute or microscopic organisms freely floating on the surface of water in a pond, lake, river or ocean. Planktons are of two types : Phytoplanktons and Zooplanktons.

omnivores

  • The microscopic aquatic plants freely floating on the surface of water are called phytoplanktons. The free-floating algae is an example of phytoplankton. Phytoplanktons are capable of producing food by the process of photosynthesis. The microscopic aquatic animals freely floating on water are called zooplanktons.
  • The freely-floating protozoa are an example of zooplankton. A very, very small fish is also a zooplankton. Planktons float near the surface of water and provide food for many fish and other aquatic animals.

phytoplanktons-and-zooplanktons

Decomposers

  • The non-green micro-organisms like some bacteria and fungi, which are incapable of producing their food, live on the dead and decaying (rotting) plants and animal bodies and are consumers of a special type called decomposers.
  • We can now say that: The micro-organisms which break down the complex organic compounds present in dead organisms like dead plants and animals and their products like faeces, urine, etc., into simpler substances are called decomposers.

decomposers

  • The examples of decomposers are certain bacteria and fungi. The bacteria which act as decomposers are called putrefying bacteria. The bacteria and fungi act as decomposers by the secretions of their body surfaces which decompose the organic matter present in dead plants and animals into simpler substances and liberate ammonia, carbon dioxide, etc.
  • They absorb some of these simpler substances for their own maintenance and release the remaining into the soil, water and air to be used by the producers again In this way, decomposers help in the recycling of materials in ecosystem. The decomposers are also known as micro-consumers or saprotrophs.

Importance of Decomposers

  • The decomposers help in decomposing the dead bodiesof plants and animals, and hence act as cleansing agents of environment. The decomposers also help in putting back the various elements of which the dead plants and animals are made, back into the soil, air and water for re-use by the producers like crop-plants.
  • This maintains the fertility of soil and the soil would continue to support crops again and again. For example, the decomposers like putrefying bacteria and fungi decompose the dead plants and animal bodies into ammonia (and other simpler substances). This ammonia is converted into nitrates by the nitrifying bacteria present in soil.
  • These nitrates act as fertilizer in the soil and are again absorbed by the plants for their growth. Thus, it is only due to the presence of decomposers that the various nutrient elements which were initially taken by plants from the soil, air and water are returned to the soil, air and water, after the death of plants and animals.

decomposers-at-work

  • If, however, there were no decomposers, then the dead bodies of plants and animals would keep lying as such and the elements of which plant and animal bodies are made, would never be returned to their original pools like soil, air and water. In that case, the cyclic process of life and death would be disrupted.
  • This is because in the absence of decomposers the soil, air and water would not be replenished by elements from the bodies of dead organisms. All the nutrients present in soil, air and water would soon be exhausted and evolution of life would come to an end.
  • Thus, the decomposer organisms help in recycling the materials in the ecosystem so that the process of life may go on and on like an unending chain.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment  Food Chains

  • Anything which we eat to live is called food. Food contains energy. The food (or energy) can be transferred from one organism to the other through food chains. The starting point of a food chain is a category of organisms called producers.
  • Producers are, in fact, plants. So, we can say that all the food chains begin with a green plant (or grass) which is the original source of all food. Let us take an example to understand the meaning of food chain.

food-chain

  • Suppose there is a field having a lot of green plants (or producers of food). Now, plants can be eaten up by a rat. The rat, in turn, can be eaten up by a cat. And finally, the cat can be eaten up by a dog. So, we find that there is a sequence (or order) in which one organism eats up the other organism (or consumes the other organism) to fill its belly.
  • The sequence of living organisms in a community in which one organism consumes another organism to transfer food energy, is called a food chain. In simple words, a list of organisms (living beings) showing “who eats whom” is called a food chain.
  • Let us make this point more forest, there is a lot of grass (which are green plants). This grass is eaten up by animals like deer. And this deer is then consumed (eaten up) by a lion. This simple food chain operating in a grassland or forest can be represented as :
  • Grass ——————- Deer————————  Lion
  • (Producer) ———–(Herbivore) —————–(Carnivore)
  • This food chain tells us that grass is the starting point of this food chain. The grass is eaten up by deer and the deer is then eaten up by a lion. In this food chain, grass is the producer organism which uses sunlight energy to prepare food like carbohydrates by the process of photosynthesis.
  • This grass is then consumed by a herbivore called deer. And the deer is consumed by a carnivore called lion. The above food chain can be represented more clearly .
  •  A food chain represents a single directional (or unidirectional) transfer of energy. For example, theabove food chain tells us that the transfer of energy takes place from grass to deer and then to lion. It cannot take place in the reverse direction from lion to deer to grass. The study of food chains in an area or habitat helps us in knowing various interactions among the different organisms and also their interdependence.

More Examples of Food Chains

  • In the food chain that we have discussed above, there are three organisms involved in it : grass, deer and lion, so it is said to be a food chain having three steps or three links.
  • The same grassland has many other food chains operating in it which can have different number of steps. Let us take the example of a grassland food chain having four steps or four links.
  • In a grassland ecosystem, grass is eaten by insects; the insects are eaten by frog; and the frog is then eaten by birds. This is a grassland food chain involving four organisms (or four steps) which can be represented as follows :

 

chain-of-food

 

food-chain-1

  • Please note that in this food chain grass is the producer. The insect (herbivore) is the primary consumer, the frog (small carnivore) is the secondary consumer whereas the bird (top carnivore or large carnivore) is the tertiary consumer.
  • Another four-step food chain operating in a grassland is :
  • Plants —————-Worms—–———– Birds —————Cat (Producer)——– (Herbivore)———– (Carnivore)——–(Top carnivore)
  • We will now discuss the food chain operating in an aquatic ecosystem (water ecosystem) like a pond, lake, or sea (ocean). In a pond, lake or sea ecosystem, the algae are eaten up by protozoa; the protozoa are eaten up by small fish; and the small fish is eaten up by big fish. This aquatic food chain can be represented as :
  • Algae —————-Protozoa ———-Small Fish ———– Big Fish (Phytoplankton)
  • Please note that in a pond, lake or ocean ecosystem, the producer is a minute organism called algae and protozoa is the minute herbivore.

cat-eating-bird

  • Each organism (or living being) occupies a specific position in the food chain. For example, grass, deer and lion occupy specific positions in the food chain :
  • Grass —————————-Deer ——–————————Lion
  • Another point to be noted is that one organism (or same organism) can occur in more than one food chains. For example, in the forest food chains, a deer may be consumed by a lion as well as by a jackal :
  • Grass————————– Dee——————————- Jackal
  • So, the same organism, deer, occurs in the food chains of lion as well as that of jackal. The organisms representing producers and consumers in a food chain give a definite structure to an ecosystem.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment  Food Web

  • A large number of food chains exist in a community of living organisms in an ecosystem such as a grassland, a forest, a pond or a crop-field. Many of these food chains are inter-connected by species (organisms) which occur in more than one food chain.
  • The inter-connected food chains operating in an ecosystem which establish a network of relationships between various species, is called a food web. In simple words, the network of a large number of food chains existing in an ecosystem is called a food web.
  • The food web has many intercrosses and linkages among the various species (producers and consumers) present in it. This means that the various food chains in an ecosystem do not operate in isolation (or alone). They operate in the form of a net-work of food chains called food web. A food web.
  • This is a food web. A food web consists of many inter-connected food chains. In this food web, we can see a network of numerous pathways along which the food (or energy) flows within grassland community.
  • food-webThis food web starts from the plants which is a producer and ends in top carnivore hawk (baaz). There are as many as six food chains operating in the food web shown above which have been marked 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
  1. In the 1st food chain, plants are eaten by rabbit and then rabbit is eaten by hawk :     Plants ——- Rabbit ——– Hawk
  2. In the 2nd food chain, plants are eaten by mice (or rats) and the mice are eaten by hawks :        Plants ——– Mice ——– Hawk
  1. In the 3rd food chain, plants are eaten by mice; mice are eaten by snakes and then snakes are consumed by hawks :                          Plants  ——– Mice——–Snake ——– Hawk
  1. In the 4th food chain, plants are eaten by seed-eating birds and the seed-eating birds are consumed by hawks :                                    Plants ——– Seed-eating Bird ———– Hawk
  1. In the 5th food chain, plants are eaten up by grasshopper and the grasshopper is consumed by hawks: Plants  Grasshopper  Hawk
  1. In the 6th food chain, plants are eaten by grasshopper, grasshopper is eaten by frog, frog is eaten by snake and then snake is consumed by hawk : Plants——-Grasshopper ——–Frog——- Snake  —–Hawk

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment Trophic Levels

  • A food chain represents the flow of food (or energy) in a given set of organisms or living beings. The various steps in a food chain at which the transfer of food (or energy) takes place are called trophic levels. In fact, in a food chain, each step representing an organism forms a trophic level. In most simple terms, ‘trophic level’ means ‘feeding level’ of the organism.
  1. The plants are producers (or autotrophs) and constitute the first trophic level. They fix up the sun’s energy and make it available for consumers (or heterotrophs).
  2. Herbivores (which feed upon plants) constitute the second trophic level.
  3. Carnivores (that feed upon herbivores) constitute the third trophic level.
  4. Large carnivores or Top carnivores (which feed upon small carnivores), constitute the fourth trophic level.

The various trophic levels in a food chain can be represented diagrammatically.

 

another-type-food-chain

  • Top carnivores (Fourth trophic level)Carnivores (Third trophic level) Herbivores(Second trophic level) Producers (First trophic level) Tertiary consumers Secondary consumers Primary consumers Producers.
  •  Herbivores are called primary consumers, small carnivores are called secondary consumers whereas top carnivores or large carnivores are called tertiary consumers. So, we can draw another diagram to represent various trophic levels by using the terms producers, primary consumers, secondary consumers and tertiary consumers.
  • Please note that both, secondary consumers and tertiary consumers are carnivores, the only difference being that secondary consumers are small carnivores (though we usually do not write the word small), whereas tertiary consumers are large carnivores which are usually called top carnivores is tapering upwards because as we go up towards higher trophic levels, the number of organisms in them decreases gradually.
  • The simplest food chain that we have already studied is :
  • lion
  • Now, this food chain involves three trophic levels. Grass (being producer) represents the 1st trophiclevel. Deer (being herbivore) represents the 2nd trophic level, and lion (being carnivore) represents the third trophic level.
  • We have also studied another food chain operating in the grassland, which is :
  • flow In this food chain, grass represents the 1st trophic level; insects represent the 2nd trophic level; frog represents the 3rd trophic level, whereas birds represent 4th trophic level. This is shown more clearly.

trophic-level-of-food-chain

  • We will now consider some of the food chains involving man(human beings). Now, when man eats plants (or plant products), then the food chain involves only producer and consumer
  • man
  • This food chain has only two trophic levels. Plants being the first trophic level and the man representing second trophic level. But in the case of man who also eats meat (of animals like goat), the food chain involves producer and two consumers, the primary consumer and the secondary consumer :
  • t
  • This food chain involving man has three trophic levels. Plants represent 1st trophic level, goat represents 2nd trophic level whereas man represents the 3rd trophic level.
  • The trophic levels in a food chain can also be represented by pyramid of numbers. Thus, if we count the number of species (or organisms) living at each trophic level in a food chain, then we can represent the food chain by a pyramid of numbers. A pyramid of numbers showing the various trophic levels in the grassland food chain :
  • Plants –Mice –Snakes–Hawks The base of this pyramid is formed by producers (plants) and the top of this pyramid is formed by the highest order consumers (or top carnivores).
  • pyramid
  • Please note that the same ecosystem may besupporting many different pyramids of organisms, each starting with plants at the base but ending in a different organism at the top. Another point to be noted is that there is a greater number of organisms at the lower trophic levels of an ecosystem (the greatest number being at the producer level). As we go to higher and higher trophic levels, the number of organisms in each trophic level goes on decreasing.

Effect of Man’s Activities on the Ecosystem

  • Man or for that matter, any other living organism must interact properly with the rest of the ecosystem because he is an integral part of that ecosystem. Some of the man’s activities like hunting of various animals disrupt the food chains in which these animals normally take part.
  • This disruption of one food chain affects the numerous other food chains operating in the food web. The shortening of food chains due to man’s activities like hunting leads to an imbalance in the functioning of an ecosystem and ultimately in the functioning of the whole biosphere. The effect of man’s activities on the functioning of an ecosystem will become clear from the following examples.
  • The formation of Sahara Desert is an example of the ill effect of man’s activities on the delicately balanced ecosystem.
  • lion-hunted-and-sahara-desertWhen the Romans started capturing lions, the population of lions in the forest was reduced to a large extent Lion is a predator which kills the herbivorous animals like deer, sheep, goat, buffalo, etc. Now, since the population of predator lion decreased, there was no one to kill the herbivorous animals. Due to this the population of herbivorous animals increased rapidly.
  • The large population of these herbivorous animals ate up all the vegetation (plant materials) in that region, turning the lush-green forests into vast desert called Sahara Desert. Our own Rajasthan Desert was formed as a result of overgrazing of vegetation by progressively increasing tribes of herbivorous animals which occurred due to the reduction in the predator population of lions because of excessive hunting and capturing.
  • Let us take the example of Grass —Deer —-Lion food chain to study the effect of man’s activities on the ecosystem. A natural ecosystem is a delicately balanced system. If the man does not disturb this ecosystem, then the organisms like grass, deer and lion in a forest keep a natural balance which benefits them all and gives us a healthy environment. We will now discuss the effect of removing all the three organisms from this food chain, one at a time.

If All the Lions are Removed

  • If all the lions in a forest are removed by killing or capturing, then there will be no predator control over the population of deer. Due to this the population of deer will increase greatly. Deer eat grass. So, an increase in deer population will lead to excessive grazing of grass. The density of producers like grass will be very much reduced. Overgrazing may even eliminate the grass and other green plants completely and turn the lush-green forest into a desert area having no vegetation at all.

If All the Deer are Removed

  • Deer is a food (or prey) for lion. Now, if somehow, all the deer population from a forest is removed, then there will not be sufficient food for the lions. Some of the lions will die because of starvation and hence the population of lions will decrease.
  • The decrease in population of lions will disturb other food chains in which lions operate. The hungry lions of the forest can come out of the forest in search of food and may even kill domestic animals or human beings for obtaining food.
  • If the lion and deer are operating in other food chains of the food web, the removal of deer population and the subsequent reduction in lion population will disturb the balance of ecosystem.

If All the Producers are Removed

  • If all the producers like grass and other plants are removed, then no deer or lion (or any other organism) will be able to exist. This is because the food and energy necessary for sustaining life is derived from the producer organisms like grass, plants and their products.
  • From the above examples we conclude that if we kill all the organisms in one trophic level, it will cause too much damage to the environment. So, we cannot remove all the organisms of a trophic level without causing any damage to the ecosystem.
  • The impact of removing all the organisms of a trophic level will be different for different trophic levels (as explained in the above given examples). We will now answer some questions based on trophic levels.

Sample Problem 1. Which of the following belong to the same trophic level ?

Grass; Hawk; Rabbit; Frog; Deer

Solution. Here, grass is a producer, hawk is a top carnivore, rabbit is a herbivore, frog is a carnivore and deer is a herbivore. Since rabbit and deer are both herbivores, so they belong to the same trophic level (2nd trophic level).

Sample Problem 2. Which of the following belong to the same trophic level ?

Frog; Grasshopper; Grass; Snake; Algae

Solution. Here, frog is a carnivore, grasshopper is a herbivore, grass is a producer, snake is a top carnivore, and algae is producer. Since grass and algae are both producers, so they belong to the same trophic level (1st trophic level)

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment The Sun Provides Energy For Maintaining All Life On Earth

All the organisms (plants and animals) depend on the sun for their constant need of energy, and upon earth for the materials which enter into their body. We will now describe how energy received from the sun flows in the various trophic levels of an ecosystem in the form of chemical energy of food.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment Transfer Of Energy In Food Chains

  • The food chain in a community actually represents a stepwise transfer of food and the energy contained in food. The food and energy enter the living components of the ecosystem through the process of photosynthesis.
  • This is because photosynthesis is a process which combines the substances like carbon dioxide, water and sunlight energy to form food like carbohydrates and converts light energy of the sun into chemical energy of carbohydrates.
  • This food and energy is then transferred from the producer organisms to herbivores and from herbivores to carnivores, through the food chain. Let us discuss this flow of energy in detail.

First Step

  • The green plants (or producers) have a mechanism for trapping solar energy (sun’s energy) with the help of their green pigment called chlorophyll. The green plants after trapping the solar energy, convert it into chemical energy which is stored as carbohydrates in the plants.
  • Thus, the initialpoint where energy from the environment enters into the living components of ecosystem (like plants and animals) is theprocess of preparation of food by green plants through photosynthesis. On an average, about 1% of the sun’s energy falling on the leaves is used by the plants in the process of photosynthesis and stored as chemical energy of food.

transfer-energy

  • The plants utilisethe energy stored in them for their metabolicactivities like respiration and growth (tissue building). Some of the energy is, however, not utilized and it is released as unusable heat into the community environment.

Second Step

  • The plants (or producers) are eaten up by herbivores. The chemical energy stored in plant food is transferred with food to herbivores. The herbivores utilize this energy for their various metabolic activities like respiration and also for their growth. Some of the energy, however, remains unutilized which is released by the herbivores as heat energy to the environment.

Third Step

  • The herbivores are eaten up or consumed by carnivores. The chemical energy stored in the flesh of herbivores is transferred with food (or flesh) to the carnivores. The carnivores utilize this energy for their various metabolic activities like respiration and also for their growth. Some of the energy, however, remains unutilized by the carnivores and it is released as heat energy into the environment.
  • This process of the transfer of energy is repeated with large carnivores or top carnivores (who eat small carnivores), and so on. It should be noted that some of the energy from producers and consumers (like plants, herbivores and carnivores) is also utilized for the life processes of micro-organisms called decomposers. The decomposers, in turn, release the unutilized energy as heat into the environment.
  1. It is obvious from the above discussion that the energy which remains unutilized by producers, consumers (herbivores and carnivores) and decomposers is lost into the environment as heat. It is called community heat. We should remember the following points about the transfer of energy in the ecosystem :
  2. Energy is not created in the ecosystem. Energy is only converted from one form to another. For example, light energy coming from the sun is converted into chemical energy of food like carbohydrates by the process of photosynthesis. Thus, photosynthesis converts light energy into chemical energy.
  3. There is a continuous transfer of energy from one trophic level of organisms to the next trophic level in a food chain. For example, producers like plants transfer energy to the herbivorous animals like deer, and the herbivorous animals like deer transfer energy to carnivorous animals like lion, so that there is a continuous transfer of energy in the food chain : Plants o Deer o Lion. This transfer of energy takes place in the form of chemical energy of food.
  4. At each trophic level of organisms, some of the energy is utilized by the organisms for their metabolic
  5. A part of the energy at each trophic level (like producers, herbivores and carnivores) is utilized for the functioning of decomposers.
  6. There is a loss of energy at each energy transfer in various trophic levels of organisms which goes into the environment and remains unutilized. In other words, we can say that the amount of energy available at each successive trophic level is less than the energy available at the producer level. Thus, when we move from the first trophic level of producers (plants) to second trophic level of herbivores and thirdtrophic level of carnivores, the amount of energy available gradually decreases. This is because at each trophic level, energy is lost as heat energy which goes into the environment.

Flow of Materials in Ecosystem is Cyclic but Flow of Energy is Unidirectional

  • The materials like water, carbon (as carbon dioxide) and nitrogen (as minerals) are taken up by the plants from soil, air and water bodies, etc., and made into food. This food is then passed on to the animals like herbivores and carnivores in a food chain.
  • After the death and decay of plants and animals, the materials like water, carbon and nitrogen present in their bodies are returned to soil, air and water, from where they were taken originally. These materials can then be reused for the growth of new plants. In this way, the same materials are used again and again, the materials are not lost from the environment. of materials like water, carbon and nitrogen, etc., in the ecosystem is said to be cyclic. This is not so in the
    case of energy.
  • The flow of energy in the ecosystem is unidirectional (or one-directional). The energy enters the plants (from the sun) through photosynthesis during the making of food. This energy is then passed on from one organism to another in a food chain. Energy given out by the organisms as heat is lost to the environment, it does not return to be used by the plants again. This makes the flow of energy in ecosystem ‘unidirectional’. ecosystem is said to be unidirectional because the energy lost as heat from the living organisms of a food chain cannot be reused by plants in photosynthesis.

Ten Percent Law

  • During the transfer of energy through successive trophic levels in an ecosystem, there is a loss of energy all along the path. No transfer of energy is 100 per cent. The studies of transfer of energy in different food chains in a large number of ecosystems has revealed a uniform pattern of transfer of energy, which is given by 10 per cent law. The 10 per cent law which was given by Lindeman in the year 1942, is one of the most useful generalisations about the magnitude of loss of energy in food chains.
  • According to ten per cent law, only 10 per cent of the energy entering a particular trophic level of organisms is available for transfer to the next higher trophic level. All the energy transfers in food chains follow the 10% law which in simple terms means that the energy available at each successive trophic level is 10 per cent of the previous level. Thus, there is a progressive decline (gradual reduction) in the amount of energy available as we go from producer level to the higher trophic levels of organisms.Let us take one example to understand the 10 per cent law more clearly.
  • Suppose 1000 joules of light energy emitted by the sun falls on the plants (called producers). We know that the plants convert only one per cent (1%) of the light energy falling on them into chemical energy of food. So, the energy which will be available in plant matter as food will be only 1% of 1000 joules, which comes to 10 joules. The remaining 1000 – 10 = 990 joules of light energy or solar energy which is not utilized by the plants is reflected back into the environment . Please note that the ten per cent law will not apply at this stage. It will apply only in the transfer of energy in the food chain.
  • food-chain77 We will now apply the 10 per cent law to the food chain : Plants-Herbivores -Carnivores . The plants or first trophic level has 10 joules of energy in it. Now, according to ten per cent law, only 10% of 10 joules of energy (which is 1 joule) will be available for transfer at the next trophic level, so that the herbivore (deer) will have only 1 joule of energy stored as food at the second trophic level . Applying the ten per cent law again we find that 10% of the remaining 1 joule (which is 0.1 joule) will be transferred to third trophic level of carnivore (lion). So, the energy available in the lion as food will be only 0.1 joule. We will now solve some problems based on ten per cent law.

Sample Problem 1. Calculate the amount of energy available to lion in the following food chain if plants have 20000 J of energy available from the sun :                                 Plants —–Deer ———Lion

  1. Solution.  Plants can trap only 1% of the sun’s energy falling on them. Now, 1% of 20000 J is 200 J, so the plants have actually 200 J of energy available in them as food (The 10 per cent law does not apply at this stage).
  2. The plants are eaten up by deer. Now, according to 10 per cent law, 10% of 200 J, that is, 20 J ofenergy will be available in deer as flesh food.
  3. The deer will transfer 10% of its 20 J energy to the lion. Thus, the food energy available to the lionwill be 10% of 20 J which comes to 2 J.The above results can be shown more clearly as follows :

sun

Sample Problem 2. Consider the following food chain :

Grass ————- Mice ————-Snakes ————Peacocks

If in this chain, 100 J of energy is available at the producer level, then calculate the energy transferred to the peacocks as food. State the law used in the calculations.

Solution. The producer level in this food chain is grass, so 100 J of energy is available in grass as food.

We have now to apply 10 per cent law to the above food chain :

  1. According to ten per cent law, 10% of the energy of grass will be available as food in mice. Thus, the energy available to mice will be 10% of 100 J, which is 10 J.
  2. The energy available to snakes will be 10% of 10 J which is 1 J.
  3. And finally, the energy available to peacocks will be 10% of 1 J, which is 0.1 J.

The above conclusions can now be depicted as follows :

grass

Why the Number of Trophic Levels in a Food Chain is Limited

  • At each trophic level in a food chain, a large portion of the energy is utilized for the maintenance of organisms which occur at that trophic level and lost as heat. As a result of this, organisms in each trophic level pass on less and less energy to the next trophic levels, than they receive.
  • The longer the food chain, the less is the energy available to the final member of food chain. Food chains generally consist of three or four steps (three or four organisms) because after that the energy available for the next organism will be so small that it will be insufficient to sustain the life of that organism.
  • There are, however, some food chains containing five steps (or five organisms) but there are rarely more than five steps (or five organisms) in a food chain. We will now discuss the accumulation of harmful chemicals in food chains.

Accumulation of Harmful Chemicals in Food Chains

  • The accumulation of harmful chemicals such as pesticides in the living organisms like plants, animals and humans (men) unknowingly, through the food chain, is called bioconcentration of pesticides. This happens as follows.
  • Pesticides are poisonous chemical substances which are sprayed over crop plants to protect them from pests (harmful small animals) and diseases. These chemical pesticides mix up with soil and water.
  • pesticides From soil and water, these pesticides are absorbed by the growing plants alongwith water and other minerals When herbivorous animals eat plant food, then these poisonous chemical pesticides go into their bodies hrough the food chain. And when the carnivorous animals eat herbivores, then the pesticides get transferred to their bodies. Man being an omnivore, eats plant food as well as herbivores.
  • So, the pesticides present in plant food and herbivores also get transferred to the man’s body through food. Thus, pesticides enter the food chain at the producer level (plant level) and in the process of transfer of food through food chains these harmful chemicals get concentrated at each trophic level. The increase in concentration of harmful chemical substances like pesticides in the body of living organisms at each trophic level of a food chain is called biological magnification.
  • Pesticides are non-biodegradable chemicals, so they get accumulated at each trophic level. Since humans occupy the top level in any food chain, so the maximum amount of harmful chemical pesticides gets accumulated in our bodies.
  • This damages our health gradually. Tests have shown that the most commonly used pesticide DDT is accumulating in our bodies through the food chains. Please note that the pesticides present in our food grains (like wheat, rice), fruits, vegetables, and meat cannot always be removed by washing, etc. Let us solve one problem now.

Sample Problem. Which of the following will have the maximum concentration of harmful chemicals in its body ?

Peacock, Frog, Grass, Snake, Grasshopper

Solution. In order to answer such questions, we should first write the food chain involving the given organisms. The organism which occurs at the highest trophic level (on the extreme right side) in the food chain will have the maximum concentration of harmful chemicals in its body. In this case, grass is eaten by grasshopper; grasshopper is eaten by frog; frog is eaten by snake and finally snake is eaten by peacock. So,the food chain will be :

Grass ——– Grasshopper ——– Frog ——-Snake —- Peacock

In this food chain, since peacock occurs at the highest trophic level (on the extreme right side), therefore, peacock will have the maximum concentration of harmful chemicals in its body.

How do Our Activities Affect the Environment

We (human beings) are an important part of the environment. Our activities change the environment around us. And the changes in environment then affect us. We will now discuss two environmental problems caused by our activities : depletion of ozone layer, and disposal of domestic wastes (or household garbage).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment Depletion Of Ozone Layer

  • We know that oxygen is O2. Oxygen molecule is made up of 2 atoms of oxygen combined together. Oxygen gas is essential for life because it is needed in respiration. Ozone is O3. Ozone molecule is made up of 3 atoms of oxygen combined together.
  • Ozone is also a gas but it is poisonous in nature (if inhaled). Let us see how ozone is formed. Ozone is formed high up in the atmosphere by the action of ultraviolet radiation on oxygen gas. This happens as follows : The high energy ultraviolet radiation (UV radiation) coming from the sun splits oxygen gas into free oxygen atoms.

formula-1

  • The free oxygen atoms thus produced are very reactive. One oxygen atom reacts with an oxygen molecule to form an ozone molecule :

f2

  • At a height between 15 kilometres and 60 kilometres, there is a layer of ozone gas (O3) in the upper atmosphere. This ozone layer is very important for the existence of life on earth because it absorbs most of the harmful ultraviolet radiations coming from the sun and prevents them from reaching the earth. The ultraviolet radiations have extremely harmful effects on human beings, other animals as well as plants.
  • For example, ultraviolet rays can cause skin cancer. They also damage the eyes by causing an eye disease called cataract. Ultraviolet rays damage immune system by lowering the body’s resistance to diseases.
  • satillete-picture-of-ozone-layer-hole Thus, it is the ozone layer in the upper atmosphere which protects us from these diseases by absorbing ultraviolet rays coming from the sun.
  • It has now been found that the amount of ozone is getting depleted (or reduced) due towhich the ozone layer in the upper atmosphere is becoming thinner and thinner day by day. The depletion of ozone layer is due to the use of chemicals called chlorofluorocarbons.
  • cfc's This happens as follows : Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC) are the chemicals which are widely used in refrigeration (refrigerators and air conditioners) as a coolant; in fire extinguishers and in aerosol sprayers.
  • Chlorofluorocarbons released into the air react with ozone gas present in the ozone layer and destroy it gradually. Due to this, the ozone layer in the upper atmosphere has become thinner, allowing more ultraviolet rays to pass through it to the earth.
  • Thus, due to the depletion of ozone layer caused by chlorofluorocarbons, more ultraviolet radiations reach the earth.
  • if the ozone layer in the atmosphere disappears completely, then all the extemely harmful ultraviolet radiations coming from the sun would reach the earth. These ultraviolet radiations would cause skin cancer
    and other ailments in men and animals, and also damage the plants. All the life on the earth would be destroyed gradually. In 1987, in an attempt to protect ozone layer, the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) forged an agreement among its member countries to freeze CFC production at 1986 levels.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 5 Our Environment Managing The Garbage We Produce

The household wastes (or rubbish) is called garbage. Every household produces a lot of garbage (or wastes) daily. This garbage includes left-over food, fruit and vegetable peels, fallen leaves of potted plants, waste paper, unwanted plastic objects (such as plastic bottles, polythene bags, toys, etc.), glass articles (like glass bottles, broken window panes, etc.), metal objects (like aluminium foils, rusted iron grills, etc.), old wooden objects, rags (old, torn clothes), discarded shoes, and sewage. Some of the garbage (or waste) is biodegradable whereas a major part of it is non- biodegradable. If the household garbage or waste is not disposed of properly, it can pollute the environment like soil, water and air.

HOUSE-HOLD-WASTE

‘Disposal of waste’ means ‘to get rid of waste’. The disposal of waste should be done in a scientific way. There are different methods of waste disposal. The method to be used depends on the nature of the waste. Some of the important modes of waste disposal are.

  1. Recycling
  2. Preparation of compost
  3. Incineration
  4. Landfill
  5. Sewage treatment

We will now describe all these methods of waste disposal (or garbage disposal) briefly, one by one. Let us start with recycling.

Recycling

The solid wastes like paper, plastics and metals, etc., are recycled. For example, waste paper is sent to paper mills where it is reprocessed to form new paper once again. The broken plastic articles like plastic bags, buckets, bowls, cups, plates, etc., are sent to plastic processing factories where they are melted and remoulded to make new articles. Similarly, waste metal articles are sent to metal industries where they are melted and recycled as solid metal for various purposes.RECYCLED-PLASTIC

Preparation of Compost

Biodegradable domestic wastes such as left-over food, fruit and vegetable peels, and leaves of potted plants, etc., can be converted into compost by burying in a pit dug into ground, and used as manure.

COMPOST

Incineration

  • ‘Incineration’ means ‘reducing to ashes’. The burning of a substance at high temperature (of more than 1000°C) to form ash is called incineration. Incineration is used to destroy household waste, chemical waste and biological waste (like that from hospitals).
  • Incineration greatly reduces the volume of the waste. This is because when the large volume of waste material is burned, then only a small amount of ash is left behind which can be disposed of by landfill. Incineration is carried out in an incinerator (which is a kind of furnace).
  • The waste disposal on large scale by using incinerators is done by the Municipality of a City. The solid waste is burned at a high temperature in the incinerator. All the organic matter present in waste is removed as carbon dioxide and water vapour. The ash left behind is removed from time to time.

Landfill

The disposal of wastes by putting it in low-lying areas of ground and covering it with earth is called landfill. Most of the solid waste in urban areas (which cannot be disposed of by other methods) is dumped in low-lying areas of ground and covered with earth to level the uneven ground. A big landfill site can be used to dispose of waste materials (or garbage) for a considerable time

land-fills

Sewage Treatment

  • The dirty drain water containing urine and faeces which is carried from our homes by the underground pipes (called sewers) is called sewage. If untreated sewage is dumped into a river, it can pollute the river water. Thus, sewage is disposed of by treating it at the sewage treatment plant (or sewage works).
  • The treatment of sewage produces clean water which is discharged into the river. The organic matter present in sewage is ‘digested’ in the digesters of sewage treatment plant to produce ‘sewage gas’ (which is a kind of biogas), and ‘manure’.
  • We will now give an example to illustrate how the use of biodegradable and non-biodegradable materials can make a difference to our environment. There was a time when tea in trains was served in plastic glasses which had to be returned to the vendor. This was, however, not a hygienic thing to do. Later on disposable plastic cups were introduced (which are used ‘once’ and then ‘thrown away’).
  • Though it was hygienic to use a disposable plastic cup for drinking tea but the disposal of millions of plastic cups on daily basis posed a big problem. Sometime back ‘kulhads’ (disposable cups made of clay) were introduced for serving tea in trains.
  • It was, however, soon realised that the use of a lot of clay for making millions of kulhads daily led to the loss of fertile top soil from fields (which was used for making kulhads). So, the practice of using ‘kulhads’ has also been discontinued. These days, disposable paper cups are being used.
  • The use of disposable paper cups has the following advantages over the plastic cups :
  1. Paper cups are biodegradable. So, even if paper cups are thrown away after use, they will decompose (break down) automatically by the action of micro-organisms in due course of time. On the other hand, plastic cups are non-biodegradable. They will remain as such and pollute the environment.
  2. Paper cups can even be disposed of by burning without causing much air pollution. On the otherhand, burning of plastic cups produces toxic gases (poisonous gases) which cause too much airpollution.

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes History

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Political Science

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Sociology

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Geography

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Economics

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Business Studies

KSEEB Solutions For SSLC English Class 10 Poem Chapter 7 The Blind Boy

SSLC English Class 10 Chapter 7 The Blind Boy Summary

The poem, The Blind Boy is about a blind boy talking about all of the things he cannot see in life. The poem starts with an innocent question of which is very touchy. He innocently asks what is the Tight’ that people talk about and he has no knowledge about it. For him day and night are not different. He talks about the sun and tells of how he can feel the warmth of it, but doesn’t understand day and night because he doesn’t know what the sun shining is like.

He decides it is night when he feels sleepy and it is day when he is active. The poet gives the message of optimism in the last section of the poem. The boy says he often hears people pitying him for his blindness but he does not feel sorry for not having something which he does not know at all.

He says he is not going to worry about the thing he does not have but enjoy his life as it is presented to him by the lord. In the last two lines the boy celebrates his life and says that he is the king of his life though he is blind.

The poem is a message of being optimistic in life despite the weaknesses and shortcomings.

KSEEB Solutions For SSLC English Class 10 Poem Chapter 7 The Blind Boy

KSEEB Solutions For SSLC English Class 10 Chapter 7 The Blind Boy Understands the Poem

Question 1. Whose is the voice of the Poem?
Answer: The voice of the poem is that of a blind boy.

Question 2. ‘The blessings of the right, – line 3. Can you list out a few of them?
Answer: If we have the blessing of sight we shall be able –
1) to see our family members, friends, and relatives.
2) see the beautiful world around us which is the gift of god.
3) to read and write like a normal human being and become knowledgeable.
4) to see the discoveries and inventions of man and enjoy using them to the fullest.
5) make out what is safe and what is dangerous around us.

Question 3. How does a blind person understand whether itis day or night?
Answer: According to the poet a blind person thinks it a day when he is awake and thinks it is night when he feels sleepy.

Question 4. Read lines 13 and 14. Who is sympathizing with whom?
Answer: In lines 13 and 14, people with eyesight are sympathizing with the blind boy. They are mourning his lack of eyesight.

Question 5. How does the blind pacify himself? Quote the lines that suggest this.
Answer: The blind boy pacifies himself saying that he is not going to let his blindness destroy his joy and cheer. He does not want to crave for what he does not have but will enjoy with what he has been blessed. ‘But sure with patience, I can bear A loss I ne’er can knowThen let not what I cannot have My cheer of mind destroy’

The Blind Boy summary For Class 10 SSLC English Read And Appreciate

Question 1. Who do you think is the person addressed as ‘you; in the poem?
a. Read the first stanza carefully. The tone of the speaker is one of
1) surprise
2) curiosity
3) sadness(choose the appropriate one)
Answer: ‘You’ refers to the people who have normal eye sight who sympathize with the blind boy.
1) curiosity

Question 2. The blind boy can feel of the sun. (fill in the blank)
Answer: warmth

Question 3. What a normal person can easily understand is almost a riddle to the blind boy. What is it?
Answer: The fact that ‘the sun shines bright ’ and the concept of ‘day and night is a riddle to the blind boy. He does not know how the sun shines but he can feel the warmth of the sun. He do not know the difference between day and night. For him it is a day when he is awake and night when he sleeps.

Question 4. Identify the rhyme scheme of the poem.
Answer: The rhyme scheme of the poem is abab

Question 5. Match the following and frame appropriate sentence for each phrase thus marched.

blessings                               wondrous things
cheers of                                        sight
talk of                                            mind

Answer:
1)blessings of sight
2) cheers of mind
3) talk of wondrous things.

SSLC English Poem Chapter 7 The Blind Boy Interesting Activities On Comprehension And Appreciate

Answer the following questions briefly.

Question 1. What do the people mourn about the boy? How does the boy react to it?
Answer: 1) The people mourn the boy’s state of blindness and consider it be a sad part of his life. The blind boy says that he is not sad for his blindness. According to him, he need not feel the loss of something which he doesn’t know.

Question 2. What message do we get from the last stanza of the poem?
Answer: The last stanza of the poem gives a positive message to the normal people as well as the people with disabilities. It provides an insight on how we shouldn’t let things cause us to lose our cheer because things could always be worse. Even though the boy was blind and had that disadvantage in life, he still thinks of himself as a king. He wouldn’t let his deformity come in the way of his enjoyment. Thus the optimistic attitude and spirit is an inspiration to all readers of this poem. The poem also gives the message that we need to be contented and happy in life with what we have rather than brood upon things that we do not have.

Question 3. Write the summary of the poem.
Answer:

The poem, The Blind Boy is about a blind boy talking about all of the things he cannot see in life. The poem starts with an innocent question of which is very touchy. He innocently asks what is the Tight’ that people talk about and he has no knowledge about it. For him day and night are not different. He talks about the sun and tells of how he can feel the warmth of it, but doesn’t understand day and night because he doesn’t know what the sun shining is like. He decides it is night when he feels sleepy and it is day when he is active. The poet gives the message of optimism in the last section of the poem. The boy says he often hears people pitying him for his blindness but he does not feel sorry for not having something which he does not know at all. He says he is not going to worry about the thing he does not have but enjoy his life as it is presented to him by the lord. In the last two lines the boy celebrates his life and says that he is the king of his life though he is blind.
The poem is a message of being optimistic in life despite the weaknesses and shortcomings.

The Blind Boy Class 10 English Read The Following Lines From The Poem And Answer The Questions That Follow

‘I feel him warm, but how can he make it day or night?’

Question 1) Who are the ‘he’ and ‘I’?
Answer:.‘
he’ refers to the sun, ‘I’ refers to the blind boy.

Question 2) Why does the speaker ask the above question?
Answer: because the blind boy cannot see the sun making it day and night.

Question 3) How does the speaker make his day and night?
Answer: For the blind boy it is a day when he is awake and it is a night when he sleeps.

‘I often hear you mourn my hapless woe ’.
Question 1) Who are the ‘I’ and ‘you’ ?
Answer: T refers to the blind boy, ‘you’ refers to the reader or the people with normal eyesight.

Question 2) How does the speaker hear the mourning?
Answer: He hears the mourning of the people through their sighs.

Question 3) How does the speaker react to such mourning?
Answer: The blind boy does not want anyone to mourn for his blindness because he does not feel sorry for not having something which he does not know at all.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 1 Life Processes Notes

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 1 Life Processes Notes

Something which is ‘living’ (not dead) is said to be ‘alive’. In most simple terms, ‘alive’ means ‘having life’.

Alive is called ‘jeevit’ or ‘zinda’ in Hindi. We are alive and you are also alive. Those things which are alive are called ‘living things’. All the plants and animals (including human beings) are alive or living things.

Now, an important question arises : What criteria do we use to decide whether something is alive? This is discussed below.

The most important criterion to decide whether something is alive (or not) is the movement. Movementis one of the most important signs of life in an organism. All the living things (which are alive) move by themselves without any external help.

In some cases the movements of living things are quite fast which can be easily observed by us but in other cases the movements are very slow and hence observed with difficulty. For example, the movements in most of the animals are fast and can be observed easily but

life-process- living-things- move

the movements in plants are usually slow and observed with difficulty. Animals and plants move in different ways. This will become clear from the following discussion.

Animals can move from one place to another or they can move their body parts. For example, a frog moves when it jumps into a pond, a bird moves when it flies in the sky, an athlete moves when he runs and a fish moves when it swims in water.

We move our hands when we clap and our chest moves up and down when we breathe. And a dog can wag its tail. All these movements show that a frog, bird, fish, dog and human beings are alive (or living things).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 1 Life Processes Notes

The plants are fixed in the soil at a place, so they cannot move like animals from place to place. The plants can only move parts of their body such as leaves, flowers, shoots and roots. The plant parts move towards a stimulus such as sunlight, gravity or water, etc.

For example, the shoot, the leaves and flower of a sunflower plant move by bending towards the sun so as to face the sunlight.

life - process - Non living things- figure -2(c)

 

The leaves of a Mimosa pudica plant (sensitive plant) move by folding up when touched with a finger. Plants also show movement by growing their roots and shoots bigger.

 Non-living things (which are not alive) cannot move by themselves. For example, a stone is a non-living thing which cannot move by itself from one place to another or show any other type of movement. We will have to move it by applying force from outside.

All the living things (plants and animals) are made up of tiny living units called cells. The cells themselves are made up of still smaller particles called molecules. The movements over very small scale (as those in the molecules of living things) are invisible to the naked eye.

The invisible molecular movement is, however, necessary for the existence of life. In fact, viruses do not show any molecular movement in them (until they infect some cell) and this has created controversy about whether they are truly alive or not. In addition to movement, the living things also show some other characteristics.

These are discussed below.

All the living things (which are alive) have some common characteristics (or features) which make them different from non-living things. The characteristics of living things are as follows:

  1. Living things can move by themselves.
  2. Living things need food, air and water.
  3. Living things can grow.
  4. Living things respire (release energy from food).
  5. Living things excrete (get rid of waste materials from their body).
  6. Living things can reproduce. They can have young ones.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology What Are Life Processes

All the organisms perform some basic functions to keep themselves alive. The basic functions performed by living organisms to maintain their life on this earth are called life processes.

The basic life processes common to all the living organisms are: Nutrition and Respiration; Transport and Excretion; Control and Coordination (Response to stimuli); Growth; Movement and Reproduction.

  • The process of nutrition involves the taking of food inside the body and converting it into smaller molecules which can be absorbed by the body.
  • Respiration is the process which releases energy from the food absorbed by the body. Transport is the process in which a substance absorbed or made in one part of the body is moved to other parts of the body.
  • Excretion is the process in which the waste materials produced in the cells of the body are removed from the body.
  • Control and coordination (or response to stimuli) is a process which helps the living organisms to survive in the changing environment around them.
  • The process of growth involves the change from a small organism to a big organism (or an adult organism). In movement, the organism either moves from one place to another or moves its body parts while remaining at the same place.
  • The process of reproduction involves the making of more organisms from the existing ones, so that organisms could live on this earth for ever.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Energy is Needed for the Life Processes

  • All the living organisms need energy to perform various life processes. They get this energy from food.
  • Food is a kind of fuel which provides energy to all the living organisms. The living organisms use the chemical energy for carrying out various life processes. They get this chemical energy from food through chemical reactions.
  • Actually, living organisms continuously need energy for their various life processes and other activities which they perform. For example, energy is required by an organism even during sleep. This is because when we are asleep, a number of biological processes keep on occurring in the body which require energy.
  • Our heart beats non-stop even when we are asleep to pump blood throughout the body. And this beating of heart requires energy. Thus, the working of heart requires a continuous supply of energy.
  • The energy required by an organism comes from the food that the organism eats. Thus, food is the basic requirement of all the living organisms for obtaining energy.
  • In this chapter we will first study the process of intake and utilisation of the food by an organism (called nutrition) and the liberation of energy from the food (called respiration).
  • After that we will study the process of moving the digested food and other materials to the various parts of the body (called transport) and the removal of waste materials from the body (called excretion). Let us start with nutrition.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Nutrition

Food is an organic substance. The simplest food is glucose. It is also called simple sugar. A more complex  food is starch. Starch is made from glucose. The general name of substances like glucose (sugar) and starch is ‘carbohydrates’.

life - process -nutrition-glucose figure -3,4

  • Carbohydrates are the most common foods for getting energy. Fats and proteins are also foods. (A wider definition of food, however, also includes mineral salts, vitamins and water which are essential for the normal growth and development of an organism).
  • The process of taking in food (consuming food) and utilising it is called nutrition. It is a process in which food is obtained in order to utilise it to provide energy for performing various metabolic activities of the organism.
  • Actually, the term ‘nutrition’ comes from the word ‘nutrient’. A nutrient is an organic or inorganic substance required for the maintenance of life and survival of a living organism. In most simple terms, a nutrient can be said to be a particular type of food.
  • A nutrient can be defined as a substance which an organism obtains from its surroundings and uses it as a source of energy or for the biosynthesis of its body constituents (like tissues and organs).
  • For example, carbohydrates and fats are the nutrients which are used by an organism mainly as a source of energy whereas proteins and mineral salts are nutrients used by an organism for the biosynthesis of its body constituents like skin, blood, etc.
  • The food taken in by an organism contains a large number of nutrients like carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals, vitamins and water, etc.
  • We can now say that: Nutrition is a process of intake of nutrients (like carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals, vitamins and water) by an organism as well as the utilisation of these nutrients by the organism.
  • We will now describe the various ways of procuring food (or obtaining food) by the different organisms. In other words, we will now describe the different modes of nutrition of the various organisms.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Modes Of Nutrition

Modes of nutrition means methods of procuring food or obtaining food by an organism. All the organisms do not obtain their food in the same way. Different organisms have different methods of procuring food or obtaining food. In other words, organisms differ in their modes of nutrition. Depending on the mode (or method) of obtaining food, all the organisms can be classified into two groups:  autotrophic and heterotrophic. Thus: There are mainly two modes of nutrition :

  1. Autotrophic, and
  2. Heterotrophic.

We will now discuss the autotrophic mode of nutrition and the heterotrophic mode of nutrition in detail, one by one.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Autotrophic Mode Of Nutrition

The word ‘auto’ means ‘self’ and ‘trophe’ means ‘nutrition’. Thus, autotrophic means ‘self nutrition’. In autotrophic nutrition, the organism makes (or synthesizes) its own food from the inorganic raw materials like carbon dioxide and water present in the surroundings by using the sunlight energy. We can now say that : Autotrophic nutrition is that mode of nutrition in which an organism makes (or synthesizes) its own food from the simple inorganic materials like carbon dioxide and water present in the surroundings (with the help of sunlight energy). Please note that food is an organic material (like glucose, etc.).

 

  •  This means that, in autotrophic nutrition, organic material (food) is made (or synthesized) from inorganic materials like carbon dioxide and water by utilizing the sunlight energy.
  • The green plants have an autotrophic mode of nutrition. The autotrophic bacteria also obtain their food by the autotrophic mode of nutrition (though most bacteria are not autotrophic).
  • The organisms having autotrophic mode of nutrition are called autotrophic organisms or just autotrophs.
  • life - process - auto trophic mode of nutrition- carrot- figure - 7Those organisms which can make their own food from carbon dioxide and water are called autotrophs. Carbon dioxide and water are inorganic substances. So, we can also say that: Those organisms which can make their own food from the inorganic substances present in the environment, are called autotrophs.
  • All the green plants are autotrophs (because they can make their own food from inorganic substances like carbon dioxide and water present in the environment). Non-green plants are, however, not autotrophs. Certain bacteria called ‘autotrophic bacteria’ are also autotrophs.

life - process - auto trophic mode of nutrition- corn- figure - 6

  • The autotrophic organisms (or autotrophs) contain the green pigment called chlorophyll which is capable of trapping sunlight energy. This trapped sunlight energy is utilised by the autotrophs to make food by combining inorganic materials like carbon dioxide and water present in the environment by the process of photosynthesis.
  • Thus, autotrophs make their own food by photosynthesis. So, autotrophs are the producers of food. The food produced by autotrophs (green plants) is also used by human beings and many, many other animals.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Heterotrophic Mode of Nutrition

The word ‘heteros’ means ‘others’ and ‘trophe’ refers to ‘nutrition’. Thus, ‘heterotrophic’ means ‘nutrition obtained from others’. In heterotrophic nutrition, the organism cannot make (or synthesize) its own food from the inorganic raw materials like carbon dioxide and water, and uses the food made by autotrophic organisms directly or indirectly.

life - process - heterotrophic mode of nutrition- deer cutting - plant - leaves - tiger- eating- deer- beer - about -eat - fish - figure - 8

We can now say that:

  • Heterotrophic nutrition is that mode of nutrition in which an organism cannot make (or synthesize) its own food from simple inorganic materials like carbon dioxide and water, and depends on other organisms for its food.
  • A heterotrophic organism is a consumer which derives its nutrition from other organisms. That is, a heterotrophic organism has to eat other organisms for its nutrition.
  • All the animals have a heterotrophic mode of nutrition. Most bacteria and fungi also have heterotrophic mode of nutrition.
  • The organisms having heterotrophic mode of nutrition are called heterotrophic organisms or just heterotrophs.
  • Those organisms which cannot make their own food from inorganic substances like carbon dioxideand water, and depend on other organisms for their food are called heterotrophs.
  • All the animals are heterotrophs (because they cannot make food from inorganic substances like carbon dioxide and water and obtain their food from other plants or animals.). Thus, man, dog, cat, deer, tiger, bear, lion, cow, etc., are all heterotrophs.
  • The non-green plants (like yeast) are also heterotrophs.
  • Heterotrophs depend on autotrophs and other heterotrophs for their food. In other words, animals are heterotrophs which depend on plants or other animals for their food.
  • From the above discussion we conclude that green plants make their own food. Non-green plants and animals cannot make their own food. They obtain food from plants and other animals. We will now discuss the various types of the heterotrophic mode of nutrition.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Types Of Heterotrophic Nutrition

A heterotrophic organism (or heterotroph) can obtain its food from other organisms in three ways. So, the heterotrophic mode of nutrition is of three types:

  1. Saprotrophic nutrition,
  2. Parasitic nutrition, and
  3. Holozoic nutrition.

We will now discuss the three types of heterotrophic nutrition in detail, one by one. Let us start with the saprotrophic nutrition.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Saprotrophic Nutrition (or Saprophytic Nutrition)

Saprotrophic nutrition is that nutrition in which an organism obtains its food from decaying organic matter of dead plants, dead animals and rotten bread, etc.

  • ‘Sapro’ means ‘rotten’, so a saprotrophic organism draws its food from rotting wood of dead and decaying trees, rotten leaves, dead animals and household wastes like rotten bread, etc. The organisms having saprotrophic mode of nutrition are called saprophytes.
  • We can now say that  : Saprophytes are the organisms which obtain their food from dead plants (like rotten leaves), dead and decaying animal bodies, and other decaying organic matter (like rotten bread).

life- process-ssaprotrophic - mode -of - nutrition- mushroom- figure - 8

  • Fungi (like bread moulds, mushrooms, yeast), and many bacteria are saprophytes. We know that fungi and bacteria are a kind of plants. So, we can also say that saprophytes are the plants which feed on dead and decaying organic matter.
  • The saprophytes break down the complex organic molecules present in dead and decaying matter and convert them into simpler substances outside their body. These simpler substances are then absorbed by saprophytes as their food. Please note that saprotrophic nutrition is also known as saprophytic nutrition.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biolog

Parasitic Nutrition

  • The parasitic nutrition is that nutrition in which an organism derives its food from the body of another living organism (called its host) without killing it. The organism which obtains the food is called a ‘parasite’, and the organism from whose body food is obtained is called the ‘host’.
  • We can now say that: A parasite is an organism (plant or animal) which feeds on another living organism called its host. A parasite receives its food from the host but gives no benefit to the host in return. A parasite usually harms the host. The host may be a plant or an animal.

life- process- parasitic - mode -of - nutrition-round worm- figure - 10

 

  • Most of the diseases which affect mankind, his domestic animals (like dogs and cattle) and his crops are caused by parasites. Parasitic mode of nutrition is observed in several fungi, bacteria, a few plants like Cuscuta (amarbel) and some animals like Plasmodium and roundworms.
  • Thus, the micro-organism ‘Plasmodium’ (which causes malaria disease) is a parasite. Roundworm which causes diseases in man and domestic animals (like dogs and cattle) is also a parasite.
  • Roundworms live inside the body of man and his domestic animals. Several fungi and bacteria, and plants like Cuscuta (amarbel) are also parasites. Some other examples of parasites are ticks, lice, leeches and tapeworms.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Holozoic Nutrition

‘Holozoic nutrition’ means ‘feeding on solid food’ (which may be a plant product or an animal product). Most of the animals (including human beings) take the solid food into their body by the process of ingestion.

life- process -holozoic - mode -of -giraffc- eating - leaves - from- the - tree- figure - 11

 

  • The ingested food is then digested (broken down) into simpler substances which are then absorbed into the cells of the body. And the undigested and unabsorbed waste materials are egested (thrown out) of the body.
  • We can now say that : The holozoic nutrition is that nutrition in which an organism takes the complex organic food materials into its body by the process of ingestion, the ingested food is digested and then absorbed into the body cells of the organism.
  • The undigested and unabsorbed part of the food is thrown out of the body of the organism by the process of egestion.
  • The human beings and most of the animals have a holozoic mode of nutrition. In other words, man, cat, dog, cattle, deer, tiger, lion, bear, giraffe, frog, fish and Amoeba, etc., have the holozoic mode of nutrition.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Nutrition In Plants

  • Just like other organisms, plants also require food which can supply energy for their various metabolic activities. Though animals can move from one place to another in search of food, plants just stand still at one place and make their own food.

life - process - plants- mode -of - nutrition-chlorophy- figure - 10

  • Green plants are autotrophic and synthesize their own food by the process of photosynthesis. ‘Photo’ means ‘light’ and ‘synthesis’ means ‘to build’, thus ‘photosynthesis’ means ‘building up by light’.
  • The plants use the energy in sunlight to prepare food from carbon dioxide and water in the presence of chlorophyll. Chlorophyll is present in the green coloured bodies called ‘chloroplasts’ inside the plant cells.
  • In fact, the leaves of a plant are green because they contain tiny green coloured organelles called chloroplasts (which contain chlorophyll).
  • Keeping these points in mind, we can now define the process of photosynthesis as follows: The process by which green plants make their own food (like glucose) from carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight energy in the presence of chlorophyll, is called photosynthesis. Oxygen gas is released during photosynthesis. The process of photosynthesis can be represented as:

life-process-formula

  • The process of photosynthesis takes place in the green leaves of a plant. In other words, food is made in the green leaves of the plant. The green leaves of a plant make the food by combining carbon dioxide and water in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll.life-process-plants-mode-of-nutrition-chlorophy-figure-15
  • The carbon dioxide gas required for making food is taken by the plant leaves from the air. This carbon dioxide enters the leaves through tiny pores in them called stomata.Water required for making food is taken from the soil.
  • This water is transported to the leaves from the soil through the roots and stem. The sunlight provides energy required to carry out the chemical reactions involved in the preparation of food.
  • The green pigment called chlorophyll present in green leaves helps in absorbing energy from sunlight.
  • Oxygen gas is produced as a by-product during the preparation of food by photosynthesis. This oxygen gas goes into the air
  • The food prepared by the green leaves of a plant is in the form of a simple sugar called glucose. This glucose food made in the leaves is then sent to the different parts of the plant .
  • The extra glucose is changed into another food called starch. This starch is stored in the leaves of the plant. Glucose and starch belong to a category of foods called carbohydrates.
  • The foods like carbohydrates prepared by photosynthesis contain chemical energy stored in them. Thus, the green plants convert sunlight energy into chemical energy by making
  • All these food items have been made by the plants by the process of photosynthesis. carbohydrates (foods). The food prepared by photosynthesis provides all the energy to a plant which it needs to grow.
  • And when we eat plant foods (like foodgrains, fruits and vegetables), the chemical energy stored in them is released in our body during respiration.

We will now describe what actually happens during the process of photosynthesis. The photosynthesis takes place in the following three steps:

  1. Absorption of sunlight energy by chlorophyll.
  2. Conversion of light energy into chemical energy, and splitting of water into hydrogen and oxygen by light energy.
  3. Reduction of carbon dioxide by hydrogen to form carbohydrate like glucose by utilising the chemical energy (obtained by the transformation of light energy).

Please note that the three steps involved in photosynthesis need not take place one after the other immediately. They can take place at different times.

  • For example, desert plants take up carbon dioxide at night and prepare an intermediate product which is acted upon by the sunlight energy absorbed by chlorophyll when the sun shines during the next day.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Conditions Necessary For Photosynthesis.

  • It has been found by experiments that the presence of sunlight, chlorophyll, carbon dioxide and water is necessary for the process of photosynthesis. So, we can say that: The conditions necessary for photosynthesis to take place are:
  1. Sunlight,
  2. Chlorophyll,
  3. Carbon dioxide, and
  4. Water.
  • Please note that the conditions necessary for photosynthesis are also the conditions necessary for autotrophic nutrition. We will now describe some experiments to show that sunlight, chlorophyll and carbon dioxide are necessary for photosynthesis by green plants.
  • These experiments will also show that leaves finally make ‘starch’ as food by photosynthesis.
  • The experiments on photosynthesis depend on the fact that green leaves make starch as food. And that starch gives a blue-black colour with iodine solution.
  • Now, ordinarily all the plants have starch in their green leaves, so before we can use a plant in a photosynthesis experiment, the initial starch present in its leaves must be removed.
  • In other words, we should destarch the leaves of a plant before using it in a photosynthesis experiment. The green leaves of a plant are destarched by keeping this plant in a completely dark place in a room for at least three days.
  • When the plant is kept in a dark place, it cannot make more starch (food) by photosynthesis because there is no sunlight. So, the plant kept in dark place uses the starch already stored in its leaves during respiration.
  • The plant will use up all the starch stored in its leaves in about three days’ time. So, after about three days, the plant leaves will not have any starch left in them.
  • And we say that the leaves have been destarched. This plant with destarched leaves can now be used in the photosynthesis experiments.
  • Please note that we will be using a plant growing in a pot in these experiments. The ‘plant growing in a pot’ is called ‘potted plant’. Let us describe the experiments now

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Experiment To Show That Sunlight Is Necessary For Photosynthesis

  1. We take a potted plant having green leaves and place it in a completely dark place for about three days to destarch its leaves. So, in the beginning of the experiment, the leaves do not have any starch in them.
  2. Take a thin strip of aluminium foil (or black paper) and wrap it in the centre of one leaf on both the sides (while the leaf is still attached to the plant. The aluminium foil should be fixed tightly to the leaf by using paper clips so that sunlight may not enter it from the sides. The aluminium foil should cover only a small part of the leaf so that the remaining part of the leaf remains uncovered and exposed to sunlight. We have covered the centre part of the leaf with aluminium foil so that sunlight may not fall on this covered part of the leaf.
  3. Keep this potted plant (with partially covered leaf) in bright sunshine for three to four days.
  4. Pluck the partially covered leaf from the plant and remove its aluminium foil. Immerse this leaf in boiling water for a few minutes. This will break down the cell membranes of leaf cells and make the leaf more permeable to iodine solution (so that it may reach the starch present inside the leaf cells).                                                                                                                life - process -experiment- to - show - the - sun - light - is - necessary - for - photosynthesis- figure -17life - process -experiment- to - show - the - sun - light - is - necessary - for - photosynthesis- figure -17-1
  5. This leaf is now to be tested for the presence of starch. But before testing for starch, chlorophyll has to be removed from the leaf. This is because chlorophyll interferes in the test for starch due to its green colour.
  6. Put the plucked leaf in a beaker containing some alcohol. Place the beaker containing alcohol and leaf in a water bath (A water bath can be a bigger beaker containing water.
  7. Heat the water in the bigger beaker (or water bath). Then the alcohol in the smaller beaker will also get heated and start boiling soon. This boiling alcohol will extract (or remove) chlorophyll from the green leaf.
  8. Boil the green leaf in alcohol till all its green pigment ‘chlorophyll’ is removed. The leaf will now become almost colourless or pale (and the alcohol will turn green).
  9. Remove the colourless leaf from alcohol and wash it thoroughly with hot water to soften it and remove any chlorophyll which may be sticking to it.
  10. Place the colourless leaf in a petri-dish Drop iodine solution over the decolourised leaf with the help of a dropper. Observe the change in colour of leaf.
  11. The middle part of leaf which was covered with aluminium foil does not turn blue-black on adding iodine solution showing that no starch is present in this middle part of the leaf.
  12. This is because sunlight could not reach the covered ‘middle part of the leaf due to which the covered ‘middle part’ of leaf could not do photosynthesis to make starch.
  13. The uncovered part of leaf (on both sides of the aluminium foil) which was exposed to sunlight turns blue-black on adding iodine solution showing that starch is present in this part of leaf .
  14. This means that the part of leaf which was exposed to sunlight could do photosynthesis to make starch.
  15. Since the part of leaf which was covered and hidden from sunlight does not contain starch but the
  16. part of leaf which was exposed to sunlight contains starch, therefore, we conclude that sunlight is necessary for photosynthesis (to make food like starch).
  17. From the above experiment, we actually get two conclusions. That :
  18. sunlight is necessary for the process of photosynthesis, and
  19. leaves make starch as food by photosynthesis.
  20. Most of the common plants have leaves which are totally green (because all the parts of such leaves contain the green pigment called chlorophyll).
  21. But there are some plants whose leaves are partly green and partly white. The green part of such a leaf contains chlorophyll but the white part of such a leaf does not contain chlorophyll.
  22. The leaves which are partly green and partly white are called ‘variegated leaves’. The plants such as croton and Coleus have variegated leaves which are partly green and partly white.

life- process -experiment- to - show - the - sun - light - is - necessary - for - photosynthesis- figure -17-2

We will use a plant having variegated leaves in the next experiment to show that chlorophyll is necessary for the process of photosynthesis in plants.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Experiment To Show That Chlorophyll Is Necessary For Photosynthesis

  1. We take a potted plant like croton whose leaves are partly green and partly white .The green part of the leaf has chlorophyll but the white part of the leaf does not have chlorophyll.
  2. Place this plant in a completely dark place for about three days to destarch its leaves.
  3. Take out the potted plant from the dark place and keep it in bright sunshine for three to four days.

life- process-experiment- to - show - the - chlorophyll- is- necessary - for - photosynthesis- figure -18

  1. Pluck the variegated leaf from the plant, boil it in water for a few minutes and then remove its green colour ‘chlorophyll’ by boiling it in alcohol. The green parts of the leaf get decolourised. So, we get decolourised leaf
  2. Wash the decolourised leaf with hot water to soften it and remove any chlorophyll which may be sticking to it.
  3. Pour iodine solution over the colourless leaf and observe the change in colour of the leaf.
  4. We will find that the outer part of leaf that was originally white (without chlorophyll) does not turn blue-black on adding iodine solution showing that no starch is present in this outer part of the leaf From this observation we conclude that the photosynthesis to make starch does not take place without chlorophyll.
  5. The inner part of leaf which was originally green (contained chlorophyll) turns blue-black on adding iodine solution showing that starch is present in this inner part of the leaf.From this observation we conclude that the photosynthesis to make starch takes place in the presence of chlorophyll. In other words, chlorophyll is necessary for the process of photosynthesis to take place.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Experiment To Show That Carbon Dioxide Is Necessary For Photosynthesis

  1. We take a potted plant having long and narrow leaves and place it in a completely dark place for about three days to destarch its leaves.
  2. Take a glass bottle having a wide mouth and put some potassium hydroxide solution (KOH solution) in it. (This potassium hydroxide solution is to absorb the carbon dioxide gas from the air present in the glass bottle so that no carbon dioxide is left in the air inside the glass bottle).
  3. Take a rubber cork which fits tightly into the mouth of the glass bottle and cut it into two halves.
  4. Put a destarched leaf of the potted plant (while it is still attached to the plant), in-between the two halves of the cut cork and then fit the cork in the mouth of the glass bottle. The upper half of the leaf should remain outside the glass bottle and only the lower half of the leaf should be inside the glass bottle
  5. The potted plant (with its one destarched leaf half inside the glass bottle containing potassium hydroxide solution) is kept in sunlight for 3 to 4 days. During this period, the upper half of the leaf (which is outside the glass bottle) gets carbon dioxide from the air but the lower half of the leaf (which is inside the glass bottle) does not get any carbon dioxide. This is because all the carbon dioxide of the air present in the glass bottle has been absorbed by potassium hydroxide solution.And no fresh air can come into the closed glass bottle. Carbon dioxide available here No carbon dioxide Potassium hydroxide solution (to absorb carbon dioxide)
  6. life- process-experiment- to - show - the - carbon - dioxide - is- necessary - for - photosynthesis- figure -18
  7. Pluck the leaf from the plant and take it out from the glass bottle. Remove the green coloured chlorophyll from the leaf by boiling it in alcohol. In this way, we get a decolourised leaf.
  8. Wash the decolourised leaf with water to remove any chlorophyll which may be sticking to it.
  9. Pour iodine solution over the colourless leaf and observe the change in colour of the leaf.
  10. We will find that the lower half part of the leaf (which was inside the glass bottle having no carbon dioxide around it), does not turn blue-black on adding iodine solution showing that no starch is present in this lower half of the leaf [see Figure 20(c)]. From this observation we conclude that the photosynthesis to make starch in the leaf does not take place without carbon dioxide.
  11. The upper half part of the leaf (which was outside the glass bottle, having carbon dioxide around it) turns blue-black on adding iodine solution showing that starch is present in this upper half of the leaf. From this observation we conclude that photosynthesis (to make starch) takes place in the presence of carbon dioxide. In other words, carbon dioxide is necessary for the process of photosynthesis to take place.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Raw Materials For Photosynthesis

The preparation of carbohydrates (food) by plants by the process of photosynthesis requires two materials (or substances) : carbon dioxide, and water. Thus, the raw materials for photosynthesis are:

  • Carbon dioxide, and
  • water

We will now describe how these two raw materials become available to plants for photosynthesis.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology How The Plants Obtain Carbon Dioxide

There are a large number of tiny pores called stomata on the surface of the leaves of plants (The singular of stomata is stoma). The green plants take carbon dioxide from air for photosynthesis. The carbon dioxide gas enters the leaves of the plant through the stomata present on their surface .

life- process-experiment- to - show - the - carbon - dioxide - is- necessary - for - photosynthesis- from - air - to- the - stomata - presents - on the - surface- of - the - leafe figure -20

  • Each stomatal pore (or stoma) is surrounded by a pair of guard cells. The opening and closing of stomatal
  • Chloroplast Surface of a leaf Guard cells (curved) Open stoma Guard cells (straight) Closed stoma
  1. Open stomata
  2. Closed stomata
  • The plants take carbon dioxide required for photosynthesis from air through the stomata (tiny pores) present on the surface of a leaf. pores is controlled by the guard cells.
  • When water flows into the guard cells, they swell, become curved and cause the pore to open .On the other hand, when the guard cells lose water, they shrink, become straight and close the stomatal pore.
  • A large amount of water is also lost from the cells of the plant leaves through open stomatal pores. So, when the plant does not need carbon dioxide and wants to conserve water, the stomatal pores are closed. The oxygen gas produced during photosynthesis also goes out through the stomatal pores of the leaves.
  • Please note that in addition to leaves, the stomata are also present in the green stems (or shoots) of a plant. So, the green stems (or shoots) of a plant also carry out photosynthesis. It is clear from the above discussion that stomata allow the movement of gases in and out of plant cells. In other words, the gaseous exchange in plants takes place through the stomata in leaves (and other green parts).
  • Please note that in most broad-leaved plants, the stomata occur only in the lower surface of the leaf but in narrow-leaved plants, the stomata are equally distributed on both the sides of the leaf. Another point to be noted is that the aquatic plants (or water plants) use the carbon dioxide gas dissolved in water for carrying out photosynthesis.
  • The stomata on the lower surface of a leaf as seen through a microscope.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology How The Plants Obtain Water For Photosynthesis

  • The water required by the plants for photosynthesis is absorbed by the roots of the plants from the soil through the process of osmosis. The water absorbed by the roots of the plants is transported upward through the xylem vessels to the leaves where it reaches the photosynthetic cells and utilised in photosynthesis.life- process-water- requuired - for -photosynthesis -is - absorbed - from -the - roots- of - the - plants - from - the - soil t- figure -21
  • The two raw materials, carbon dioxide and water, are required by the plants to prepare energy foods called carbohydrates (such as glucose and starch). But the plants also need other raw materials such as nitrogen, phosphorus, iron and magnesium, etc., for building their body.
  • The plants take materials like nitrogen, phosphorus, iron and magnesium, etc., from the soil. For example, nitrogen is an essential element used by the plants to make proteins and other compounds.
  • The plants take up nitrogen from the soil in the form of inorganic salts called nitrates (or nitrites), or in the form of organic compounds which are produced by bacteria from the atmospheric nitrogen.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Site Of Photosynthesis Chloroplasts

  • Chloroplasts are the organelles in the cells of green plants which contain chlorophyll and where photosynthesis takes place. Thus, photosynthesis occurs in the organelles called chloroplasts present in the photosynthetic cells (or mesophyll cells) of green plants.
  • In other words, the site of photosynthesis in a cell of the leaf are chloroplasts. Chloroplasts can be seen easily by using a light microscope. In a cross- section of a leaf, chloroplasts can be seen as numerous disc-like organelles in the photosynthetic cells (or mesophyll cells) of the palisade tissue just below the upper epidermis

life-process-photo synthesis - the - structure -of - a - leaf -shows- the chloroplasts in- it- figure -22(c)

  • Cuticle Photosynthetic tissue (Mesophy) Upper epidermis Palisade layer Chloroplasts Spongy- layer Lower epidermis.
  • Water required for photosynthesis is absorbed by the roots of the plants from the soil.
  • Air spaces Stoma Guard calls. The structure of a leaf to show chloroplasts in it (The small green circles in the above diagram are all chloroplasts).
  • In the structure of a leaf we can see that the middle layers in the leaf (palisade layer and spongy layer) contain photosynthetic cells called mesophyll cells.
  • These cells contain more chlorophyll than other plant cells. A typical photosynthetic cell (or mesophyll cell) of a green leaf may contain 100 or more tiny chloroplasts in it, and a whole leaf may contain many thousands of photosynthetic cells.
  • Carbon dioxide needed for photosynthesis enters from the air into the leaf through the stomata in its surface and then diffuses into the mesophyll cells and reaches the chloroplasts.
  • Water is carried to the leaf by xylem vessels and passes into the mesophyll cells by diffusion and reaches the chloroplasts.
  • There is a thin, waxy protective layer called cuticle above and below a leaf which helps to reduce the loss of water from the leaf.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Nutrition in Animals

  • We have just studied the nutrition in plants. We have learnt that plants are autotrophic organisms which can manufacture their own food.
  • So, plants don’t have to look to others for getting their food. They are food producers themselves. But this is not so in the case of animals.
  • Animals are heterotrophs and hence they depend on other organisms for their food. Thus, animals need an external source of food. We will now discuss how animals obtain their food.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Animals Obtain Their Food From Plants Or Other Animals

  • Since animals cannot make their own food, they depend on readymade food.
  • This readymade food comes either from ‘plants’ or from ‘other animals’. Thus, animals obtain their food from plants or other animals (which they eat). We (human beings) are also animals.
  • We obtain the foods like wheat, rice, pulses (dal), fruits and vegetables from plants. And the foods like milk, curd, cheese and eggs are obtained from animals. Some people also eat meat, chicken and fish as food.
  • These foods are also obtained from animals. Many other animals obtain their food by eating the flesh of other animals. For example, the fish, birds, snakes and insects, all obtain their food from other animals.
  • The big fish eats small fish; the birds eat worms and insects; the snake eats frogs and the insects eat dead bodies of animals. The non-green plants also obtain their food from other plants and animals.

 

life - process -even - some - of the - plants- can - eat - insects- figure -23

  • Yeast plant is one such example. Even the plants can eat insects. For example, the pitcher plant and the venus fly-trap are the two plants which eat insects.
  • All the animals can be divided into three groups on the basis of their food habits (or eating habits).

These are:

  1.  Herbivores,
  2. Carnivores, and
  3. Omnivores.

We will now discuss herbivores, carnivores and omnivores in somewhat detail. Let us start with the herbivores.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Herbivores

Some animals eat only plants (or their products). Those animals which eat only plants are called herbivores. The herbivores may eat grasses, leaves, grains, fruits or the bark of trees. Some of the examples of herbivores are: Goat, Cow, Buffalo, Sheep, Horse, Deer, Camel, Ass, Ox, Elephant, Monkey, Squirrel, Rabbit, Grasshopper and Hippopotamus. Cow is called a herbivore because it eats only plants as food. Thus, herbivores are plant eaters. Herbivores are also called herbivorous animals.

life- process-herbivores- carnivores- and - omnivores - figure -24

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Carnivores

Some animals eat only other animals. They do not eat plant food at all. Those animals which eat only other animals as food are called carnivores. Carnivores eat only the meat (or flesh) of other animals. So, we can also say that: Those animals which eat only the meat (or flesh) of other animals are called carnivores. Some of the examples of carnivores are: Lion, Tiger, Frog, Vulture, Kingfisher, Lizard, Wolf, Snake and Hawk. Lion is called a carnivore because it eats only the meat (or flesh) of other animals like deer, rabbit, goat, etc. Thus, carnivores are meat eaters. Carnivores are also called carnivorous animals.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Omnivores

  • Some animals eat both, plants as well as other animals as food. Those animals which eat both, plants and animals, are called omnivores.
  • In other words, the omnivores eat plant food as well as the meat (or flesh) of other animals. Some of the examples of omnivores are: Man (Human beings), Dog, Crow, Sparrow, Bear, Mynah, and Ant.
  • Man is called an omnivore because he eats the plant food (such as grains, pulses, fruits and vegetables) as well as the meat of animals (such as goat, chicken and fish).
  • Thus, omnivores are plant eaters as well as meat eaters. Omnivores are also called omnivorous animals.

life-process-show-how- all - the - living - things -depends - on - the- sun - for - the - food - figure -24

  • All the living things on earth actually depend on the sun for their food.
  • Plants use the energy of sun and prepare food by photosynthesis. The plants utilise this food for maintaining their life. These plants (and their products) are also eaten up by herbivores and omnivores as food.
  • And the carnivores eat herbivores as food. In this way, it is the energy of the sun which provides food for plants, and animals (herbivores, carnivores and omnivores).  the goat is a herbivore which eats plants; man is an omnivore who eats both, plants and meat of goat; and lion is a carnivore which eats the flesh of goat (The man usually does not get eaten up by lion because he is a very clever fellow!).
  • An organism either makes its own food from raw materials as green plants do or takes in readymade food as animals do. The process of obtaining food and then using it for obtaining energy, growth and repair of the body, is called nutrition. We will now discuss the animal nutrition in detail.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Different Steps In The Process Of Nutrition In Animals

There are five main processes concerned with the use of food by animals. In other words, there are five steps in the process of nutrition in animals. These are: Ingestion, Digestion, Absorption, Assimilation and Egestion. All these steps are discussed below:

Ingestion

In order to provide the energy necessary for growth and carry on life’s activities, we must ‘eat food’ or ‘take food into the body. The process of taking food into the body is called ingestion. In most simple terms, ingestion means ‘eating of food’ by the animal. we put food into our mouth with hands, we are ingesting (the food).

Digestion

  • The food of most animals consists of large insoluble molecules which cannot be absorbed by the animal’s body in this form. So, before the food can be used by the animal for various functions like getting energy or for growth, it must be broken down into small, water soluble molecules which can be absorbed by the body.
  • The process in which the food containing large, insoluble molecules is broken down into small, water soluble molecules (which can be absorbed by the body) is called digestion. In most simple terms, digestion is the dissolving of the solid food.
  • Digestion makes the food soluble so that it can be utilised by the animal’s body. Most animals use both, physical and chemicalmethods for digesting (breaking up) the large food molecules.
  • Physical methods include chewing and grinding the food in mouth and chemical methods include the addition of digestive juices(enzymes) to food by the body itself.

Absorption

  • Our food contains very big molecules of carbohydrates (like starch), fats and proteins which cannot be absorbed in the body as such.
  • They must be broken down into small, water soluble molecules which can be absorbed by the body. This happens in the process of digestion.
  • After digestion, the food molecules become small and soluble. The soluble food molecules can pass through the walls of our intestine and go into blood.
  • The process in which the digested food passes through the intestinal wall into blood stream is called absorption.

Assimilation

  • Blood carries the absorbed food to all the parts of the body. The food then enters each and every cell of the body where it is used for producing energy and for making materials for the growth and repair of the body. The process in which the absorbed food is taken in by body cells and used for energy, growth and repair, is called assimilation.

Egestion

  • The whole food which we eat is not digested by our body. A part of the food which we eat remains undigested (or insoluble) which cannot be used by the body.
  • This undigested part of the food is then removed from the body in the form of faeces when we go to toilet. The process in which the undigested food is removed from the body is called egestion.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Nutrition In Simple Animals

  • Amoeba and Paramecium are two very simple animals. The body of each one of them consists of a single cell only. They are called unicellular animals.
  • In unicellular animals, all the processes of nutrition are performed by the single cell.
  • This point will become more clear from the following example of the nutrition in Amoeba.

Nutrition in Amoeba

Amoeba is a unicellular animal. Amoeba eats tiny (microscopic) plants and animals as food which float in water in which it lives. The mode of nutrition in Amoeba is holozoic. The process of obtaining food by Amoeba is called phagocytosis (Phagocytosis’ means ‘cell feeding). The various steps involved in the nutrition of Amoeba are: ingestion, digestion, absorption, assimilation, and egestion. All the processes of nutrition are performed by the single cell of Amoeba. This is described below.

life- process-different - stages - in- the -nutrition- of - amoeba- figure -26

Ingestion

  • Amoeba has no mouth or a fixed place for the ingestion of food (intake of food). Amoeba ingests food by using its pseudopodia.
  • When a food particle comes near Amoeba, then Amoeba ingests this food particle by forming temporary finger-like projections called pseudopodia around it.
  • The food is engulfed with a little surrounding water to form a food vacuole inside the Amoeba.
  • This food vacuole can be considered to be a ‘temporary stomach’ of Amoeba.

Digestion

  • In Amoeba, food is digested in the food vacuole by digestive enzymes.
  • The enzymes from surrounding cytoplasm enter into the food vacuole and break down the food into small and soluble molecules by chemical reactions.
  • Thus, digestion in Amoeba takes place inside the food vacuole due to which the food dissolves (or food becomes soluble).

Absorption

  • The digested food present in the food vacuole of Amoeba is absorbed directly into the cytoplasm of Amoeba cell by diffusion.
  • Since Amoeba consists of only one small cell, it does not require blood system to carry the digested food.
  • The digested food just spreads out from the food vacuole into the whole of Amoeba cell. After absorption of food, the food vacuole disappears.

Assimilation

  • A part of the food absorbed in Amoeba cell is used to obtain energy through respiration.
  • The remaining part of absorbed food is used to make the parts of Amoeba cell which lead to the growth of Amoeba.
  • Thus, on assimilating food Amoeba grows in size. And then Amoeba can reproduce by dividing into two daughter cells.

Egestion

  • Amoeba has no fixed place (like anus) for removing the undigested part of food.
  • When a considerable amount of undigested food collects inside Amoeba, then its cell membrane suddenly ruptures at any place and the undigested food is thrown out of the body of Amoeba .

life- proces-egestion-paramecium -puts -the -food -particles -into -its - mouth -with -the- help -of -the - cilia- figure -27(c)

  •  Paramecium is also a tiny unicellular animal which lives in water. Paramecium uses its hair like structures called cilia to sweep the food particles from water and put them into its mouth.
  • The Paramecium has thin, hair-like cilia all over its body. The cilia move back and forth rapidly in water. When the cilia present around the mouth region of Paramecium move back and forth, they sweep the food particles present in water into the mouth of Paramecium.
  • This is the first step in the nutrition of Paramecium which is called ingestion. Ingestion is followed by other steps such as digestion, absorption, assimilation and egestion (as explained in the case of Amoeba).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Nutrition In Complex Multicellular Animals

  • In the complex multicellular animals like man (humans), grasshopper, fish and frog, etc., all the processes involved in nutrition are performed by a combination of digestive organs.
  • This combination of digestive organs is called digestive system. We will now describe all the processes in the nutrition of complex multicellular animals by taking the example of nutrition in human beings.
  • Please note that a long tube running from mouth to anus of a human being (or other animals) in which digestion and absorption of food takes place is called alimentary canal. Alimentary canal is also called ‘gut’. Let us now study the nutrition in human beings.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Nutrition In Human Beings

  • The nutrition in human beings (or man) takes place through human digestive system. The human digestive system consists of the alimentary canal and its associated glands.
  • The various organs of the human digestive system in sequence are: Mouth, Oesophagus (or Food pipe), Stomach, Small intestine and Large intestine.
  • The glands which are associated with the human digestive system and form a part of the human digestive system are: Salivary glands, Liver and Pancreas.
  • The human alimentary canal which runs from mouth to anus is about 9 metres long tube. The ducts of various glands open into the alimentary canal and pour the secretions of the digestive juices into the alimentary canal.
  • The human digestive system We will now describe the various steps of nutrition in human beings (or man).

Ingestion

  • The human beings have a special organ for the ingestion of food. It is called mouth. So, in human beings, food is ingested through the mouth. The food is put into the mouth with the help of hands.

Digestion

  • In human beings, the digestion of food begins in the mouth itself. In fact, the digestion of food starts as soon as we put food in as we put food in our mouth. our mouth. This happens as follows:
  • The mouth cavity (or buccal cavity) contains teeth, tongue, and salivary glands. The teeth cut the food into small pieces, chew and grind it. So, the teeth help in physical digestion. The salivary glands in our mouth produce saliva.
  • Our tongue helps in mixing this saliva with food. Salivais a watery liquid so it wets the food in our mouth. The wetted food can be swallowed more easily. Many times we have observed that when we see or eat a food which we really like, our mouth ‘waters’.
  • This watering of mouth is due to the production of saliva by the salivary glands in the mouth. The salivary glands help in chemical digestion by secreting enzymes. The human saliva contains an enzyme called salivary amylase which digests the starch present in food into sugar.
  • Thus, the digestion of starch (carbohydrate) begins in the mouth itself. Since the food remains in the mouth only for a short time, so the digestion of food remains incomplete in mouth.

 

 

life-process-the- human - digestive - system- figure -28(c)

 

  • The slightly digested food in the mouth is swallowed by the tongue and goes down the food pipe called oesophagus.
  • The oesophagus carries food to the stomach. This happens as follows: The walls of food pipe have muscles which can contract and expand alternately.
  • When the slightly digested food enters the food pipe, the walls of food pipe start contraction and expansion movements.
  • The contraction and expansion movement of the walls of food pipe is called peristaltic movement. This peristaltic movement of food pipe (or oesophagus) pushes the slightly digested food into the stomach (In fact, the peristaltic movement moves the food in all the digestive organs throughout the alimentary canal).
  • The stomach is a J-shaped organ present on the left side of theabdomen. The food is further digested in the stomach.
  • The food is churned in the stomach for about three hours. During this time, the food breaks down into still smaller pieces and forms a semi-solid paste.
  • The stomach wall contains three tubular glands in its walls. The glands present in the walls of the stomach secrete gastric juice. The gastric juice contains three substances : hydrochloric acid, the enzyme pepsin and mucus. Due to the presence of hydrochloric acid, the gastric juice is acidic in nature.
  • In the acidic medium, the enzyme pepsin begins the digestion of proteins present in food to form smaller molecules. Thus, the protein digestion begins in the stomach.
  • Please note that the protein digesting enzyme pepsin is active only in the presence of an acid. So, the function of hydrochloric acid in the stomach is to make the medium of gastric juice acidic so that the enzyme pepsin can digest the proteins properly.
  • Another function of hydrochloric acid is that it kills any bacteria which may enter the stomach with food. The mucus helps to protect the stomach wall from its own secretions of hydrochloric acid.
  • If mucus is not secreted, hydrochloric acid will cause the erosion of inner lining of stomach leading to the formation of ulcers in the stomach. The partially digested food then goes from the stomach into the small intestine.
  • The exit of food from stomach is regulated by a ‘sphincter muscle’ which releases it in small amounts into the small intestine.

From the stomach, the partially digested food enters the small intestine.

  • The small intestine is thelargest part of the alimentary canal. It is about 6.5 metres long in an adult man. Though the small intestine is very long, it is called small intestine because it is very narrow. The small intestine is arranged in the form of a coil in our belly Please note that the length of the small intestine differs in various animals depending on the type of food they eat.
  • For example, cellulose is a carbohydrate food which is digested with difficulty. So, the herbivorous animals like cow which eat grass need a longer ‘small intestine to allow the cellulose present in grass to be digested completely. On the other hand, meat is a food which is easier to digest. So, the carnivorous animals like tigers which eat meat have a shorter ‘small intestine”.

life-process-the-inner-side - of- the -food -pipe - as- viewed - by - an - endoscope- figure -30

The small intestine in human beings is the site of complete digestion of food (like carbohydrates, proteins and fats). This happens as follows:

  •  The small intestine receives the secretions of two glands: liver and pancreas. Liver secretes bile. Bile is a greenish yellow liquid made in the liver which is normally stored in the gall bladder. Bile is alkaline, and contains salts which help to emulsify or break the fats (or lipids) present in the food. Thus, bile performs two functions:
  1.  makes the acidic food coming from the stomach alkaline so that pancreatic enzymes can act on it, and
  2. bile salts break the fats present in the food into small globules making it easy for the enzymes to act and digest them.
  • Pancreas is a large gland which lies parallel to and beneath the stomach  Pancreas secretes pancreatic juice which contains digestive enzymes like pancreatic amylase, trypsin and lipase. The enzyme amylase breaks down the starch, the enzyme trypsin digests the proteins and the enzyme lipase breaks down the emulsified fats.
  • The glands in the walls of the stomach secrete gastric juice containing hydrochloric acid, enzyme pepsin and mucus.
  •  Liver secretes bile into the small  Pancreas secretes pancreatic intestine. We can also see the gall bladder in juice into the small intestine which contains this picture which stores bile. three digestive enzymes: pancreatic amylase, trypsin and lipase.
  • The walls of small intestine contain glands which secrete intestinal juice.
  • The intestinal juice contains a number of enzymes which complete the digestion of complex carbohydrates into glucose, proteins into amino acids and fats into fatty acids and glycerol. Glucose, amino acids, fatty acids and glycerol are small, water soluble molecules.
  • In this way, the process of digestion converts the large and insoluble food molecules into small, water soluble molecules.
  • The chemical digestion of food is brought about by biological catalysts called enzymes.

Absorption

  • After digestion, the molecules of food become so small that they can pass through the walls of the small intestine (which contain blood capillaries) and go into our blood.
  • This is called absorption. The smallintestine is the main region for the absorption of digested food.

life- process-The narrow tube in this picture is the small intestine whereas the widertube is the large intestine. figure -34life-process-Villi-are-present-on-the-inner-surface-of-small-intestine.-They-help-in-absorbing-digested-food-into-the-blood . figure -35life-process-The-X-ray-photograph-of-large-intestine-taken-after-the-person-had-been-given-a-barium-meal- figure -36

  • In fact, the small intestine is especiallyadapted for absorbing the digested food. The inner surface of small intestine has millions of tiny, finger- like projections called villi.
  • The presence of villi gives the inner walls of the small intestine a very large surface area. And the large surface area of small intestine helps in the rapid absorption of digested food.
  • The digested food which is absorbed through the walls of the small intestine, goes into our blood. The narrow tube in this picture is the small intestine whereas the wider tube is the large intestine.
  • Villi are present on the inner surface of small intestine. They help in absorbing digested food into the blood of a person.
  • The X-ray photograph of large intestine taken after the person had been given a barium meal.

Assimilation

  • The blood carries digested and dissolved food to all the parts of the body where it becomes assimilated as part of the cells.
  • This assimilated food is used by the body cells for obtaining energy as well as for growth and repair of the body.
  • The energy is released by the oxidation of assimilated food in the cells during respiration.
  • The digested food which is not used by our body immediately is stored in the liver in the form of a carbohydrate called “glycogen’.
  • This stored glycogen can be used as a source of energy by the body as and when required.

Egestion

  • A part of the food which we eat cannot be digested by our body. This undigested food cannot be absorbed in the small intestine.
  • So, the undigested food passes from the small intestine into a wider tube called large intestine  (It is called large intestine because it is a quite wide tube).
  • The walls undigested part of food becomes almost solid. The last part of the large intestine called ‘rectum’ storesthis undigested food for some time.
  • And when we go to the toilet, then this undigested food is passed out(or egested) from our body through anus as faeces or ‘stool’  The act of expelling the faecesis called egestion or defecation. The exit of faeces is controlled by the anal sphincter.

1 mL of very dilute starch solution (1% starch solution) is taken in a test-tube and1 mL of saliva is added to it. After keeping this mixture for half an hour, a few drops of dilute iodine solution are added to the test-tube. There is no change in colour on adding iodine solution. What does thistell you about the action of saliva on starch?

When a mixture of dilute starch solution andsaliva is kept in a test-tube for half an hour, itdoes not produce a blue-black colour with iodine solution showing that no starch is left in the test-tube.

This tells us that the action of saliva has broken down starch into some other substance which does notgive any colour with iodine solution. Actually, saliva contains an enzyme ‘amylase’ which converts starch into a sugar.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Dental Caries

  • The hard, outer covering of a tooth is called enamel.Tooth enamel is the hardest materialinour body.
  • It is harder than even bones. The part of tooth below enamel is called dentine. Dentine is
  • The formation of small cavities (or holes) in the teeth due to the action of acid-forming bacteria and improperdental care is called dental caries.

life-process-dental-caries-Parts-of-a-tooth-figure -37life-process-dental-Tooth-decay-starts-on-the-top-of- caries-large-back-teeth-and-where-one-tooth-touches-anotherlife-process-shows-badly-teeth-of-a-person-having-dental-caries.

 

  • When we eat sugary food, the bacteria in our mouth act on sugar to produce acids. These acids first dissolve the calcium salts from the tooth enamel and then from dentine forming small cavities (or holes) in the tooth over a period of time.
  • The formation of cavities reduces the distance between the outside of the tooth and the pulp cavity which contains nerves and blood vessels.
  • The acids produced by bacteria irritate the nerve endings inside the tooth and cause toothache.
  • If the cavities caused by dental decay are not cleaned and filled by a dentist, the bacteria will get into the pulp cavity of tooth causing inflammation and infection leading to severe pain.
  • If the teeth are not cleaned regularly, they become covered with a sticky, yellowish layer of food particles and bacteria cells called ‘dental plaque’. Since plaque covers the teeth forming a layer over them, the alkaline saliva cannot reach the tooth surface to neutralise the acid formed by bacteria and hence tooth decay sets in.
  • Brushing the teeth regularly, after eating food, removes the plaque before bacteria produces acids. This will prevent dental caries or tooth decay. Before we go further and discuss respiration.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration

  • We have just studied that digested food is assimilated into the body of the living organisms. The assimilated food is used mainly for two purposes :
  1. Assimilated food is used as a fuel to get energy for various life processes, and
  2. Assimilated food is used as a material for the growth and repair of the body.
  • We will now describe how energy is released from the food which is absorbed and assimilated in the cells of the body. Please note that food is the ‘fuel’ for energy production in cells. Let us see how energy is actually obtained.
  • Most living things need oxygen (of air) to obtain energy from food. This oxygen reacts with the food molecules (like glucose) present in the body cells and burns them slowly to release energy.
  • The energy thus released is stored in ATP molecules in the cells. The body can use this stored energy whenever it wants to do so.
  • The process of releasing energy from food is called respiration. When oxygen burns the food in the cells of the body to release energy, then carbon dioxide and water are produced as waste products which are to be eliminated from the body.
  • The process of respiration involves taking in oxygen (of air) into the cells, using it for releasing energy by burning food, and then eliminating the waste products (carbon dioxide and water) from the body. The process of respiration can be written in the form of a word equation as follows :
  • Food + Oxygen o Carbon dioxide + Water + Energy
  • The process of respiration which releases energy takes place inside the cells of the body. So, it is also known as cellular respiration. The process of cellular respiration is common to all the living organisms.
  • It provides energy to the cells. There are two by-products of cellular respiration : carbon dioxide and water. Out of these only carbon dioxide is considered the real waste product of respiration because its accumulation in the body is harmful to the organism.
  • Water produced during respiration is not harmful to the body. It is rather beneficial for the body.
  • Please note that respiration is essential for life because it provides energy for carrying out all the life processes which are necessary to keep the organisms alive.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Breathing And Respiration

  • The mechanism by which organisms obtain oxygen from the air and release carbon dioxide is calledbreathing. Respiration is a more complex process.
  • Respiration includes breathing as well as the oxidation of food in the cells of the organism to release energy.
  • Breathing is a physical process whereas respiration also includes biochemical process of oxidation of food.
  • The process of breathing involves the lungs of the organism whereas the process of respiration also involves the mitochondria in the cells where food is oxidised to release energy.
  • Respiration is actually a biochemical process which occurs in stages and requires many enzymes.
  • Themain purpose of respiration is the release of energy from the oxidation of simple food molecules like glucose. The energy released during respiration is used for carrying out the biological functions which are necessary for the maintenance of life and survival of an organism.
  • Please note that respiration is just opposite of photosynthesis. This is because photosynthesis makes food (like glucose) by using carbon dioxide, water and sunlight energy, and releasing oxygen; whereas respiration breaks food (like glucose) by using oxygen, and releasing carbon dioxide, water and energy.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology How Energy Released During Respiration Is Stored

  • All the energy released during respiration is not used immediately by an organism (plant or animal). The energy produced during respiration is stored in the form of ATP molecules in the cells of the body and used by the organism as and when required.
  • In order to understand this we should first know the meaning of ADP, ATP and inorganic phosphate. These are given below. ADP is a substance called Adenosine Di-Phosphate. The molecules of ADP are present in a cell. ADP has low energy content.
  • ATP is a substance called Adenosine Tri-Phosphate. It is also present inside a cell. ATP has a high energy content. Inorganic phosphate is a substance which contains a phosphate group made up of phosphorus and oxygen. Inorganic phosphates are also present in a cell. Inorganic phosphate can be represented by writing just ‘Phosphate’. The inorganic phosphate can also be represented by the symbol Pi (where P stands for phosphate and i for inorganic).
  • ADP contains two phosphate groups whereas ATP contains three phosphate groups in its molecule.

The energy released during respiration is used to make ATP molecules from ADP and inorganic phosphate. This happens as follows : ADP combines with inorganic phosphate by absorbing the energy released during respiration to form ATP molecules. That is :

formula

 

formula-1

  • The energy equivalent to 30.5 kJ/mole is released in this process. The energy released by ATP is used to carry out all the endothermic reactions taking place in the cells.
  • Please note that ADP can be converted to ATP by absorbing energy produced during respiration, and ATP can be converted back to ADP releasing energy to be used by the cells, again and again.
  • This ensures a continuous supply of energy to the organism. Just as a battery can provide electrical energy for different purposes such as lighting, heating, running radio and computer, etc., in the same way, the energy stored in ATP is used by the body cells for various purposes like contraction of muscles, conduction of nerve impulses, synthesis of proteins, and many other activities related to the functioning of cells. In fact, ATP is known as the energy currency of cells.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology An Important Discussion

In most of the cases, the organisms (plants and animals) carry out respiration by using oxygen (called aerobic respiration). There are, however, some organisms which carry out respiration without using oxygen (called anaerobic respiration). Before we describe aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration, we should keep the following points in mind which will help us in understanding the two types of respiration.

  1. Glucose is C6H12O6. It is a six carbon atom compound. It is the simple food which is oxidised in the cells of organisms during respiration.
  1. The oxidation of glucose to pyruvic acid (or pyruvate) is called glycolysis. It occurs in the cytoplasm of a cell and not in mitochondria. The oxidation of glucose to pyruvic acid does not require oxygen. One molecule of glucose on glycolysis produces two molecules of pyruvic acid (or pyruvate).
  1. Pyruvic acid is a three carbon atom compound. It is also called pyruvate. The formula of pyruvic acid or pyruvate is . It is a ketonic carboxylic acid.
  1. The fate of pyruvate formed during respiration depends on whether oxygen is present in the cells or not. If oxygen is present in the cells, then pyruvate is completely oxidised to carbon dioxide and water, and a lot of energy is produced (in the form of ATP). If, however, oxygen is not present in the cells (that is, in the absence of oxygen), pyruvate is converted to either ‘ethanol and carbon dioxide’ or ‘lactic acid’ depending on whether such a process is taking place in a plant cell or an animal cell. Much less energy is released in this case.
  1. Lactic acid is also a three carbon atom compound. It is also called lactate. The formula of lactic acid or lactate is . It is a hydroxy carboxylic acid.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Types of Respiration

So far we have studied that respiration takes place in the presence of oxygen (of air). Respiration can, however, also take place in the absence of oxygen (of air), though it is very rare. This means that oxidation of food to obtain energy can occur in the presence of oxygen as well as in the absence of oxygen. Based on this, we have two types of respiration : aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Aerobic Respiration

  • The respiration which uses oxygen is called aerobic respiration. It is called aerobic respiration because it uses air which contains oxygen (‘aerobic’ means ‘with air’).
  • In aerobic respiration, the glucose food is completely broken down into carbon dioxide and water by oxidation. Aerobic respiration produces a considerable amount of energy for use by the organism which gets stored in the ATP molecules.
  • The breaking down of glucose (food) during aerobic respiration (which is carried out by most of the organisms) can be represented as follows :

formula-2

  • Please note that during aerobic respiration (shown above), 1 molecule of glucose (food) produces 38 energy-rich ATP molecules (Please do not worry about the name ‘Kreb’s cycle’ written in the above equation.
  • We will study this in higher classes). All the organisms which obtain energy by aerobic respiration, cannot live without oxygen (of air).
  • This is because if there is no oxygen, they cannot get energy from the food which they eat. Mitochondria are the sites of aerobic respiration in the cells .
  • Thus, the breakdown of pyruvate to give carbon dioxide, water and energy takes place in mitochondria.

yeast

  • The energy released during aerobic respiration is used by the organism. Most of the living organisms carry out aerobic respiration (by using oxygen of air).
  • For example, humans (man), dogs,cats, lions, elephants, cows, buffaloes, goat, deer, birds, lizards, snakes, earthworms, frogs, fish, and insects (such as cockroach, grasshopper, houseflies, mosquitoes and ants, etc.) and most of the plants carry out aerobic respiration by using oxygen of air (to obtain energy).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Anaerobic Respiration

  • The respiration which takes place without oxygen is called anaerobic respiration. It is called anaerobic respiration because it takes place without air which contains oxygen (‘anaerobic’ means ‘without air’).
  • The microscopic organisms like yeast and some bacteria obtain energy by anaerobic respiration (which is called fermentation).
  • In anaerobic respiration, the micro-organisms like yeast break down glucose (food) into ethanol and carbon dioxide, and release energy.
  • This energy is then used by the micro-organisms.
  • Anaerobic respiration produces much less energy which gets stored in the ATP molecules. The breaking down of glucose (food) during anaerobic respiration carried out by yeast (plants) can be represented as follows :

formula-3

  • Please note that during anaerobic respiration (shown above), 1 molecule of glucose (food) produces only 2 energy-rich ATP molecules. A few organisms such as yeast plants and certain bacteria (called anaerobic bacteria) can obtain energy from food in the absence of oxygen by the process of anaerobic respiration.
  • Please note that all the organisms which obtain energy by anaerobic respiration can live without oxygen (of air).
  • For example, the single-celled, non-green plant called ‘yeast’ can live without oxygen because it obtains energy by the process of anaerobic respiration.
  • From this discussion we conclude that all the cells do not use oxygen to produce energy. Energy can be produced in cells even without oxygen.
  • Please note that the whole process of anaerobic respiration takes place in the cytoplasm of cells.
  • We can carry out the fermentation of sugar by using the anaerobic respiration of yeast as follows :
  • Take some sugar solution (or fruit juice) in a test-tube and add a little of yeast to it. Close the mouth of the test-tube with a cork and allow it to stand for some time. Now, open the cork and smell.
  • A characteristic smell of ethanol (ethyl alcohol) is obtained from the test-tube. A gas is also evolved during this process.
  • When this gas is passed through lime-water, the lime-water turns milky showing that it is carbon dioxide gas. This experiment tells us that the products of fermentation of sugar brought about by yeast are ethanol and carbon dioxide.
  • We (the human beings) obtain energy by aerobic respiration. But anaerobic respiration can sometimes take place in our muscles (or the muscles of other animals).
  • For example, anaerobic respiration takes place in our muscles during vigorous physical exercise when oxygen gets used up faster in the muscle cells than can be supplied by the blood.
  • When anaerobic respiration takes place in human muscles (or animal muscles), then glucose (food) is converted into lactic acid with the release of a small amount of energy.
  • The breaking down of glucose (food) during anaerobic respiration in muscles can be represented as follows :

formula-4

  • The sudden build up of lactic acid in our muscles during vigorous physical activity can cause muscular ‘cramps’. (The painful contractions of muscles are called cramps). Let us discuss this in a little more detail.
  • During heavy physical exercise (or any other heavy physical activity), most of the energy in our muscles in produced by aerobic respiration.
  • Anaerobic respiration in muscles provides only some extra energy which is needed under the conditions of heavy physical activity (like running very fast or running for a long time) (see the people running a long distance race).
  • The anaerobic respiration by muscles brings about partial breakdown of glucose (food) to form lactic acid. This lactic acid accumulates in the muscles.
  • The accumulation of lactic acid in the muscles causes muscle cramps. Thus, muscle cramps occur due to the accumulation of lactic acid in muscles when the muscles respire anaerobically (without oxygen) while doing hard physical exercise.

 

physical-exercise

  • We can get relief from cramps in muscles caused by heavy exercise by taking a hot water bath or a massage. Hot water bath (or massage) improves the circulation of blood in the muscles.
  • Due to improved blood flow,the supply of oxygen to the muscles increases. Thisoxygen breaks down lactic acid accumulated in muscles into carbon dioxide and water, and hence gives us relief from cramps.
  • The anaerobic respiration does not take place only in the muscles of human beings, it also takes place in the muscles of other animals such as lion, tiger, cheetah, deer, and many other animals.

 

fast-running-deer-escape-from-tiger

  • when they run very fast and require much more energy than normal. This means that even the animals likelion, tiger, cheetah and deer, etc., can get leg cramps due to the accumulation of lactic acid in leg muscles if they run very fast for a considerable time. Please note that :
  • the anaerobic respiration in plants (like yeast) produces ethanol and carbon dioxide as end products.
  • the anaerobic respiration in animal muscle tissue produces lactic acid as the end product.
  • The similarity between aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration is that in both the cases, energy is produced by the breakdown of food like glucose. The main differences between aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration are given below.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Differences Between Aerobic And Anaerobic Respiration

Aerobic respiration

  1. Aerobic respiration takes place in the presence of oxygen.
  2. Complete breakdown of food occurs in aerobic respiration.
  3. The end products in aerobic respiration are carbon dioxide and water.
  4. Aerobic respiration produces a considerable amount of energy.

Anaerobic respiration

  1. Anaerobic respiration takes place in the absence of oxygen.
  2. Partial breakdown of food occurs in anaerobic respiration.
  3. The end products in anaerobic respiration may be  ethanol and carbon dioxide (as in yeast plants), or lactic acid (as in animal muscles).
  4.  Much less energy is produced in anaerobic respiration. Let us answer one question now.

Sample Problem. The breakdown of pyruvate to give carbon dioxide, water and energy takes place in :

  • cytoplasm
  • mitochondria
  • chloroplast
  • nucleus
Answer. mitochondria

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration in Plants

Like animals, plants also need energy. The plants get this energy by the process of respiration. Plants also use oxygen of air for respiration and release carbon dioxide. Thus, the respiration in plants also involves the exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide.So, oxygen and carbon dioxide are called respiratory gases. Therespiration in plants differs from that in animals in three respects :

  1. All the parts of a plant (like root, stem and leaves) perform respiration individually. On the other hand, an animal performs respiration as a single unit.
  1. During respiration in plants, there is a little transport of respiratory gases from one part of the plant to the other. On the other hand, respiratory gases are usually transported over long distances inside an animal during respiration.
  1. The respiration in plants occurs at a slow rate. On the other hand, the respiration in animals occurs at a much faster rate.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Plants Get Oxygen By Diffusion

Plants have a branching shape, so they have quite a large surface area in comparison to their volume. Therefore, diffusion alone can supply all the cells of the plants with as much oxygen as they need for respiration. Diffusion occurs in the roots, stems and leaves of plants.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration In Roots

  • Air is present in-between the particles of soil. The roots of a plant take the oxygen required for respiration from the air present in-between the soil particles by the process of diffusion.
  • The extensions of the epidermal cells of a root are called root hair. The root hair are in contact with the air in the soil. Oxygen (from air in the soil particles) diffuses into root hairs and reaches all the other cells of the root for respiration.
  • Carbondioxide gas produced in the cells of the root during respiration moves out through the same root hairs by the process of diffusion. Thus, the respiration in roots occurs by the diffusion of respiratory gases (oxygen and carbon dioxide) through the root hairs.
  • It has been found that the land plants die if their roots remain waterlogged for a considerable time. This is because too much water expels all the air fromin-between the soil particles.
  • Due to this, oxygen is not available to the roots for aerobic respiration. Under these conditions, the roots will respire anaerobically, producing alcohol. This may kill the plant.
  • In order to understand the respiration in stems of plants we should remember that the soft stems of small, herbaceous plants have stomata in them whereas the hard and woody stems of large plants and trees have lenticels in them.
  • Lenticel is a small area of bark in a woody stem where the cells are loosely packed allowing the gaseous exchange to take place between the air and the living cells of the stem.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration In Stems

  • The stems of herbaceous plants (or herbs) have stomata. So, the exchange of respiratory gases in the stems of herbaceous plants takes place through stomata.
  • The oxygen from air diffuses into the stem of a herbaceous plant through stomata and reaches all the cells for respiration.

stems-respiration

  • The carbon dioxide gas produced during respiration diffuses out into the air through the same stomata. The hard and woody stems of big plants or trees do not have stomata. In woody stems, the bark (outer covering of stem) has lenticels for gaseous exchange.
  • The oxygen from air diffuses into the stem of a woody plant through lenticels and reaches all the inner cells of the stem for respiration.
  • The carbon dioxide gas produced in thecells of the stem during respiration diffuses out into the air through the same lenticels.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration In Leaves

  • The leaves of a plant have tiny pores called stomata.The exchange of respiratory gases in the leaves takes place by the process of diffusion through stomata.
  • Oxygen from air diffuses into a leaf through stomata and reaches all the cells where it is used in respiration.
  • The carbon dioxide produced during respiration diffuses out from the leaf into the air through the same stomata.
  • It should be noted that respiration in leaves occurs during the day time as well as at night. On the other hand, photosynthesis occurs only during the day time (no photosynthesis occurs at night).
  • Due to this, the net gaseous exchange in the leaves of a plant is as follows :
  •  During day time, when photosynthesis occurs, oxygen is produced. The leaves use some of this oxygen for respiration and the rest of oxygen diffuses out into air. Again, during day time, carbon dioxide produced by respiration is all used up in photosynthesis by leaves. Even more carbon dioxide is taken in from air. Thus, the net gas exchange in leaves during day time is : O2 diffuses out ; CO2 diffuses in.
  •  At night time, when no photosynthesis occurs and hence no oxygen is produced, oxygen from air diffuses into leaves to carry out respiration. And carbon dioxide produced by respiration diffuses out into air. So, the net gas exchange in leaves at night is : O2 diffuses in; CO2 diffuses out.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration In Animals

Different animals have different modes of respiration. For example :

  •  In simple unicellular animals like Amoeba, respiration takes place by the simple diffusion of gases through the cell membrane. Most of the animals have, however, specific organs for respiration.
  • The animals like earthworms which live in the soil use their skin to absorb oxygen from air and remove carbon dioxide. So, the respiratory organ in the earthworm is the skin.
  • The aquatic animals like fish, prawns and mussels have gills as the respiratory organs which extract oxygen dissolved in water and take away carbon dioxide from the body.
  •  In the insects like grasshopper, cockroach, housefly and a mosquito, the tiny holes called spiracles on their body and the air tubes called tracheae are the respiratory organs.

respiration-in-animals

  • Grasshopper (an insect) breathes and respires through tiny holes called spiracles, air tubes called tracheae and their branches called tracheoles.
  •  The respiratory organs of the land animals such as man (humans), birds, lizard, dog, and frog, etc., are the lungs. (Frogs, however, breathe both by lungs and skin). Once the air (containing oxygen) enters the skin or lungs, blood absorbs the oxygen and transports it to various tissues of the animal. Blood also picks up the carbon dioxide from the tissues and brings it back to the skin or lungs for throwing it out into the air. Please note that all the respiratory organs (whether skin, gills, trachea or lungs) have three common features :
  1. All the respiratory organs have a large surface area to get enough oxygen.
  2. All the respiratory organs have thin walls for easy diffusion and exchange of respiratory gases.
  3. All the respiratory organs like skin, gills and lungs have a rich blood supply for transporting respiratory gases (only in the tracheal system of respiration, air reaches the cells directly).
  • The animals which live in water (aquatic animals) use the oxygen dissolved in water to carry out respiration. Since the amount of dissolved oxygen in water is low as compared to the amount of oxygen in the air, therefore, the rate of breathing in aquatic animals in much faster than in terrestrial animals (or land animals).
  • A faster rate of breathing provides more oxygen to the aquatic animal. The terrestrial animals (or land animals) use the oxygen of air or atmosphere for breathing and respiration.
  • Thus, a terrestrialanimal has an advantage over an aquatic animal in regard to obtaining oxygen for respiration that it is surrounded by an oxygen-rich atmosphere from where it can take any amount of oxygen.
  • We will now describe the process of respiration in Amoeba, earthworm, fish and human beings.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration In Amoeba

  • Amoeba is a single-celled animal. Amoeba depends on simple diffusion of gases for breathing.
  • The diffusion of gases takes place through the thin cell membrane of Amoeba. In other words, the exchange of gases in Amoeba takes place through its cell membrane. Let us discuss this in somewhat detail. Amoeba lives in water. This water has oxygen gas dissolved in it. The oxygen from water diffuses into the body of Amoeba through its cell membrane.

breathing-amoeba

  • Since the Amoeba is very small in size, so the oxygen spreads quickly into the whole body of Amoeba. This oxygen is used for respiration(energy release) inside the Amoeba cell. The process of respiration produces carbon dioxide gas continuously. This carbon dioxide gas diffuses out through the membrane of Amoeba into the surrounding water.
  • Thus, the breathing surface (or respiratory surface) of Amoeba is its cell surface membrane. In addition to Amoeba, other simple animals like Paramecium and Planaria also depend on the simple diffusion of gases for breathing and respiration.Thus, Amoeba, Paramecium and Planaria all breathe through their cell membranes.
  • In the small, single-celled animals such as Amoeba, the volume of their body is so small that oxygen can be introduced quickly into the whole body by the process of diffusion.This is because due to the smallness of Amoeba cell, the oxygen does not have to go far. But this is not so in larger animals like earthworms, grasshopper, fish and man (humans), etc.
  • In large animals, the volume of body is so big that oxygen cannot diffuse into all the cells of the body quickly. This is because in these cases the oxygen has to travel a very large distance to reach each and every cell of the body. So, in large animals, there is a blood circulatory system to carry oxygen to all the parts of the body quickly (and remove carbon dioxide).
  • The blood contains respiratory pigments which take up oxygen from air and carry it to the body cells. This will become more clear from the following example.

Diffusion is insufficient to meet the oxygen requirements of large multicellular organisms like humans because the volume of human body is so big that oxygen cannot diffuse into all the cells of the human body quickly.

  • This is because oxygen will have to travel large distances inside the human body to reach each and every cell of the body. Diffusion being a very slow process will take a lot of time to make oxygen available to all the body cells.

red-blood-cells

  • For example, it has been estimated that if diffusion were to provide oxygen in our body, then it would take about 3 years for a molecule of oxygen from our lungs to reach our toes by the process of diffusion. On the other hand, the blood circulatory system in humans carries oxygen to all the parts of the body quickly (and removes carbon dioxide).
  • Actually, human blood contains a respiratory pigment called haemoglobin which carries the oxygen from the lungs to all the body cells very efficiently. Haemoglobin is present in red blood corpuscles. We will now discuss the process of breathing and respiration in some large animals like earthworm, fish and humans.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration In Earthworm

  • The earthworm exchanges the gases through its skin (see Figure 56). This means that the respiratory surface of an earthworm is its skin. The skin of an earthworm is quite thin and moist, and has a good blood supply.

respiration-in-earth-worms

  • So, the earthworm absorbs the oxygen needed for respiration through its moist skin. This oxygen is then transported to all the cells of the earthworm by its blood where it is used in respiration. The carbon dioxide produced during respiration is carried back by the blood.
  • This carbon dioxide is expelled from the body of the earthworm through its skin. Thus, in earthworm, gaseous exchange takes place through the skin which is thin and moist. Just like earthworms, the leeches also absorb the oxygen needed for respiration through their skin. And carbon dioxide produced inside the leeches (during respiration) also goes out through the skin.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration In Fish

  • The fish has special organs of breathing called ‘gills’. The fish has gills on both the sides of its head. The gills are covered by gill covers so they are not visible from outside. The fish lives in water and this water contains dissolved oxygen in it. For breathing, the fish uses the oxygen which is dissolved in water. This happens as follows.

respiration-in-fish

  • The fish breathes by taking in water through its mouth and sending it over the gills. When water passes over the gills, the gills extract dissolved oxygen from this water. The water then goes out through the gill slits (hidden under the gill cover). Thus, the dissolved oxygen is extracted from water by the fish when it flows over the gills.
  • The extracted oxygen is absorbed by the blood and carried to all the parts of the fish. The carbon dioxide produced by respiration is brought back by the blood into the gills for expelling into the surrounding water. The fish has no lungs like us, the gaseous exchange in fish takes place in the gills. So, the respiratory surface of a fish is the surface of its gills.
  • It is a common observation that when a fish is taken out from water it dies soon (even though there is a lot of oxygen in the air around it). This is because a fish does not have lungs to utilise the oxygen of air for breathing and respiration. The fish has gills which can extract only dissolved oxygen from water and provide it to fish.
  • Gills cannot take in the oxygen from air on land. Since fish does not get oxygen for breathing when taken out of water, it dies. In addition to fish, many other aquatic animals like prawns and mussels also have special organs called ‘gills’ for breathing and respiration.
  • Please note that the fish and earthworm do not exchange the gases during respiration in the same way. The fish exchanges the gases by using its special organs called ‘gills’ whereas the earthworm exchanges the gases through its thin and moist ‘skin’.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiration In Humans

  • Like other land animals, human beings are air breathers. Air contains oxygen. The human beings need oxygen to stay alive. We get this oxygen by breathing in air. The oxygen helps to break down the food absorbed in the body to release energy.
  • This energy is used for maintaining our life. The process by which energy is released from food in our body is called respiration. Carbon dioxide and water are the two by- products of respiration. The process of respiration takes place inside the cells of our body. It involves our respiratory system.
  • The function of respiratory system is to breathe in oxygen for respiration (producing energy from food), and to breathe out carbon dioxide produced by respiration. The breathing organs of human beings are lungs . It is in the lungs that the gases are exchanged between the blood and air.

respiration-in-humans

  • The gases exchanged between blood and air are oxygen and carbon dioxide. We will now describe the human respiratory system in detail. Before we go further and describe the human respiratory system in detail, it is necessary to learn the process of breathing which is an important part of respiration. This is discussed below.
  • We can live without food and water for many days but we cannot live for more than a few minutes without air. This is because air is necessary for breathing. During breathing, we take air into our lungs through the nose, and then expel it. The ordinary air which we take into the lungs is rich in oxygen but the air expelled from the lungs is rich in carbon dioxide.
  • We can now define breathing as follows : Breathing is the process by which air rich in oxygen is taken inside the body of an organism and air rich in carbon dioxide is expelled from the body (with the help of breathing organs). The breathing in human beings takes place through the organs called lungs.
  • The taking in of air rich in oxygen into the body during breathing is called ‘inhalation’ and giving out (or expelling) the air rich in carbon dioxide is called ‘exhalation’. Both, inhalation and exhalation take placeregularly during breathing. A breath means ‘one inhalation plus one exhalation’. We know that air contains
  • oxygen. So, when we breathe in air, it is actually the oxygen gas present in air which is utilised by our body (to break down food and produce energy). Thus, we ‘breathe in’ air to supply oxygen to the cells of our body (for the breakdown of food to release energy), and we ‘breathe out’ to remove waste product carbon dioxide from our body
  • (which is produced during the breakdown of food in the cells). Breathing is a continuous process which goes on all the time throughout our life.

We will now learn the mechanism of breathing.

  • That is , we will now learn how air from outside is sucked into our lungs during inhaling (breathing in), and how air from our lungs is pushed out during exhaling (breathing out). The process of breathing takes place in our lungs. Lungs are connected to our nostrils (holes in the nose) through nasal passage (or nasal cavity) and windpipe.
  • When we inhale air, it enters our nostrils , passes through nasal passage and windpipe, and reaches our lungs. Our two lungs hang in an airtight space in our body called ‘chest cavity’. Around the sides of the chest cavity is the rib cage with sheets of muscles between the ribs. The rib cage encloses the lungs in it .
  • At the bottom of the chest cavity is a curved sheet of muscle called diaphragm .Diaphragmforms the floor of chest cavity. Breathing involves the movements of the rib cage and the diaphragm. This happens as follows :

Breathing in. When we breathe in (or inhale), then two things happen at the same time :

  • the muscles between the ribs contract causing the rib cage to move upward and outward, and
  •  the diaphragm contracts and moves downward [see Figure 63(a)]. The upward and outward movement of rib cage, as well as the downward movement of diaphragm, both increase the space in the chest cavity and make it larger. As the chest cavity becomes larger, air is sucked in from outside into the lungs. The lungs get filled up with air and expand.

mechanmism-of-breathing

  • Breathing in : chest cavity becomes (b) Breathing out : chest cavity becomes bigger, air is sucked into lungs smaller, air is pushed out of lungs . The mechanism of breathing.
  •  Breathing out. When we breathe out (or exhale), even then two things happen at the same time :
  • the muscles between the ribs relax causing the rib cage to move downward and inward, and
  • thediaphragm relaxes and moves upward. The downward and inward movement of rib cage,as well as the upward movement of diaphragm, both decrease the space in our chest cavity and make it smaller. As the chest cavity becomes smaller, air is pushed out from the lungs.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Respiratory System in Humans

  • In human beings, many organs take part in the process of respiration. We call them organs of respiratory system. The main organs of human respiratory system are : Nose, Nasal passage (or Nasal cavity), Trachea, Bronchi, Lungs and Diaphragm. The human respiratory system.
  • The human respiratory system begins from the nose. Our nose has two holes in it which are called nostrils. There is a passage in the nose behind the nostrils which is called nasal passage (or nasal cavity). The air for respiration is drawn into our body through the nostrils present in the nose.

human-respiration-system

  • This air then goes into nasal passage. The nasal passage is separated from the mouth cavity (buccal cavity or oral cavity) by a hard, bony palate so that we can breathe in air even when we are eating food (and the mouth cavity is filled with food). The nasal passage is lined with fine hair and mucus (Mucus is secreted by the glands inside the nasal passage).
  • When air passes through the nasal passage, the dust particles and other impurities present in it are trapped by nasal hair and mucus so that clean air goes into the lungs. The part of throat between the mouth and wind pipe is called pharynx. From the nasal passage, air enters into pharynx and then goes into the wind pipe (or trachea) .
  • The trachea is a tube which is commonly known as wind pipe. The air coming from the nostrils during breathing passes through trachea. Trachea does not collapse even when there is no air in it because it is supported by rings of soft bones called cartilage. The upper end of trachea has a voice box called larynx.
  • The trachea runs down the neck and divides into two smaller tubes called ‘bronchi’ at its lower end. (The singular of bronchi is bronchus). The two bronchi are connected to the two lungs. The lungs lie in the chest cavity or thoracic cavity which is separated from abdominal cavity by a muscular partition called diaphragm.
  • The lungs are covered by two thin membranes called pleura. The lungs are enclosed in a ‘rib cage’ made of bones called ‘ribs’. We have not shown the rib cage to keep the diagram simple. Each bronchus divides in the lungs to form a large number of still smaller tubes called ‘bronchioles’.
  • The smallest bronchioles have tiny air-sacs at their ends. The pouch-like air-sacs at the ends of the smallest bronchioles are called ‘alveoli’ (singular alveolus). The walls of alveoli are very thin and they are surrounded by very thin blood capillaries. It is in the alveoli that oxygen is taken into the body and carbon dioxide is eliminated. In other words, it is in the alveoli that gaseous exchange takes place.
  • The human lungs have been designed to maximise the exchange of gases as follows : There are millions of alveoli in the lungs. The presence of millions of alveoli in the lungs provides a very large area for the exchange of gases. And the availability of large surface area maximises the exchange of gases.
  • For example, if all alveoli from the two human lungs are unfolded, they would give an area of about 80 square metres (which is nearly the size of a tennis court !). The diaphragm is a sheet of muscle below the lungs. It helps in ‘breathing in’ and ‘breathing out’. The muscles of chest also help in breathing in and breathing out.

lungs

  • When we breathe in air, the diaphragm and muscles attached to the ribs contract due to which our chest cavity expands. This expansion movement of the chest increases the volume inside the chest cavity.
  • Due to increase in volume, the air pressure decreases inside the chest cavity and air from outside (being at higher pressure) rushes into the lungs through the nostrils, trachea and bronchi. In this way, during the process of ‘breathing in’ the air sacs or alveoli of the lungs get filled with air containing oxygen.
  • The alveoli are surrounded by very thin blood vessels called capillaries carrying blood in them. So, the oxygen of air diffuses out from the alveoli walls into the blood. The oxygen is carried by blood to all the parts of the body (This oxygen is carried by a red pigment called haemoglobin present in blood).
  • As the blood passes through the tissues of the body, the oxygen present in it diffuses into the cells (due to its higher concentration in the blood). This oxygen combines with the digested food (glucose) present in the cells to release energy. Carbon dioxide gas is produced as a waste product during respiration in the cells of the body tissues. This carbon dioxide diffuses into the blood (due to its higher concentration in body tissues).
  • Blood carries the carbon dioxide back to the lungs where it diffuses into the alveoli. When we breathe out air, the diaphragm and the muscles attached to the ribs relax due to which our chest cavity contracts and becomes smaller. This contraction movement of the chest pushes out carbon dioxide from the alveoli of the lungs into the trachea, nostrils and then out of the body into air.
  • In this way the process of gaseous exchange is completed in the human respiratory system. Please note that during the breathing cycle, when air is taken in (or inhaled) and let out (or exhaled), the lungs always contain a certain residual volume of air so that there is sufficient time ‘for the oxygen to be absorbed’ into the blood and ‘for the carbon dioxide to be released’ from the blood. Another point to be noted is that carbon dioxide is more soluble in water (than oxygen), so it is mostly transported in the dissolved form in our blood.

Experiment to Show That Carbon Dioxide is Produced During Respiration

  • We know that carbon dioxide gas turns lime-water milky. The fact that carbon dioxide is produced during respiration can be shown by demonstrating the effect of inhaled air and exhaled air on lime-water.
  • The apparatus to demonstrate the effect of inhaled air and exhaled air on lime-water.
  • The apparatus consists of two boiling tubes A and B fitted with two-holed corks. The boiling tubes A and B are connected through a special type of glass tube C. The left arm of glass tube C is short which goes in the boiling tube A. The right arm of glass tube C is long and dips in lime-water in boiling tube B.The boiling tube A has another bent glass tube D whose longer side dips in lime-water contained in it.
  • The boiling tube B has also another short, bent tube E in it which does not dip in lime-water.  To perform the experiment, we put the top end of the tube C in mouth and ‘breathe in’ and ‘breathe out’ gently. When we breathe in, then the inhaled air (fresh air) enters the glass tube D and passes through the lime-water in boiling tube A. And when we breathe out, then the exhaled air (coming from our lungs) passes through the lime-water in boiling tube B.

inhealed-exhealed-air-carbondi-oxide

  • We continue to breathe in and breathe out for about five minutes. We will find that the lime- water in boiling tube A (in which inhaled air is passed) turns milky only slightly but the lime-water in boiling tube B (in which exhaled air is passed) turns milky appreciably. This shows that less carbon dioxide is present in inhaled air but much more carbon dioxide is present in exhaled air.
  • From this observation we conclude that carbon dioxide is produced during respiration (which comes out in exhaled air). The air which we ‘inhale’ is a mixture of gases and the air which we ‘exhale’ is also a mixture of gases.
  • The only difference in the inhaled air and exhaled air is that they contain different proportions of oxygen, carbon dioxide and water vapour. (The proportion of nitrogen gas in the inhaled air and exhaled air remains the same, 78 per cent, because it is neither used up in respiration nor produced during respiration). The proportions of oxygen, carbon dioxide and water vapour in ‘inhaled air’ and ‘exhaled air’ are given below :

formula-5

  • We can see from the above figures that the air which we inhale contains a greater proportion (21 per cent) of oxygen. Now, some of the oxygen of inhaled air is used up in breaking down glucose food during respiration, so the exhaled air which comes out after the process of respiration contains a lower proportion (16.4 per cent) of oxygen.
  • The air which we inhale contains a lower proportion (0.04 per cent) of carbon dioxide. Now, during respiration, when oxygen breaks down glucose food, then a lot of carbon dioxide is produced, so the exhaled air which comes out after respiration contains a much higher proportion (4.4 per cent) of carbon dioxide.
  • Again, the air which we inhale contains only a little of water vapour. Now, when glucose food is broken down by oxygen during respiration, then water is also produced (alongwith carbon dioxide). So, the exhaled air contains a lot more water vapour than inhaled air.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Rate of Breathing

  • The process of breathing pumps in oxygen into our body (and removes carbon dioxide). Breathing occurs involuntarily (on its own) but the rate of breathing is controlled by the respiratory system of brain.
  • The average breathing rate in an adult man at rest is about 15 to 18 times per minute. This breathing rate increases with increased physical activity. For example, if we do some physical exercise (like sit-up exercise), then our breathing rate goes up considerably. This is because when we do some physical exercise, then our body needs more energy.
  • And to produce more energy through respiration, our body requires more oxygen gas. Rapid breathing supplies more oxygen to body cells for producing more energy required for doing physical exercise. Thus, we breathe faster after exercise so as to produce more energy to compensate the loss of energy suffered by our body in doing exercise.
  • We all breathe through nose. We can, however, not breathe inside water when we are diving. This is because water does not have free air or oxygen for us to breathe (and we do not have gills like the fish to utilise oxygen dissolved in water). So, the deep sea divers carry oxygen gas cylinders with them for breathing when they go under the sea.
  • We have just studied that oxygen required for breathing and respiration (release of energy) is carried by haemoglobin present in our blood. The normal range of haemoglobin in the blood of a healthy adult person is from 12 to 18 grams per decilitre (12 to 18 g/dL) of blood. The deficiency of haemoglobin in the blood of a person reduces the oxygen-carrying capacity of blood resulting in breathing problems, tiredness and lack of energy.
  • The person looks pale and loses weight. Many times we have heard of carbon monoxide poisoning. This happens as follows. Carbon monoxide gas (CO) is formed whenever a fuel burns in an insufficient supply of air. For example, if coal (or charcoal) is burned in a closed space (like a room with closed doors and windows), then a lot of carbon monoxide is formed.
  • Carbon monoxide is also produced when petrol burns in a car engine. Now, we know that haemoglobin present in our blood carries oxygen to all the parts of our body.

rate-of-breathing

  • Haemoglobin has more affinity (or attraction) for carbon monoxide than oxygen, So, if carbon monoxide gas is inhaled by a person, then this carbon monoxide binds very strongly with haemoglobin in the blood and prevents it from carrying oxygen to the brain and other parts of the body.
  • Due to lack of oxygen, the person cannot breathe properly. If carbon monoxide is inhaled for a long time, then the person becomes unconscious and can even die due to oxygen starvation.
  • The persons having breathing problems (or respiratory problems) are given oxygen masks to facilitate breathing. In serious cases, the patient is put on a machine called ‘ventilator’ in which a tube is inserted directly into the trachea (or wind pipe) of the patient to help him in breathing comfortably. Before we go further and describe the transport of materials in plants and animals.

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes History

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Political Science

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Sociology

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Geography

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Economics

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Business Studies

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution Notes

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity And Evolution

A recognisable feature of a human being (or any other organism) like height, complexion, shape of hair, colour of eyes, and shape of nose and chin, etc, are called ‘characters’ or ‘traits’. The transmission of characters (or traits) from the parents to their offsprings is called heredity. In most simple terms, heredity means continuity of features from one generation to the next.

Two parents, a male and a female, are involved in sexual reproduction. The sexually reproducing organisms produce sex cells or gametes. The male gamete called sperm fuses with a female gamete called ovum (or egg) to form a zygote which gradually develops into a young one (or offspring), showing some

. The heredity information is present on the gametes (or sex cells) of the parents. So, gametes constitute the link between one generation and the next and pass on parents’ traits to their children.

similarities with the parents. Actually, the hereditary information is present in the sex cells (or gametes) of the parents. Thus, gametes constitute the link between one generation and the next, and pass on the paternal (father’s) and maternal (mother’s) characters or traits to the offspring. This relation that continues to exist between successive generations is referred to as heredity.

Variations Although the offsprings inherit the characters (or traits) of the parents and resemble them very closelybut the resemblance is not complete in all respects. The offsprings are never a true copy of the parents. In fact, no two individuals are exactly alike and the members of any one species differ from one another in some characters (or traits) or the other. These differences are known as variations. So, from the biological point of view, variation is the occurrence of differences among the individuals of a species.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution

For example, people have different heights. Their complexion, type of hair, colour of eyes, shape of nose and shape of chin also show differences. The differences in the characters (or traits) among the individuals of a species is called variation. For example, human height a trait which shows variation. This is because some people are very tall, some are less tall, some have medium height, some have short height whereas others are very short.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity And Evolution Notes

Here is another example of variations in human beings which involves our ears. The lowest part of our ear is called earlobe. In most of the people, the earlobe is ‘hanging’ and it is called free earlobe In some people, however, the earlobe is closely attached to the side of the head and it is called attached earlobe.

Thus, most people have free earlobes whereas some people have attached earlobes. So, the free earlobes and attached earlobes are the two variations found in human population. Some amount of variations is produced even during asexual reproduction but it is very small. The number of variations produced during sexual reproduction .

Free earlobe or attached earlobe is a variation found in human population.however, very large. For example, the sugar cane plants reproduce by the process of asexual reproduction, so if we observe a field of sugar cane, we will find very little variations in various sugar cane plants. All the sugar cane plants almost look alike. But in animals (including human beings) which reproduce by the process of sexual reproduction, a large number of variations are produced. It is due to these variations that no two human beings look alike (except identical twins).

From this discussion we conclude that the number of successful variations is maximised by the process of sexual reproduction.  The reproduction of organisms produces variations. The variations produced in organisms during successive generations get accumulated in the organisms. The significance of a variation shows up only if it continues to be inherited by the offspring for several generations. This will become clear from the following example.

Suppose a bacterium produces two bacteria by asexual reproduction. Again suppose that one of the offspring bacterium has a variation due to which it can tolerate a little higher temperature (or little more heat) than the other one. Now, this variation of little more heat resistance will go on accumulating in the offsprings of successive generations of this bacterium. And this will ultimately give rise to a variant of bacteria which will be highly heat resistant and able to survive even at very high temperatures.

The great advantage of variation to a species is that it increases the chances of its survival in a changing environment. For example, the accumulation of ‘heat resistant’ variation (or trait) in some bacteria will ensure its survival even when the temperature in its environment rises too much due to a heat wave or some other reasons. On the other hand, the bacteria which did not have this variation to withstand heat would not survive under these circumstances and die.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution

Before we describe Mendel’s experiments for explaining the transmission of characteristics (or traits) from parents to their offsprings or progeny, we should know the meaning of some terms such as chromosome, gene, dominant gene, recessive gene, genotype, phenotype, F₁ generation and F₂ generation. These are described on the next page. Chromosome is a thread-like structure in the nucleus of a cell formed of DNA which carries the genes.

Different organisms have different number of chromosomes in their nuclei. A gene is a unit of DNA on a chromosome which governs the synthesis of one protein that controls a specific characteristic (or trait) of an organism). There are thousands of genes on a chromosome which control various characteristics of an organism. Genes are actually units of heredity which transfer characteristics (or traits) from parents to their offsprings during reproduction. Genes work in pairs.

In diagrams and in explanations of heredity, genes are represented by letters. Genes controlling the same characteristics are given the same letters. For example, the gene for tallness is represented by the letter T whereas the gene for dwarfness is represented by the letter t. The letters T and t actually represent two forms of the same gene (which controls the length of an organism, say the length of stem of a plant).

Please note that genes had not been discovered at the time when Mendel conducted his experiments on pea plants to study the inheritance of characteristics. The term ‘factors’ which were used by Mendel as carriers of heredity information are now known as ‘genes’.

This is a full set of chromosomes present in a human cell. A normal cell of human body contains 23 pair ofchromosomes. 22pairs of chromosomesmatch in males and femalesbut23rdpairisdifferent.Every chromosome has small parts called genes. Genes control the development of inherited characteristics such as hair colour, eye colour and skin colour, etc, in humans.

Genes for controlling the same characteristic of an organism can be of two types : dominant or recessive. The gene which decides the appearance of an organism even in the presence of an alternative gene is known as a dominant gene. It dominates the recessive gene for the same characteristic on the other chromosome of the pair. The gene which can decide the appearance of an organism only in the presence of another identical gene is called a recessive gene.

A single recessive gene cannot decide the appearance of an organism. The dominant gene is represented by a capital letter and the corresponding recessive gene is represented by the corresponding small letter. For example, in pea plants, the dominant gene for tallness is T and the recessive gene for dwartfness is it.

Thus, when we write the genetic cross for pea plant, then the capital ‘T’ represents ‘tall’ and small ‘t’ represents ‘dwarf’. Genotype shows the genetic constitution of an organism. In simple words, genotype is the description of genes present in an organism. Genotype is always a pair of letters such as TT, Tt or tt (where T and t are the different forms of the same gene). Thus, the genotype of a tall plant could be TT or Tt whereas that of a dwarf plant is tt.

This picture shows a tall pea plant on the left side and a short pea plant on the right side This picture shows red and white flowered Busy Lizzie plants.

 

The characteristic (or trait) which is visible in an organism is called its phenotype. For example, being ‘tall’ or ‘dwarf’ (short) are phenotypes of a plant because these traits can be seen by us or they are visible to us. The phenotype of an organism is actually its physical characteristic which is determined by its genotype. For example, genotype TT or Tt results in a tall phenotype and the genotype tt results in a dwarf phenotype.

When two parents cross (or breed) to produce progeny (or offsprings), then their progeny is called first filial generation or F₁ generation (where F stands for Filial which denotes progeny of a cross).

When the first generation progeny cross (or breed) among themselves to produce second generation progeny, then this progeny is called second filial generation or F₂2 generation. In other words, the generation produced by crossing two F₁ progeny is called F₂ generation. An example will make it more clear. Mother and father are parental generation. Their children are F₁ generation, and the grandchildren are F₂ generation.

Gregor Mendel The first scientist to make a systematic study of heredity. He is known as the Father of Genetics

Gregor Mendel was the first scientist to make a systematic study of patterns of inheritance which involved the transfer of characteristics from parents to progeny. He did this by using different varieties of  pea plants (Pisum sativum) which he grew in his garden. Some of the characteristics (or traits) of the pea plants whose transmission to progeny was investigated by Mendel were height of pea plant or length of stem of pea plant (tall or dwarf), shape of seeds (round or wrinkled) and colour of seeds (yellow or green) .

A yet another contrasting characteristics (or traits) investigated were colours of flowers (white or violet). Mendel chose pea plants for studying inheritance because pea plants had a number of clear cut differences which were easy to tell apart. For example, some pea plants were ‘tall’ (having long stem) whereas others were ‘dwarf’ (having short stem). Some pea plants produced round-yellow seeds whereas others produced wrinkled-green seeds, etc.

Some of the characteristics (or traits) of pea plants studied by Mendel.

Another reason for choosing pea plants was that they were self pollinating (which enabled them to produce next generation of plants easily). And finally, Mendel chose peaplants to study inheritance (and not animals including human beings) because many generations of pea plants can be produced in a comparatively short time span and their study is much simpler than that of animals. A new form of plant resulting from a cross (or breeding) of different varieties of a plant is known as a hybrid.

When we breed two pea plants having one contrasting characteristic each (or one trait each) to obtain new plants, then it is called a monohybrid cross. In monohybrid cross we will study the inheritance of one pair of contrasting characteristics ‘tallness’ and ‘dwarfness’ of the pea plants by their first generation and second generation progeny.

On the other hand, if we breed two pea plants having two contrasting characteristics each (or two traits each) to obtain new plants, then it is called a dihybrid cross. In the dihybrid cross we will study the inheritance of two pairs of contrasting characteristics of pea plants such as round-yellow seeds and wrinkled-green seeds.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution

Rules For The Inheritance of Traits: Mendel’s Contribution

Inheritance is the transmission of genetically controlled characteristics (or traits) from one generation to the next. We will now describe how Mendel studied the inheritance of characters or traits in various generations of pea plants cultivated by him. First we will discuss ‘monohybrid inheritance’ which concerns the inheritance of a single characteristic (or single trait) such as plant height. After that we will describe the dihybrid inheritance which involves the inheritance of two characteristics (or two traits) such as seed shape and seed colour.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution Monohybrid Inheritance and the Law of Segregation

  • In order to trace the inheritance of a single pair of contrasting characteristics among the pea plants (like tall stem and short stem), Mendel crossed (cross-bred) the pure-bred pea plants differing in these traits and noted their occurrence in the progeny of succeeding generations.
  • Mendel first crossed pure-bred tall pea plants with pure-bred dwarf pea plants and found that only tall pea plants were produced in the first generation or F₁ generation. No dwarf pea plants (or short pea plants) were obtained in the first generation of progeny. From this Mendel concluded that the first generation (or F₁ cross) showed the traits of only one of the parent plants : tallness. The trait of other parent plant, dwarfness, did not show up in the progeny of first generation.

Acrossofpure-bredtallanddwarfpeaplants

  •  Mendel then crossed the tall pea plants of the first generation (F₁ generation) and found that tall plants and dwarf plants were obtained in the second generation (or F₂ generation) in the ratio of 3 : 1. In other words in the F₂ generation, three-fourth plants were tall and one-fourth were dwarf .Mendel noted that the dwarf trait of the parent pea plant which had seemingly disappeared in the first generation progeny, reappeared in the second generation.

AcrossoftallplantsoF1generationproducestallanddwarfplantsintheratioof31

Mendel said that the trait of dwarfness of one of the parent pea plant had not been lost, it was merely concealed or supressed in the first generation to re- emerge in the second generation. Mendel called the repressed trait of ‘dwarfness’ as ‘recessive trait’ and the expressed trait of ‘tallness’ as the ‘dominant trait’. In this way, Mendel’s experiments with tall and dwarf pea plants showed that the traits may be dominant or recessive.

Mendel also noted that all the pea plants produced from the hybrid tall parents of F₁ generation, were either tall or dwarf. There were no plants with intermediate height (or medium height) in-between the tall and dwarf plants. In this way, Mendel’s experiment showed that the traits (like tallness and dwarfness) are inherited independently.

This is because if the traits of tallness or dwarfness had blended (or mixed up), then medium sized pea plants would have been produced. Out of a total 1064 pea plants of F₂ generation, Mendel found that there were 787 tall pea plants and 277 dwarf pea plants. The ratio of tall plants to dwarf plants comes to be 787 : 277 2.84 1, which is approximately equal to 3 : 1.

Thus, a yet another result obtained from Mendel’s monohybrid inheritance experiment is that the ratio of tall plants to dwarf plants in the F₂ generation is 3 : 1. Since tallness is a dominant trait and dwarfness is a recessive trait, so we can also say that the contrasting progeny in the F₂ generation occur in the ratio of 3 dominant to 1 recessive. The ratio 3 : 1 is known as the monohybrid ratio.

The results of monohybrid cross enabled Mendel to formulate his first law of inheritance which is called the law of segregation. According to Mendel’s first law of inheritance : The characteristics (or traits) of an organism are determined by internal ‘factors’ which occur in pairs. Only one of a pair of such factors can be present in a single gamete. We will now explain the results of monohybrid cross of tall and dwarf pea plants theoretically by using Mendel’s first law of inheritance.

Explanation of Results of Monohybrid Inheritance

  •  Mendel said that each trait is determined by a pair of ‘factors´. This means that the pure-bred tall pea plant has two factors TT for the trait of tallness, and the pure-bred dwarf pea plant also has two factors tt for the trait of dwarfness.
  •  The factors of inheritance of tallness TT separate into two gametes T and T, and the factors for inheritance of dwarfness tt separate into two other gametes t and t (The traits are transmitted to progeny through these gametes).
  • The gametes of tall pea plant then cross with the gametes of the dwarf pea plant by the process of fertilisation to form zygotes which then produce various progeny in the F₁ generation (or first generation) which consists of all tall plants. Thus, the F₁ generation possesses one factor of inheritance from each parent plant which were carried in gametes. The parental cross is shown clearly in the following chart :

parentalclass

In the F₁ generation shown above, all the progeny plants have factors Tt in which T is the factor for tallness which is a dominant trait. Since all the plants in the F₁ generation have the factors Tt, so all of them are tall. The small letter t represents recessive trait of dwarfness, which does not show up in first generation in the presence of dominant trait T.

  • (When two hybrid, tall pea plants (Tt) produced in the first generation (F₁) are now cross-bred with each other, then they will produce second generation (F₂) pea plants. This again happens by the separation of factors of inheritance of these tall plants into individual gametes and then crossing of the gametes during fertilisation as shown below :

f1cross

We can see from the above chart that in the F₂ generation (or second generation), the pea plants produced have genotype or inheritance factors TT, Tt, Tt and tt. Now, the plants having genotype TT, Tt and Tt all contain the factor T for dominant trait ´tallness’, so all the three plants (TT, Tt and Tt) are tall. The plant having the genotype tt has both factors t for the recessive trait ‘dwarfness’, so it is a dwarf plant.

Please note that though a single copy of factor T is enough to make a plant tall but both copies of factor t (that is tt) are necessary to make a plant dwarf (or short). In the F₂ generation, we get 1 plant having genotype TT, 2 plants having genotype Tt and 1 plant having genotype tt. So, the genotypic ratio in monohydrid cross will be :

                                                                                                                  TT : Tt : tt = 1 : 2:1

Again, in the F₂ generation, we get 3 tall plants and 1 dwarf plant, so the phenotypic ratio in monohybrid cross will be : This result is the same as that obtained by Mendel through experiments.

Tall plants: Dwarf plants= 3:1

Dihybrid Inheritance and the Law of Independent Assortment

Dihybrid inheritance involves the inheritance of two pairs of contrasting characteristics (or contrasting

traits) at the same time. The two pairs of contrasting characteristics chosen by Mendel were shape and colour of seeds : round-yellow seeds, and wrinkled-green seeds .

In order to trace the inheritance of two pairs of contrasting traits, Mendel crossed pea plants having round-yellow seeds with pea plants having wrinkled-green seeds and noted their occurrence in the succeeding generations of pea plants. Mendel made the following

observations:

  • Round-yellowpeaseeds.Wrinkled-greenpeaseeds Mendel first crossed pure-bred pea plants having round-yellow seeds with pure-bred pea plants having wrinkled-green seeds and found that only round-yellow seeds were produced in the first generation. No wrinkled-green seeds were obtained in the F₁ generation. From this it was concluded that round shape and yellow colour of the seeds were dominant traits over the wrinkled shape and green colour of the seeds.
  • When the F₁ generation pea plants having round-yellow seeds were cross-bred by self pollination, then four types of seeds having different combinations of shape and colour were obtained in second generation or F₂ generation. These were round-yellow, round-green, wrinkled-yellow and wrinkled-green seeds. Mendel collected a total of 556 F₂ seeds and counted them shape wise and colour wise. He got the the following result :

Round-yellow seeds           315

Round-green seeds            108

Wrinkled-yellow seeds       101

Wrinkled-green seeds        32

The phenotypic ratio of different type of seeds can be written as :

Round                Round                  Wrinkled            Wrinkled

yellow :              green :                  yellow :              green                       =           315               :      108                  :       101                 :               32

seeds                 seeds                    seeds                 seeds                       =             9                 :        3                    :        3                    :                1

Thus, the ratio of each phenotype (or appearance) of the seeds in the F2 generation is 9:3 :3 : 1. This is known as the dihybrid ratio. Mendel observed that he had started with two combinations of characteristics in seeds : round-yellow and wrinkled-green, and two new combinations of characteristics had appeared in the F₂ generation : round- green and wrinkled-yellow.

On the basis of this observation, Mendel concluded that though the two pairs of original characteristics (seed shape and colour) combine in the F₁ generation but they separate and behave independently in subsequent generations. The results of dihybrid cross enabled Mendel to formulate his second law of inheritance which is called the law of independent assortment.

According to Mendel’s second law of inheritance : In the inheritanceof more than one pair of traits in a cross simultaneously, the factors responsible for each pair of traits are distributed independently to the gametes.

Mendelstartedwithround-yellowandwrinkledgreenpeaseedsandfoundthattwonewcombinationsofcharacteristicsround-greenandwrinkledyellowseedsappearedintheF2generation.

Explanation of Results of Dihybrid Inheritance

In the dihybrid cross, the parent plants having the phenotype round-yellow seeds have the factors of inheritance or gene combination RRYY (in which RR are the dominant genes for round shape whereas YY are the dominant genes for yellow colour). On the other hand, the parent plants having the phenotype wrinkled-green seeds have the factors of inheritance or gene combination rryy (in which rr are the recessive genes for wrinkled shape and yy are the recessive genes for green colour). Keeping these points in mind, we can now show the dihybrid cross by drawing a chart as we did in the case of a monohybrid cross. The chart showing the dihybrid cross between pea plants having round-yellow seeds and wrinkled-green seeds is given below.

RRYYarethefactorsofinheritanceorgenesfortheround-yellowseeds(thesearedominantgenes).

How Are Characteristics (or Traits) Transmitted to Progeny

Genes are responsible for the characteristic features (or traits) of an organism : plant or animal. The characteristics or traits of parents are transmitted to their progeny (offsprings) through genes present on their chromosomes during the process of sexual reproduction. This happens as follows. Genes work in pairs. There is a pair of genes for each characteristic of an organism (one is dominant gene and the other is recessive gene).

Each parent possesses a pair of genes for each characteristic on a pair of chromosomes. However, each parent passes only one of the two genes of the pair for each characteristic to its progeny through gametes. Thus, the male gamete and female gamete carry one gene for each characteristic from the gene pairs of parents (which are located on the pair of chromosomes).

But when a male gamete fuses with a female gamete during fertilisation, they make a new cell called zygote with a full set of genes (on a full set of chromosomes). This zygote grows and develops to form a new organism having characteristics (or traits) from both the parents which it has inherited through genes.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution

The two genes (or pair of genes) responsible for a particular characteristic are always present on the corresponding positions of the pair of chromosomes. For example, in Figure 15 the two genes for the same characteristic (length of plant stem), are present on the corresponding positions of the pair of chromosomes. One gene of the pair is for ‘tallness’ and the other is for ‘dwarfness’.

Please note that though the progeny inherits two genes (or a pair of genes) for each trait from its parents but the trait shown by the progeny depends on which inherited gene is dominant of the two. For example, if a pea plant progeny (or hybrid) inherits the gene for tallness (T) from one parent and the gene for dwarfness (t) from the other parent, then it will show the trait of ‘tallness’ and become a tall plant because the gene for tallness is dominant over the gene for dwarfness.

So, although the gene for dwarfness (t) is present in all the cells  of the hybrid plants, it does not show its effect (because it is a recessive gene).

Genesworkinpairs.

If, however,both the parent plants pass on one copy each of the recessive gene for dwarfness (t) making the genotype (tt), then the traits of dwarfness will appear in the progeny plant. Please note that the genes for ‘tallness’ and ‘dwarfness’ are not to be considered two different genes. They are just the two forms of the same gene which controls only one characteristic feature of a plant : length of its stem. But there can be increase in length of stem making the plant tall or decrease in the length of stem, making the plant dwarf.

How do Genes Control the Characteristics (or Traits)

A gene is the section of DNA on a chromosome which codes for the formation of a protein controlling a specific characteristic (or trait) of the organism. Suppose a plant progeny has gene for the characteristic called ‘tallness’. Now, the gene for tallness will give instructions to the plant cells to make a lot of plant growth hormones.

And due to the formation of excess of plant growth hormones, the plant will grow too much and hence become tall. On the other hand, if the plant has the gene set for dwarfness, then less plant growth hormones will be produced due to which the plant will grow less, remain short and hence become a dwarf plant.

Just like plants, the characteristics (or traits) in animals (including human beings) are also transmitted from the parents through genes by the process of sexual reproduction. We will now give an example of the transmission of colour of hair from the parents (father and mother) to the child. Before we do that please keep in mind that black hair is a phenotype produced by the genotype HH or Hh. On the other hand, blonde hair (pale yellow hair) is a phenotype produced by the genotype hh. Let us give the example now.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution

A mother has black hair, the father has blonde hair (pale yellow hair), and the child has black hair . This can be explained on the basis of transmission of genes for ‘hair colour’ from the mother and father to the child as follows: Mother’s cell contain two genes HH for black hair. Both the genes HH are dominant genes, so the mother has black hair. Father’s cells contain two genes (hh) for blonde hair. The two genes hh are recessive genes, so the father has blonde hair (or pale yellow hair) .

Now, during the process of reproduction, the mother transmits one of the dominant genes H for black hair to the child and the father transmits one of his recessive genes h for blonde hair to the child. Due to this, the child has the genes Hh for her hair.

Mother’scellscontaintwodominantgenesHHforblackhair,soshehasblackhair.

Now, the gene H for black hair is the dominant gene but the gene h for blonde hair is the recessive gene. The dominant gene H for black hair shows its effect due to which the child has black hair (see Figure 18). The recessive gene h for blonde hair cannot show its effect in the presence of dominant gene H for black hair. Please note that the genes which dominate other genes are called dominant genes, and the genes which get dominated are called recessive genes.

We will now describe the inheritance of blood groups by the children from their parents. Please note that the gene which controls the blood groups is represented by the letter I. This gene has three different forms (called alleles) which are represented as IA, IB and IO.

How Blood Groups are Inherited

A person has one of the four blood groups : A, B, AB or O. This blood group system is controlled by a gene which has three different forms denoted by the symbols Iª, I³ and Iº. The genes Iª and I³ show no dominance over each other, that is, they are codominant. However, genes IA and I³ both are dominant over the gene Iº.

In other words, the blood gene Iº is recessive in relation to genes IA and IB. Although there are three gene forms (called alleles) for blood, but any one person can have only two of them. So, the blood group of a person depends on which two forms of the genes he possesses.

TherearefourbloodgroupsA,B,AB,O.

  • If the genotype (gene combination) is IA IA, then the blood group of the person is A. And if the genotype is IA IO even then the blood group is A (because IO is a recessive gene).
  • If the genotype is IB IB, then the blood group of the person is B. And if the genotype is IB IO even then the blood group is B (because Iº is a recessive gene).
  • If the genotype is IAI³, then the blood group of the person is AB.
  • If the genotype is 1º10, then the blood group of the person is O.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution Sex Determination

A person can have a male sex or a female sex. The process by which the sex of a person is determined is called sex determination. Genetics is involved in the determination of the sex of a person. This can be explained as follows. The chromosomes which determine the sex of a person are called sex chromosomes. There are two types of sex chromosomes, one is called X chromosome and the other is called Y chromosome.

  •  A male (man or father) has one X chromosome and one Y chromosome [see Figure 20(a)]. This means that half the male gametes or half the sperms will have X chromosomes and the other half will have Y chromosomes.

Thesexchromosomes

A female (woman or mother) has two X chromosomes (but no Y chromosomes). This means that all the female gametes called ova (or eggs) will have only X chromosomes.

The sex of a child depends on what happens at fertilisation :

  • (a) If a sperm carrying X chromosome fertilises an ovum (or egg) which carries X chromosome, then the child born will be a girl (or female). This is because the child will have XX combination of sex chromosomes.

 

Inheritanceofsexinhumans

Please note that it is the sperm which determines the sex of the child. This is because half of the sperms have X chromosomes and the other half have Y chromosomes. Thus, there is a 50 per cent chance of a boy and a 50 per cent chance of a girl being born to the parents. This is why the human population is roughly half males and half females. From the above discussion we conclude that if the father (man or husband) contributes X sex chromosome at fertilisation through his sperm, the baby born will be a girl.

On the other hand, if the father (man or husband) contributes a Y sex chromosome at fertilisation through his sperm, then the baby born will be a boy. This means that it is the sex chromosome contributed by father (man or husband) which decides the sex of the baby which the mother (woman or wife) will give birth to. Thus, father (man or husband) is responsible for the sex of the baby (boy or girl) which is born. The belief that mother (woman or wife) is responsible for the sex of her baby is absolutely wrong.

In many ignorant Indian families, the mother (woman or wife) is held responsible for the birth of a girl child and unnecessarily harassed by her in-laws (sasural). Such people should understand that it is the husband who is responsible for the birth of a girl child (and not his wife). Moreover, a girl is no less than a boy.

In some of the animals, sex determination is also controlled by the environmental factors. For example, in some reptiles, the temperature at which the fertilised egg is incubated before hatching, plays a role in determining the sex of the offspring. It has been found that in a turtle (Chrysema picta), high incubation temperature leads to the development of female offsprings (or female progeny).

On the other hand, in the case of a lizard (Agama agama), high incubation temperature results in male offsprings (or male progeny). In some animals, such as snails, individuals can change sex, indicating that sex is not determined genetically in such animals. Before we go further and discuss acquired and inherited traits of organisms.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution Acquired and Inherited Traits

A trait (or characteristic) of an organism which is ‘not inherited’ but develops in response to the environment is called an acquired trait. For example, if a beetle does not get sufficient food for a considerable time, its weight will be reduced due to starvation. The ‘low weight’ of this beetle is an acquired trait of the beetle which has been acquired in response to the environment which contained insufficient food. Again, suppose the tail of a mouse gets cut.

The ‘cut tail’ of this mouse is also an acquired trait which has been been brought about by some agent in its environment. A man may know how to swim or roller skate or speak French or may have a scar on the face from a cut he got in an accident.

All these are acquired traits (or characteristics) which the man has picked up (or acquired) himself as he goes through life. The man is not born with these traits and he cannot pass on these traits to his children. The acquired traits of organisms cannot be passed on to their future generations. The reason for this is discussed below.

Swimmingisanacquiredtrait

We have already studied that the traits (or characteristics) of parents are passed to their offsprings through genes in reproductive cells (or gametes) during the process of reproduction. So, for the trait of an organism to be passed on, it must have been caused by a change in the genes (or DNA) present in the reproductive cells of the organism.

In other words, only those traits can be transmitted to future generations in which changes have occurred in the genes (or DNA) present in the reproductive cells (or gametes) of parent organisms. The changes in the non-reproductive body cells of an organism cannot be inherited by its offsprings.

This will become clear from the following examples.

When the weight of a beetle is reduced too much due to starvation, then though there is a change in the normal body cells of the beetle but no change takes place in the genes (or DNA) present in its reproductive cells (or gametes). And since there is no change in the genes (or DNA) of gametes, this acquired trait (of low weight) of beetle cannot be inherited by its offsprings.

So, if some generations of beetles are low in body weight because of the availability of less food, then this is not an example of evolution because this change cannot be inherited over generations. Whenever these beetles will get sufficient food, they will become healthy again and the trait of ‘low body weight’ will disappear.

Let us discuss the other example now. If we breed some mice, all the progeny of mice will have tails, just like their parents. Now, we cut the tails of these first generation mice surgically and breed them, we will get new mice, all with full tails. It has been observed that even after cutting the tails of mice for a number of generations, a tail-less mouse is never born.

Thecut-tailofmiceisanacquiredtraitwhichcannotbepassedontotheirprogenyinfuturegenerationsthroughtheprocessofreproduction.

Actually, the cut tail of mice is an acquired trait which is never passed on to their progeny. This is because cutting the tails of mice does not change the genes of their reproductive cells (or gametes). And since the acquired trait of ‘cut tails’ does not bring about by a change in the genes (or DNA) of the reproductive cells. The green colour of this beetle is an inherited trait which can be passed on to the next generations.

The change from red beetle to green beetle can be considered to be an example of evolution because it helps in its survival by mixing with green bushes. Inherited traits actually mean the characteristics which we receive from our parents. This point will become more clear from the following example. Suppose a father has red curly hair, brown eyes, a snub nose and a cleft chin. Again suppose that the mother has straight black hair, blue eyes, a

fathermother

Thispictureshowssomeofthecharcteristicswhichthechildreninheritfromtheirparents.

long thin nose and a pointed chin . The children in the family inherit some characteristics from each of their parents. For example, two children have red hair like father but one of them has straight red hair while the other one has curly red hair. The two children have black hair like the mother. Again, two children have brown eyes like father but the other two have blue eyes like the mother. And finally, two children have snub nose and cleft chin like father whereas the other two have a long thin nose and a pointed chin.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution

There is an enormous ‘number’ and ‘types’ of living organisms (plants and animals) on this earth. In addition to this wide variety of living organisms, the remains of the dead organisms which lived in the remote past (called fossils) are also known. An important question now arises : How and from where has such a great variety of living organisms come to exist on this earth? Also, how the human beings have evolved on this earth? All these things are studied in the branch of biology called ‘evolution’.

The word ‘evolution’ has been derived from the Latin word ‘evolvere’ which means to ‘unroll’ or ‘unfold’. Evolution is a kind of gradual unfolding (or formation) of the new organisms from the pre-existing primitive organisms through slow and steady changes. We can now define evolution as follows: Evolution is the sequence of gradual changes which take place in the primitive organisms over millions of years in which new species are produced.

Since the evolution is of the living organisms, so it is also called ‘organic evolution’. It is through the constant process of evolution taking place in the organisms since the origin of life that such an enormous variety of plants and animals have come to exist on this earth at present. All the plants and animals (or organisms) which we see today around us have evolved from some or the other ancestors that lived on this earth long, long ago.

The process of evolution will become clear from the following example of ‘pterosaur’. Pterosaur is an anicient flying reptile which lived on the earth about 150 million years ago. The development of pterosaur is an example of evolution. It began life as a big lizard which could just crawl on land [see Figure 26(a)]. Over millions of years, small folds of skin developed between its feet which enabled it to glide from tree to tree . Over many, many generations, spread over millions of years, the folds of skin, and

Thedevelopmentof‘pterosaur’ anancientflyingreptile)fromabiglizardisanexampleofevolution

 

the bones and muscles supporting them grew to form wings which could make it fly. In this way, an animal which crawled on ground evolved into a flying animal. This evolution led to the formation of a new species (of a flying reptile).

Evidences For Evolution

Various biological studies tell us that since their origin, living organisms have been undergoing changes in their organisation to evolve into new forms. A number of common features of different kinds of organisms provide evidence in favour of evolution because they can be considered to have evolved from the common ancestor. The more characteristics (or features) two species have in common, the more closely they will be related. And the more closely they are related, the more recently they will have had a common ancestor.

We will now give some of the evidences which indicate the occurrence of evolution. These evidences reinforce the view that the living organisms have evolved from common ancestors. Some of the important sources which provide evidences for evolution are:

  •  Homologous organs,
  •  Analogous organs, and
  •  Fossils.
    We will now discuss all these evidences for evolution briefly.

 Homologous Organs Provide Evidence for Evolution
If we look at the way in which living organisms are made, we can often see quite striking similarities in btheir construction. One of these is the presence of homologous organs. Those organs which have the same basic structure (or same basic design) but different functions are called homologous organs. The homologous organs of different animals provide evidence for evolution. This will become clear from the following examples.

There are many organs in different groups of animals (or plants) which all seem to be built from the same basic design but are used for many different purposes. These are called homologous organs. For example, the forelimbs of a man, a lizard (reptile), a frog (amphibian), a bird and a bat (mammal) seem to be built from the same basic design of bones (as shown in Figure 27), but they perform different functions. The

Thisdiagramshowsthattheforelimbsofahuman(man),alizard,afrogabirdandabathave

forelimbs of a human (man) are used for grasping; the forelimbs of a lizard are used for running; the forelimbs of a frog are used to prop up the front end of its body when at rest, and also act as shock absorbers when the frog lands back on the ground after a leap; whereas the forelimbs of a bird and a bat are modified for flying. Since the forelimbs of a human, a lizard, a frog, a bird and a bat have similar structures (or design) but perform different functions, they are the homologous organs.

The presence of homologous forelimbs in humans (man), a lizard, a frog, a bird and a bat indicate that all these forelimbs have evolved from a common ancestral animal which had a ‘basic design’ limb. In other words, it tells us that a human, a lizard, a frog, a bird and a man, all have evolved from a common ancestor.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution

Thus, the presence of homologous organs in different animals provides evidence for evolution by telling us that they are derived from the same ancestor who had the ‘basic design’ of the organ on which all the homologous organs are based. Please note that the wings of a butterfly (which is an insect) and the wings of a bat cannot be considered to be homologous organs because they have different basic designs (though they are used for the same purpose of flying).

Analogous Organs Provide Evidence for Evolution

Those organs which have different basic structure (or different basic design) but have similar appearance and perform similar functions are called analogous organs. The analogous organs provide the evidence for evolution. This point will become clear from the following discussion. There are many organs in different groups of animals which seem to be built from different basic structure but appear to be similar in shape and perform similar functions.

These are called analogous organs. For example, the wings of an insect and a bird have different structures (the insects have a fold of membranes as wings which are associated with a few muscles whereas a skeleton, flesh and feathers support bird’s wings) but they perform the same function of flying . Since the wings of insects and birds have different structures (or different designsThewingsofaninsectandabirdhavedifferentstructuresbutsimilarfunctionsTheyareanalogousorgans.

but perform similar functions, they are analogous organs. Now, since the analogous organs have different basic design, so they do not indicate a common ancestor for the organism. The analogous organs provide evidence for the evolution in another way. The presence of analogous organs indicates that even the organisms having organs with different structures can adapt to perform similar functions for their survival under hostile environmental conditions.

Thus, the presence of analogous organs in different animals provide evidence for evolution by telling us that though they are not derived from common ancestors, they can still evolve to perform similar functions to survive, flourish and keep on evolving in the prevailing environment. The analogous organs actually provide a mechanism for evolution.

Fossils Provide Evidence for Evolution

The remains (or impressions) of dead animals or plants that lived in the remote past are known as

Archaeopteryxisaconnectinglinkbetweenreptilesandbirds.

fossils. The fossils provide evidence for evolution. For example, a fossil bird called Archaeopteryx looks like a bird but it has many other features which are found in reptiles. This is because Archaeopteryx has feathered wings like those of birds but teeth and tail like those of reptiles. Archaeopteryx is, therefore, a connecting link between the reptiles and
birds, and hence suggests that the birds have evolved from the reptiles.

Thus, fossils provide the evidence that the present animals (and plants) have originated from the previously existing ones through the process of continuous evolution. We will now describe how fossils are formed. Usually, when organisms (plants or animals) die, their bodies will decompose by the action of micro-organisms in the presence of oxygen, moisture, etc.

Sometimes, however, the conditions in the environment are such (like absence of oxygen or moisture, etc), which do not let the body of the organism to decompose completely. It is such body (or body part) of an

Thisanimalfossilwasfoundinthedesertburiedunderthesand

organism which we get as fossil on digging the earth . In many cases the soft parts of the organisms get decomposed and what we get as a fossil is a skeleton of hard parts (like bones, etc). Even the soft parts of the plants and animals (which usually decompose quickly) are sometimes preserved as fossils in the form of their impressions inside the rocks. For example, if a dead leaf gets caught in mud, it will not decompose quickly.

The mud around the leaf will set around it as a mould, gradually harden to form a rock and retain the impression of the whole leaf. This forms a leaf fossil which can be dug out from the earth a long time later . The fossil of a dead insect caught in mud is also formed in a similar way to leaf fossil. All such preserved impressions of the body parts of the once living organisms are also called fossils.

Thescientistswhostudyfossilsarecalledpalaeontologists

Fossils are obtained by digging into the earth. The age of fossils can be estimated in two ways: by the relative method, and by the carbon dating method. The relative method works like this: When we dig into the earth, we find fossils at different depths. The fossils which we find in layers closer to the surface of the earth are more recent; the fossils which are found in deeper layers are older; whereas the fossils found in the deepest layers of earth are the oldest ones.

Fossils which we find today were once living objects. All the living objects contain some carbon- 14 atoms which are radioactive. When a living object dies and forms fossil, its carbon-14 radioactivity goes on decreasing gradually. In the carbon dating method, the age of fossils is found by comparing the carbon-14 radioactivity left in fossils with the carbon-14 radioactivity present in living objects today.

There are various kinds of fossils. Some of the important fossils which have been studied are those of ammonite, trilobite and dinosaur. Ammonites were the invertebrate animals (molluscs) with a flat, coiled, spiral shell which lived in the sea. The estimation of the age of ammonite fossils have told us that they are about 180 million years old. This means that ammonites lived in the sea about 180 million years ago.

Another invertebrate animal fossil which has been studied is that of trilobite Trilobites were marine arthropods which were common between 400 to 600 million years ago. Dinosaurs are extinct carnivorous or herbivorous reptiles (The word ‘dinosaur’ means ‘terrible lizard’). The estimation of the age of dinosaur fossils have told us that they first appeared on earth about 250 million years ago and became extinct about 65 million years ago. It is clear from the above discussion that we can

Variouskindsoffossils

even study about those species which are extinct (no longer exist), by studying their fossils which are found during the digging of earth.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution Darwin’s Theory of Evolution

Charles Robert Darwin gave the theory of evolution in his famous book ‘The Origin of Species’. The theory of evolution proposed by Darwin is known as ‘The Theory of Natural Selection’. This theory is called the theory of natural selection because it suggests that the best adapted organisms are selected by nature to pass on their characteristics (or traits) to the next generation. Darwin’s theory of evolution applies to plants as well as animals.

Darwin’s theory of evolution can be described as follows:

 

CharlesDarwinThescientistwhogavethetheoryofevolution.

 

  •  Within any population, there is natural variation. Some individuals have more favourable variations than others.
  •  Even though all species produce a large number of offsprings, populations remain fairly constant naturally.
  •  This is due to the struggle between members of the same species and different species for food, space and mate.
  •  The struggle for survival within populations eliminates the unfit individuals. The fit individuals possessing favourable variations survive and reproduce. This is called natural        selection (or survival of the fittest).
  •  The individuals having favourable variations pass on these variations to their progeny from generation to generation.
  •  These variations when accumulated over a long period of time, lead to the origin of a new species.

We will now understand Darwin’s theory of evolution by ‘natural selection’ by taking an example. No two animals are ever exactly alike. So some changes always appear when animals produce their progeny by sexual reproduction. For example, one of the progeny may be tall (having long legs) than the other progeny. Thus, there may be a variation of height in the progeny .

Now, the advantage of long legs to the progeny is that when no food (grass, etc.) is available on the ground, then this progeny having long legs can reach the leaves on tall trees, eat them as food and survive . On the other hand, the progeny which have short height (due to short legs) cannot reach the leaves on tall trees, they will not get any food, they will starve and hence die . Thus, nature has selected the animal with long legs to survive (because it is the fittest animal under these circumstances).

Now, since long legs help in survival, the long- legged animals will live long enough to produce their offsprings. The offspring will inherit long legs. So, all the future generations will have long-legged animals . In this way, the animals having short legs have evolved into animals having long legs due to variation. This is an example of evolution.

AnexampletoillustrateDarin’stheoryofevolution(by natural selection).

we can now define natural selection as follows: Natural selection is the process of evolution of a species whereby characteristics which help individual organisms to survive and reproduce are passed on to their offspring, and those characteristics which do not help are not passed on. Though Darwin’s theory was widely accepted, but it was criticised on the ground that it could not explain ‘how the variations (which lead to origin of new species) arise’. With the progress in genetics, the source of variations was explained to be the ‘genes’. Genes vary in natural population.

Genetic variation is the raw material of evolution. So, the Darwin’s theory was modified accordingly. These days, the most accepted theory of evolution is the Synthetic Theory of Evolution in which the origin of species is based on the interaction of ‘genetic variation’ and ‘natural selection’. Sometimes, a species (a type of animal or plant) may completely die out. It may become extinct. Dodo was a large flightless bird which has become extinct . Once a species is extinct, its genes are lost for ever. It cannot re-emerge at all. The small numbers of surviving tigers are a cause of worry from the

tiagorte

point of view of genetics because if they all die out and become extinct, their genes will be lost for ever . Our coming generations will not be able to see tigers at all. We should, therefore, make all out efforts to protect tigers (and other endangered species) to prevent them from extinction.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution Specitation

A species is a population of organisms consisting of similar individuals which can breed together and produce fertile offspring. Species can be of plants or of animals. Wheat, paddy, sunflower, lotus, mango, neem, humans, tiger, dog and cat, etc., are all examples of various types of species. The human beings who look so different from each other in terms of size, colour and looks are said to belong to the same species (Homo sapiens) because they can interbreed to produce fertile offsprings (sons and daughters).

The process by which new species develop from the existing species is known as speciation. In simple words, the formation of new species is called speciation. We will now explain how new species are formed from the existing species of various populations.

In most of the cases, new species are formed when the population of same species splits into two separate groups which then get isolated from each other geographically by the barriers such as mountain ranges, rivers or the sea. The geographical isolation of the two groups of population leads to their reproductive isolation due to which no genes are exchanged between them. However, breeding continues within the isolated populations producing more and more generations.

Over the generations, the processes of genetic drift (random change in gene frequency), and natural selection operate in different ways in the two isolated groups of population and make them more and more different from each other. After thousands of years, the individuals of these isolated groups of population become so different that they will be incapable of reproducing with each other even if they happen to meet again.

We say that two new species have been formed. From the above discussion we conclude that the important factors which could lead to the rise (or formation) of a new species are the following :

  •  Geographical isolation of a population caused by various types of barriers (such as mountain ranges, rivers and sea). The geographical isolation leads to reproductive isolation due to which there is no flow of genes between separated groups of population.
  • Genetic drift caused by drastic changes in the frequencies of particular genes by chance alone.
  •  Variations caused in individuals due to natural selection.

It should be noted that geographical isolation is the major factor in the speciation of sexually reproducing animals because it interrupts the flow of genes between their isolated populations through the gametes.

The geographical isolation, however, cannot be a major factor in the speciation of a self- pollinating plant species because it does not have to look to other plants for its process of reproduction to be carried out. Geographical isolation also cannot be a major factor in the speciation of an asexually reproducing organism because it does not require any other organism to carry out reproduction.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution of Eyes

The eye is a very important organ for animals. The eye is a complicated organ which cannot be generated

 

Aflatworm(Planaria) hasverysimpleeyescalledrudimentaryeyes

by a single DNA change. The complex body organs of animals such as eyes have been created in ‘stages’ over many generations. First of all the rudimentary eye (basic eye) like that of a flatworm (Planaria) was formed . The eyes of flatworm are very simple that are actually just ‘eye-spots’ which can detect light. Even these rudimentary eyes provide a survival advantage to flatworm.

Starting from this basic design, more and more complex eyes were then evolved in various organisms. Most of the animals have eyes. For example, the insects, octopus and invertebrates, all have eyes. The structure of eyes in each of these organisms is, however, different which suggests their separate evolutionary origins. The evolution of eye is an example of evolution by stages.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution of Feathers

Sometimes an evolutionary change produced in an organism for one purpose later on becomes more useful for an entirely different function. For example, birds evolved feathers as a means of providing insulation to their bodies in cold weather but later on these feathers became more useful for the purpose of flying.

Even some dinosaurs had feathers though they could not fly by using these feathers. Birds, however, adapted feathers for flying. The presence of feathers on birds tells us that the birds are very closely related to reptiles because dinosaurs (which had feathers) were reptiles.

 

Evolutionoffeathers.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution By Artificial Selection

In the evidence for evolution we have studied that very dissimilar looking structures can evolve from a common ancestral body design. But that was all guesswork about what happened in history long time ago. We will now give an example from the present time which will show that different looking organisms can in fact be created from the same basic design of the ancestor. The wild cabbage plant is a good example to prove that entirely different looking organisms can evolve from the same organism by the process of evolution.

The only difference is that here we are using artificial selection for evolution in place of natural selection. This will become clear from the following discussion. The farmers have been cultivating wild cabbage as a food plant for over two thousand years and have produced (or evolved) entirely different looking vegetables like cabbage, broccoli, cauliflower, kohlrabi and kale from it by artificial selection .

Theproductionofvegetableslikecabbage,broccoli,cauliflower,kohlrabiandkalefromwildcabbage

  •  Some farmers wanted to have very short distances between the leaves of wild cabbage and produced the common variety of ‘cabbage’.
  • When farmers opted for the arrested flower development of wild cabbage plant, it led to the production of another variety of cabbage called ‘broccoli’.
  • Some farmers went in for sterile flowers of wild cabbage and developed another variety of cabbage called ‘cauliflower’.
  •  When farmers opted for the swollen parts of wild cabbage, it led to the evolution of a yet another variety of cabbage called ‘kohlrabi’.
  • And finally, the farmers wanted to grow large leaves of wild cabbage and ended up producing a leafy vegetable called ‘kale’ which is also a variety of wild cabbage.

Evolution Should Not be Equated With Progress

There is no real progress in the concept of evolution. Evolution is just the production of diversity of life forms and shaping of this diversity by the environmental selection. The only progress in evolution appears to be that more and more complex body designs of organisms have emerged over the ages.

This will become clear from the following examples. When a new species is formed, it is not necessary that the old species will disappear (or get eliminated) from earth. It will all depend on the environment. Also it is not as if the newly formed species are in any

Humanbeingshavenotevolvedfromchimpanzees.

way better than the older ones. It is simply that genetic drift and natural selection processes have combined to form a population having different body design which cannot interbreed
with the older population.

It is a common belief that chimpanzees are the ancestors of human beings. It is, however, not true that human beings have evolved from chimpanzees. Actually, both chimpanzees and human beings had a common ancestor long time ago. The two offsprings of that ancestor evolved in their own separate ways to form the modern day chimpanzees and human beings.

Again, it is not as if the body designs of older organisms were inefficient. This is because many of the older and simpler forms of organisms still survive on earth. For example, one of the simplest and primitive life forms called ‘bacteria’ still inhabit some of the most inhospitable (or unfavourable) habitats such as hot springs, deep-sea thermal vents and the ice in Antarctica. Most other organisms cannot survive in such harsh environments.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution Human Evolution

Human evolution has been studied by using the various tools of tracing evolutionary relationships like excavating (digging earth), carbon-dating, studying fossils and determining DNA sequences. There is so much diversity of human body and features on the earth that for a long time people used to talk about different ‘races’ of human beings. The human races were even identified on the basis of their skin colour and named as white, black, yellow or brown.

It is now known that the so called human races have not evolved differently. In fact, there is no biological basis for dividing human beings into different ‘races’. All human beings (whether, white, black, yellow or brown) are a single species (called Homo sapiens). It has now been established by research that the earliest members of the human species (Homo sapiens) came from Africa.

So, irrespective of where we have lived for the past few thousand years, we all come from Africa. In other words, our genetic footprints tell us that we have African roots. About hundred thousand years ago, some of our ancestors left Africa while others stayed back. Those who left Africa slowly spread across the whole earth.

Mendel’s experiments tell us the mode of inheritance of traits from one generation to the next and Darwin’s theory of evolution tells us how organisms develop from simple to more complex forms. But neither tells us anything about how life originated on earth (or began on earth). We will now discuss the origin of life on earth briefly.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 4 Heredity and Evolution Origin of Life on Earth

A British scientist J.B.S. Haldane suggested in 1929 that life must have developed from the simple inorganic molecules (such as methane, ammonia, hydrogen sulphide, etc.) which were present on the earth

Scientistshavecometotheconclusionthatlife(orlivingorganisms)originatedintheseawater.

soon after it was formed. He said that the conditions on earth at that time (including frequent lightning) could have converted simple inorganic molecules into complex organic molecules which were necessary for life. These complex organic molecules must have joined together to form first primitive living organisms. Haldane also suggested from theoretical considerations that life (or living organisms) originated in the sea water.

The theory of origin of life on earth proposed by Haldane was confirmed by experiments conducted by Stanley L. Miller and Harold C. Urey in 1953. They assembled an apparatus to create an early earth atmosphere which was supposed to consist of gases like methane, ammonia and hydrogen sulphide, etc., (but no oxygen), over water. This was maintained at a temperature just below 100°C and electric sparks were then passed through the mixture of gases (to simulate lightning) for about one week.

At the end of one week, it was found that about 15 per cent of carbon (from methane) had been converted into simple compounds of carbon including ‘amino acids’ which make up protein molecules found in living organisms. This experiment provides the evidence that the life originated from inanimate matter (or lifeless matter) like inorganic molecules.

 

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes History

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Political Science

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Sociology

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Geography

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Economics

KSEEB SSLC Class 10 Social Science Notes Business Studies

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Notes

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Notes

All the living organisms (plants and animals) respond and react to changes in the environment around them. The changes in the environment to which the organisms respond and react are called stimuli (singular of stimuli is stimulus). The living organisms show response to stimuli such as light, heat, cold, sound, smell, taste, touch, pressure, pain, water, and force of gravity, etc.

The response of organisms to a stimulus is usually in the form of some movement of their body part. For example, if a man touches a very hot utensil accidently, he quickly pulls his hand away from the hot utensil. Here, heat is the stimulus and the man reacts by moving his hand away from the hot utensil. Similarly, when the sun is bright, we close our eyes. In this case, light is the stimulus and we react by closing the eyes.

all the living things respond to stimuli acting on them

We know that a sunflower always faces the sun. Here, sunlight is the stimulus and sunflower reacts by bending (or moving) towards the sun. We eat food when we are hungry (and need energy). In this case, hunger is the stimulus and we react by eating food. From the above discussion we conclude that the reaction to stimuli is a characteristic property of the living organisms. Another word which is also used in place of ‘reaction’ is ‘response’. So, we can also say that the response to stimuli is a characteristic property of the living organisms.

Both, plants and animals react (or respond) to various stimuli around them. But the method of reacting to stimuli is not similar in plants and animals. They react to stimuli in different ways. For example, plants bend towards light but animals do not bend towards light. The animal Amoeba reacts to the presence of food by moving towards the food particle. Similarly, Amoebae tend to aggregate (collect together) in moderately warm water which is their reaction to the stimulus called heat. Amoeba and other protozoa react to the mechanical obstacles by avoiding them.

We find that the Amoeba (which is an animal) can react to different stimuli in different ways. The animals can react to stimuli in many different ways because they have a nervous system and an endocrine system involving hormones. The plants, however, react to stimuli in a very limited way. This is because the plants do not have a nervous system like the animals have. The plants use only the hormones for producing reaction to external stimuli.

From all the above examples we conclude that when a stimulus acts on our body, then we react (or respond) in a manner which is in the best interest of our body. The reaction (or response) which we give to the stimulus involves many organs of our body. It is, therefore, necessary that all the concerned organs should work with one another in a systematic manner so as to produce the required reaction. In other words, the various organs should co-operate with one another to provide proper reaction to the stimulus.

The working together of the various organs of an organism in a systematic manner so as to produce a proper response to the stimulus, is called coordination. We will now discuss the control and coordination in plants, animals and human beings, one by one. Let us start with control and coordination in plants.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination In Plants

The plants do not have a nervous system and sense organs like eyes, ears, or nose, etc., like the animals, but they can still sense things. The plants can sense the presence of stimuli like light, gravity, chemica water, and uch, etc., and respond to them. The plants can sense things like light, gravity, chemicals, water, and touch, etc., by the action of hormones in them. The stimuli like light, gravity, chemicals, water, and touch, etc., are called environmental changes.

So, we can also say that the plants coordinate their behaviour against environmental changes by using hormones. The hormones in plants do not act the same way as in animals. The hormones in plants coordinate their behaviour by affecting the growth of a plant. And the effect on growth of the plant can result in the movement of a part of the plant like shoot (stem) or root, etc. Animals use both nervous system and hormones for coordination of their activities.

Plants have no nervous system, so plants use only hormones for coordination. Thus, the reaction (or response) of plants to different stimuli like light, gravity, chemical substances, water, and touch etc., is due to the effect of hormones. Please note that animals can respond quickly because they have a nervous system. Plants cannot respond quickly because they have no nervous system. The plants respond to various stimuli very slowly by growing. So, in most of the cases, the response of a plant to a stimulus cannot be observed immediately. It usually takes a considerable time to observe the effect of a stimulus on a plant

the sunflowers always face the sun .here sunlight is the stimulus and the sunflower plants respond by bending towards the sun

From the above discussion we conclude that the function of control and coordination in plants is performed by the chemical substances called plant hormones. Please note that the plant hormones are also called phytohormones (‘phyto’ means ‘plant’). Before we discuss the various types of plant hormones, we should know the meanings of ‘dormancy’ and ‘breaking of dormancy’. A resting, inactive condition in which metabolism almost stops is called dormancy.

The seed of a plant is inactive or dormant. It has dormancy. A seed must have certain conditions like water, warmth, air and hormones to break dormancy and germinate to form a seedling (which then grows into a plant). Another part of a plant having dormancy is the bud. The bud is a young, undeveloped shoot of a plant which on breaking dormancy can form a branch, a leaf or a flower depending on its position in the plant. The breaking of dormancy of a bud also requires certain plant hormones. Keeping these points in mind, we will now discuss the various types of plant hormones.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Plant Hormones

The control and coordination in plants is done by plant hormones (or phytohormones). The plant hormones coordinate the activities of the plant by controlling one or the other aspect of the growth of the plant. So, the plant hormones are also known as plant growth substances. The growth of a plant can be divided into three stages : cell division, cell enlargement and cell differentiation (or cell specialisation), and these stages have particular locations in a plant. These three stages of plant growth as well as promotion of dormancy, breaking of dormancy, stomata control, falling of leaves, fruit growth, ripening of fruits and ageing in plants are controlled by the various plant hormones.

There are four major types of plant hormones (or phytohormones) which are involved in the control and coordination in plants. These are :

  • Auxins,
  • . Gibberellins,
  •  Cytokinins, and
  •  Abscisic acid (ABA).

these pictures show the effect of gibberllin plant hormones on the growth of plants

Auxins, gibberellins and cytokinins are the plant hormones which promote growth of plants. On the other hand, abscisic acid is a plant hormone which inhibits (or prevents) the growth. The detailed functions of the various plant hormones are given below.

  •  Auxins are the plant hormones which promote cell enlargement and cell differentiation in plants. Auxins also promote fruit growth. Auxin hormone controls a plant’s response to light and gravity. In other words, auxin hormone is responsible for the phototropic and geotropic responses of plants. Auxin is made by cells at the tip of stems and roots. Auxin moves away from light, and towards gravity. Auxin has opposite effect on the growth of stem and roots. Auxin speeds up growth in stem but it slows down growth in roots. Synthetic auxins are applied in agriculture and horticulture.
  •  Gibberellins are plant hormones which promote cell enlargement and cell differentiation in the presence of auxins. Gibberellins help in breaking the dormancy in seeds and buds. They also promote growth in fruits. Gibberellin hormone is involved mainly in shoot extensions. Gibberellin stimulates elongation of shoots of various plants.
  • Cytokinins are the plant hormones which promote cell division in plants. Cytokinins also help in breaking the dormancy of seeds and buds. They delay the ageing in leaves. Cytokinins promote the opening of stomata. They also promote fruit growth.
  • Abscisic acid is a plant hormone which functions mainly as a growth inhibitor. Abscisic acid promotes the dormancy in seeds and buds (this is the opposite of breaking of dormancy). It also promotes the closing of stomata. Abscisic acid promotes the wilting and falling of leaves (which is called abscission). It also causes the detachment of flowers and fruits from the plants.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Plant Movements

The plants are fixed at a place with their roots in the ground, so they cannot move from one place to another. That is, plants do not show locomotion (movement of the entire body). However, movements of the individual parts or organs of a plant (like shoot, root, leaves, etc.) are possible when they are subjected to some external stimuli like light, force of gravity, chemical substances, water, and touch, etc.

These movements of the plant part are usually caused by an unequal growth in its two regions by the action of plant hormones, under the influence of the stimulus.

For example, the auxin hormone is made and secreted by the meristematic tissue at the tip of stem (or tip of shoot). The auxin hormone speeds up the growth in stems. So, if one side of a stem has more auxin than the other side, then the side of stem having more auxin hormone will grow faster than the other side (having less auxin hormone). This will cause the stem to bend. And when the stem bends to one side, we say that the stem is showing movement.

This movement (or bending) of the stem has been caused by its growth. So, we can say that the bending of a stem (or shoot) (when exposed to light from one side) is a growth movement. In fact, the movement in any part of a plant is usually a growth movement. Please

 note that when a plant part shows movement, it remains attached to the main body of the plant. It does not get detached from it. We will now discuss tropism in which the part of a plant shows movement in response to various stimuli. The plant movements made in response to external stimuli fall into two main categories : tropisms and nasties. Though all the tropisms are growth movements but nasties may be growth movements or growth- independent movements. In tropisms, the direction of stimulus determines the direction of movement of the plant part but in nasties the direction of movement is not determined by the direction of stimulus. TROPISMS (OR TROPIC MOVEMENTS) A growth movement of a plant part in response to an external stimulus in which the direction of stimulus determines the direction of response is called tropism. Thus, tropism is a directional movement of the part of a plant caused by its growth. The growth of a plant part in response to a stimulus can be towards the stimulus (in the direction of stimulus) or away from the stimulus (against the direction of stimulus) due to which we can have a positive tropism or negative tropism, respectively. So : 1. If the growth (or movement) of a plant part is towards the stimulus, it is called positive tropism, and 2. If the growth (or movement) of a plant part is away from the stimulus, then it is called negative tropism. CONTROL AND COORDINATION We will now give an example of tropism. When a growing plant is exposed to light from only one side, then it responds by bending its stem (or shoot) towards the light. This is an example of phototropism (which is caused by the 'light' acting as ‘stimulus'. 'Photo' stands for 'light'). The bending of the plant stem (or shoot) towards light is actually positive phototropism. Types of Tropisms There are five common stimuli in the environment : light, gravity, chemicals, water and touch (or contact). These five stimuli give us five types of tropisms : phototropism, geotropism, chemotropism, hydrotropism and thigmotropism. In phototropism, the stimulus is light; in geotropism the stimulus is gravity, in chemotropism the stimulus is a chemical, in hydrotropism the stimulus is water, and in thigmotropism the stimulus is touch (of a solid surface). It is obvious that the tropisms are named according to the stimulus. This will become clear from the following table. We will now give the definitions of all the five types of tropisms. (i) The movement of a plant part in response to light is called phototropism. In other words, the response of a plant to light is called phototropism. If the plant part moves towards light, it is called positive phototropism. On the other hand, if the plant part moves away from light, then it is called negative phototropism. The stem (or shoot) of a growing plant bends towards light, so the stem (or shoot) of a plant shows positive phototropism (see Figure 5). On the other hand, the roots of a plant move away from light, so the roots of a plant show negative phototropism.note that when a plant part shows movement, it remains attached to the main body of the plant. It does not get detached from it. We will now discuss tropism in which the part of a plant shows movement in response to various stimuli. The plant movements made in response to external stimuli fall into two main categories : tropisms and nasties.

Though all the tropisms are growth movements but nasties may be growth movements or growth- independent movements. In tropisms, the direction of stimulus determines the direction of movement of the plant part but in nasties the direction of movement is not determined by the direction of stimulus.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Tropisms

A growth movement of a plant part in response to an external stimulus in which the direction of stimulus determines the direction of response is called tropism. Thus, tropism is a directional movement of the part of a plant caused by its growth. The growth of a plant part in response to a stimulus can be towards the stimulus (in the direction of stimulus) or away from the stimulus (against the direction of stimulus) due to which we can have a positive tropism or negative tropism, respectively. So :

  • . If the growth (or movement) of a plant part is towards the stimulus, it is called positive tropism, and
  • If the growth (or movement) of a plant part is away from the stimulus, then it is called negative tropism.

We will now give an example of tropism. When a growing plant is exposed to light from only one side, then it responds by bending its stem (or shoot) towards the light. This is an example of phototropism (which is caused by the ‘light’ acting as ‘stimulus’. ‘Photo’ stands for ‘light’). The bending of the plant stem (or shoot) towards light is actually positive phototropism.

Types of Tropisms

There are five common stimuli in the environment : light, gravity, chemicals, water and touch (or contact). These five stimuli give us five types of tropisms : phototropism, geotropism, chemotropism, hydrotropism and thigmotropism. In phototropism, the stimulus is light; in geotropism the stimulus is gravity, in chemotropism the stimulus is a chemical, in hydrotropism the stimulus is water, and in thigmotropism the stimulus is touch (of a solid surface). It is obvious that the tropisms are named according to the stimulus.
This will become clear from the following table.

We will now give the definitions of all the five types of tropisms.

  • The movement of a plant part in response to light is called phototropism. In other words, the response of a plant to light is called phototropism. If the plant part moves towards light, it is called positivephototropism. On the other hand, if the plant part moves away from light, then it is called negativephototropism. The stem (or shoot) of a growing plant bends towards light, so the stem (or shoot) of a plant shows positive phototropism. On the other hand, the roots of a plant move away from light, so the roots of a plant show negative phototropism.

the roots of this potted plant bend downward in the direction of force of gravity

  • The movement of a plant part in response to gravity is called geotropism. In other words, the response of a plant to gravity is called geotropism. If the plant part moves in the direction of gravity, it is called positive geotropism. On the other hand, if the plant part moves against the direction of gravity, it is negative geotropism (Please note that the force of gravity acts in the downward direction). Now, the roots of a plant move downwards in the direction of gravity, so the roots of a plant show positive geotropism. On the other hand, the stem (or shoot) of a plant moves upwards against the direction of gravity, so the stem (or shoot) of a plant shows negative geotropism
  • The movement of a plant part in response to a chemical stimulus is called chemotropism. In other words, the response of a plant to chemical stimulus is called chemotropism. If the plant part shows movement (or growth) towards the chemical, it is called positive chemotropism. On the other hand, if the plant part shows movement (or growth) away from the chemical, then it is called negative chemotropism. The growth of pollen tube towards the ovule during the process of fertilisation in a flower is an example of chemotropism (It is actually positive chemotropism). In this case the pollen tube grows towards the sugary substance (chemical) secreted by the ripe stigma of carpel in the flower.
  • The movement of a plant part in response to water is called hydrotropism. In other words, the response of a plant part to water is called hydrotropism. If the plant part moves towards water, it is called positive hydrotropism. On the other hand, if the plant part moves away from water, then it is called negative hydrotropism. The roots of a plant always go towards water, so roots are positively hydrotropic

the roots of a plant always go towards water

The directional growth movement of a plant part in response to the touch of an object is called thigmotropism. The climbing parts of the plants such as tendrils grow towards any support which they happen to touch and wind around that support. So, tendrils of plants are positively thigmotropic. We will now describe a plant’s response to light, gravity, chemicals, water and touch with the help of diagrams.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Response of Plants To Light: Phototropism

Plants need sunlight, so the stems (or shoots) respond to sunlight by growing towards it. The plants also turn their leaves to face the sun. This makes sure that the leaves get as much sunlight as possible. When a plant is grown in the open ground with the sunlight coming from above, then the stem of plant grows straight up.

If, however, the plant is grown with sunlight coming from one side, then the stem of plant bends towards the direction from which the sunlight comes. The root of plant, however, bends away from the direction from which the sunlight comes. We will now describe an experiment to show the response of plant parts to light.

We take a potted plant growing in a transparent glass jar. When this potted plant is kept in the open space, the sunlight falls from above due to which the stem of plant grows straight up towards the source of light ´sun’. The root of plant also grows straight but in the downward direction.

 

daigram shows the responce of aplant to light

daigram shows the responce of aplant to light.PNG 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Let us now keep the potted plant having straight stem and straight root near the window in a dark room so that sunlight falls on it from the right side (through the window) only. After some days we will see that the stem of the plant bends towards the right side from where the light is coming. This observation shows that the stem of plant responds to light and bends towards it. Even the leaves of the plant turn towards the sun so as to obtain the maximum sunlight. Thus, the stem (and leaves) of a plant are positively phototropic.

Now, if we look at the root of the plant in Figure 10(b), we find that the root bends to the left side away from the light. This observation shows that the root of plant responds to light by growing away from it. Thus, the root of plant is negatively phototropic. We will now explain the bending of a plant stem towards sunlight. The plant stem responds to light and bends towards it due to the action of ‘auxin hormone’. This happens as follows:

  •  When sunlight comes from above, then the auxin hormone present in the tip of the stem spreads uniformly down the stem. Due to the equal presence of auxin, both the sides of the stem (A and B) grow equally rapidly. And the stem grows straight up.

diagram to explain the bending plant stem

  • When the light falls only on the right side of the stem [side B in Figure 11(b)], then the auxin hormone collects in the left side (shady side A) of the stem, away from light. This is because auxin hormone prefers to stay in shade.
  • Now, more auxin hormone is present in the left side of stem but not on its right side. Due to more auxin hormone, the left side (A) of stem grows faster than its right side (B) where there is no auxin. Since the left side of stem grows faster and becomes longer than its right side, therefore, the stem bends towards the right side (in the direction of light). We can also explain the bending of a plant root away from light by the action of auxin hormone
  • . For this we have to remember that the effect of auxin on the growth of a root is exactly opposite to that on a stem. Thus, though auxin hormone increases the rate of growth in a stem but it decreases the rate of growth in a root. Now, the side of a  root away from light will have all the auxin concentrated in it. Due to this, the side of root which is away from light will grow slower than the other side and make the root bend away from light. Please draw the diagram to show the bending of plant root away from light yourself.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination The Response of Plants to Gravity : Geotropism

The force with which the earth pulls all the things towards it, is called gravity. The force of gravity always acts in the downward direction. The response of plants to gravity is called geotropism. Geotropism is also known as gravitropism.

  • The roots of plants always grow downward in response to gravity. This makes sure that they will find soil and water.
  • The stems (or shoots) of plants always grow up, away from the pull of gravity. This makes sure that they will get light.
    The movement of plant roots towards the earth and that of stem away from earth, both are cases of geotropism. Since the roots grow down towards the pull of gravity, so the downward growth (or downward movement) of roots is called positive geotropism. The stem (or shoot) grows upwards, away from the pull of gravity, so the upward growth (or upward movement) of stem or shoot is called negative geotropism. The response of plants to gravity (or geotropism) will become more clear from the following experiment.
  •  We take a potted plant growing in a transparent glass jar. When this potted plant is kept in the normal position, we can see that its roots are growing downwards and its stem is growing upwards
  • experiment to show the responce of a plant to gravity Let us now tilt the potted plant and keep the pot horizontally on its side as shown.  In this position, the roots and stem both are parallel to the ground (or earth). Allow the plant to remain in this position for a few days.
  •  After a few days we will find that the roots of the potted plant bend downwards towards the earth and the stem of plant bends upwards, away from the earth. The roots of plant grow downwards in response to the pull of gravity. The stem of plant responds to gravity in the opposite way, by growing upwards (away from the pull of gravity). Response of Plants to Chemicals : Chemotropism The growth (or movement) of a plant part due to chemical stimulus is known as chemotropism.

The growth (or movement) of a pollen tube towards the ovule induced by a sugary substance as stimulus, is an example of chemotropism. This can be explained as follows: The ripe stigma in the carpel of a flower secretes a chemical substance (which is a sugary substance) into the style towards the ovary.

diagram to show the responce of a plant

This sugary substance acts as a stimulus for the pollen grains which fall on the stigma of the carpel. The pollen grain responds to this stimulus by growing a pollen tube in the downward direction into the style of the carpel and reaches the ovule in the ovary of the flower for carrying out fertilisation. This growth of the pollen tube in response to a chemical substance secreted by the stigma of a flower is an example of chemotropism.

Response of Plants to Water : Hydrotropism

The roots of plants always go towards water, even if it means going against the pull of gravity. Though roots normally grow downwards but in order to reach water, they can grow sideways or even upwards! The roots grow in the direction of source of water so as to obtain water for the developing plant.
Since roots always grow (or move) towards water, therefore, roots are positively hydrotropic. When the roots bend by growing towards water, it appears that they move towards water. We will now describe an experiment to demonstrate hydrotropism. This will show us the response of roots to water. We take two glass troughs A and B and fill each one of them two-thirds with soil (see Figure 14). In trough A we plant a tiny seedling.

In trough B we plant a similar seedling and also place a small ‘clay pot’ inside the soil . Water the soil in trough A daily and uniformly. Do not water the soil in trough B but put some water in the clay pot buried in the soil. Leave both the troughs for a few days.

experiment to show the responce of plant to water

Now, dig up the seedlings carefully from both the troughs without damaging their roots. We will find that the root of seedling in trough A is straight. On the other hand, the root of seedling in trough B is found to be bent to the right side (towards the clay pot containing water). This can be explained as follows. In trough A, the root of seedling gets water from both sides (because the soil is watered uniformly).

But in trough B, the root gets water oozing out from the clay pot which is kept on the right side. So, the root of seedling in trough B grows and bends towards the source of water to the right side. This experiment shows that the root of a plant grows towards water. In other words, the root of a plant is positively hydrotropic.

Directional Response of Plants to the Touch of an Object: Thigmotropism

There are some plants called ‘climbing plants’ which have weak stems and hence cannot stand upright (or erect) on their own. The climbing plants have climbing organs called tendrils. Tendrils are the thin, thread-like growths on the stems or leaves of climbing plants. Thus, there are two types of tendrils : stem tendrils and leaf tendrils. Tendrils are sensitive to the touch (or contact) of other objects.

That is, tendrils have cells which can sense their contact with a nearby solid object like a bamboo stick, or the stem of another plant. So, when a tendril touches an object, then the side of tendril in contact with the object grows slowly than its other side. This causes the tendril to bend towards the object by growing towards it, wind around the object and cling to it. The winding movement of the tendril of a climbing plant is an example of thigmotropism. The stimulus in thigmotropism is the touch (or contact) of an object. The winding movement of the tendril of a plant around a nearby object gives support to the plant having a weak stem.

Thigmotropism is often seen in plants having tendrils. Tendrils are positively thigmotropic which means that they grow towards things they happen to touch. The plants having stem tendrils or leaf tendrils which are positively thigmotropic climb up artificial supports, other plants or fences very easily. The plants such as bitter gourd (karela), bottle gourd (lauki), grape vine and passion flower have stem tendrils which are positively thigmotropic and make these plants to climb up by winding around various types of supports. The plants such as peas and glory lily have leaf tendrils which are positively thigmotropic.

These leaf tendrils also make their plants to climb up by winding around various types of nearby supports. From the above discussion we conclude that tendrils are the climbing organs of the plants which are positively thigmotropic.

diagram to show the respone of a plant part tendril

 

whichever way up a seed is planted its root always grows downwards into the soil

The Usefulness of Tropic Movements 

The various types of tropic movements help the plants to survive. For example, even if a seed is planted upside down, its root will still grow downwards into earth because it is positively geotropic (see Figure 16). The root will also grow towards water because it is positively hydrotropic. Similarly, the shoot of such a seed will grow upwards because it is negatively geotropic and towards light because it is positively phototropic. These tropic movements help the plants to obtain water and nutrients from soil and light from the sun, which are necessary for their growth and survival.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Nasties

We have just studied that in tropism, a plant part either moves towards the stimulus or away from the stimulus. However, in some plants, the movement of the plant part is neither towards the stimulus nor away from the stimulus. That is, the movement of plant part in some plants is not in a particular direction with respect to stimulus. The movement of a plant part in response to an external stimulus in which the direction of response is not determined by the direction of stimulus is called nastic movement. Nastic movements of plants are also called nasties. The nastic movements of plants are induced by stimuli such as heat, light, touch (or contact), etc.

The main difference between tropic and nastic movements is that tropic movement is a directional movement of a plant part but nastic movement is not a directional movement of the plant part with respect to the stimulus. The direction of nastic movement is not determined by the direction from which the stimulus is applied. In nastic movement, from whichever direction the stimulus is applied, it affects all the parts of the organ of a plant equally and they always move in the same direction. Nastic movements are mostly exhibited by the flat organs of the plants like ‘leaves’ and ‘petals of flowers’. Some of the examples of the nastic movements of plants (or nasties) are given below :

  •  The folding up of the leaves of a sensitive plant (Mimosa pudica) on touching is an example of nastic movement. Here the stimulus is touch.
  •  The opening up of the petals of dandelion flowers in morning in bright light and closing in the evening when the light fades is an example of nastic movement. In this case the stimulus is light.
  •  The closing of the petals of moonflower in the morning in bright light and opening at dark when the light fades is also an example of nastic movement. In this case also the stimulus is light. Please note that though all tropisms are growth movements but all nasties (or nastic movements) are not growth movements. Nastic movements may or may not be growth movements.
  • For example, the folding up of the leaves of a sensitive plant on touching is not a growth movement but the opening and closing of petals of flowers by the action of sunlight is a growth movement. We have just said that most of the movements of the plant parts are caused by their growth. Now, since the growth of a plant part is usually a slow process, therefore, most of the movements of plant parts are very slow. There are, however, some exceptions.
  • We will now describe the movement of a plant part (leaves) which is unusually fast and takes place almost immediately. It is the folding up of the leaves of a sensitive plant when touched with a finger (or any other object). This is discussed below under the topic on thigmonasty.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Thigmonasty

The non-directional movement of a plant part in response to the touch of an object is called thigmonasty. In other words, thigmonasty is the nastic movement of a plant part in response to touch. Thus, the stimulus in thigmonasty is the ‘touch’. An example of the nastic movement in plants caused by touch (or thigmonasty) is provided by the sensitive plant (Mimosa pudica) which is also known as touch- me-not plant. It is called chhui-mui in Hindi.

If we touch the leaves (or rather leaflets) of the sensitive plant with our fingers, then its leaves fold up and droop almost immediately. The folding up of the leaves of sensitive plant on touching, is an example of nastic movements in plants (in which the stimulus is the ‘touch’ of our fingers

diagram to show the nastic movements in the leaves of sensitive plant

In this case, the ‘touch’ of our fingers is the stimulus and the leaves respond by ‘folding up’. Please note that the folding of leaves of a sensitive plant is not a case of tropism (like thigmotropism) because in this case the direction of movement of leaves does not depend on the direction of stimulus (touch). We will now describe how the leaves of a sensitive plant fold up when touched.

The sensitive plant has pad-like swellings called ‘pulvini’ at the base of each leaf. (The singular of pulvini is pulvinus). The pulvini contain a lot of water in their cells. Due to the internal ‘water pressure’ in them (called turgor), all the pulvini are very firm and hold the leaves above them upright

The pulvini have also large intercellular spaces (empty spaces) between their cells. The folding up of the leaves of a sensitive plant on touching is due to the sudden loss of water from pad-like swellings called ‘pulvini’ present at the base of all leaves of the sensitive plant which make the pulvini lose their firmness causing the leaves to droop and fall.

This happens as follows. When the leaves of sensitive plant (having pulvini at their base) are touched with a finger, then an electrical impulse is generated which travels through ordinary cells (because there are no nerve cells insensitive plant or other plants).

the leaves of sensitive plants fold due to the loss of watere from pulvinus at their base
This electrical impulse acts on a plant hormone. The plant hormone makes the water migrate from the cells of one half of a pulvinus to the intercellular spaces in the other half of pulvinus. This loss of water from half of pulvinus causes the pulvinus to lose its firmness making the leaf to fold [see Figure 18(b)]. Similarly, all the pulvini lose firmness and become limp due to which all the leaves above them collapse and fold up. At a gap of 15 to 30 minutes after the leaves have folded, water usually diffuses back into same cells of pulvinus from which it left, and the leaf returns to its original position

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Photonasty

nastic movements of petals in flowers

The non-directional movement of a plant part (usually petals of flowers) in response to light is called photonasty. In other words, photonasty is the nastic movement of a plant part (like petals of flowers) in response to light. Thus, the stimulus in photonasty is light.

A dandelion flower opens up in the morning in bright light but closes in the evening when the light fades and it gets dark. The opening and closing of petals of dandelion flowers in response to the intensity of light is an example of nastic movement in which the stimulus is light. In other words, it is an example of photonasty. The moonflower behaves exactly opposite to that of dandelion flowers in respect of response to light.

The petals of moonflower close during the day when there is bright light but open up at night when it is dark and there is no light (see Figure 20). This is also an example of photonasty. Please note that the opening and closing of flowers in response to light (or photonasty) are growth movements. Petals open when their inner surfaces grow more than their outer surfaces. On the other hand, petals close when their outer surfaces grow more than their inner surfaces.

Before we end this discussion, we would like to give the functions of plant hormones. Functions of Plant Hormones (or Phytohormones) The plant hormones (or phytohormones) regulate many functions in plants. The various functions in plants which are regulated by the plant hormones (or phytohormones) are :

  • Germination of seeds (or Breaking the dormancy of seeds),
  •  Growth of root, stem and leaves,
  • Movement of stomata (or stomatal movement) in leaves,
  •  Flowering of plants,
  •  Ripening of fruits, and
  •  Phototropism, geotropism, chemotropism, hydrotropism, thigmotropism and nastic movements.

 

The multicellular animals (except sponges) have specialised cells called nerve cells (or neurons) to respond to stimuli and coordinate their activities. A system made up of nerve cells is called nervous system. The coordination in simple multicellular animals takes place through nervous system only. For example, Hydra is a simple multicellular animal. The nervous system of Hydra consists of a network of nerve cells joined to one another and spread throughout its body (see Figure 21).

The control and coordination in higher animals called vertebrates (including human beings) takes place through nervous system as well as hormonal system called endocrine system. Before we describe the control and coordination in humans, it will be good to know something about sense organs, receptors and effectors. These are described below. There are five sense organs in our body: eyes, ears, nose, tongue and skin . We receive a variety of information from the environment around us through the sense organs.

The sense organs contain receptors. A receptor is a cell (or a group of cells) in a sense organ which is sensitive to a particular type of stimulus (or a particular type of change in the environment) such as light, sound, smell, taste, heat, pressure, etc. The different sense organs contain receptors for detecting different stimuli. The eyes have light receptors (which can detect light),

Nervoussystemofhydraears have sound receptors (which can detect sound), nose has smell receptors (which can detect smell), tongue has taste receptors (which can detect taste) whereas skin has receptors for detecting touch, pressure, heat (or cold) and pain, etc. The common type of receptors also have special names such as photoreceptors, phonoreceptors, olfactory receptors, gustatory receptors and thermoreceptors.

Photoreceptors detect light (they are present in eyes), phonoreceptors detect sound (they are present in inner ears), olfactory receptors detect smell (they are present in nose), gustatory receptors detect taste (they are present in tongue) whereas thermoreceptors detect heat or cold (they are present in skin).

Eyes,ears,nosetongueandskinaresenseorgans.Justlikeusadoghasalsofivesenseorgans. Adoghasandexcellentsenseofsmell.

 

A stimulus is a kind of energy such as light, sound, smell, taste, heat, or mechanical pressure, etc. Receptors contain groups of cells which are sensitive to the energy provided by the stimulus. At a receptor, the energy provided by a stimulus sets off a chemical reaction which converts the energy of stimulus into an electrical signal called ‘electrical impulse’ (nerve impulse or just impulse).

So, all the receptors in the sense organs receive stimuli from the surrounding environment and send the message conveyed by them to the spinal cord and brain in the form of electrical impulses through the sensory nerves. Another type of nerves called motor nerves transmit the response from the brain and spinal cord to the ´effectors’, again in the form of electrical impulses. An effector is a part of the body which can respond to a stimulus according to the instructions sent from the nervous system (spinal cord and brain).

The effectors are mainly the muscles and glands of our body. All our muscles and glands respond to electrical impulses sent from the nervous system through motor nerves.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination in Humans

There are two systems of coordination of activities in humans. These are :

  •  Nervous system, and
  •  Endocrine system (or Hormonal system).
    In human beings, nervous system and endocrine system work together to control and coordinate all our activities such as our physical actions, our thinking processes and our emotional behaviour. Both the systems of coordination, nervous system and endocrine system, consist of a number of organs working together in a systematic way. We will now describe the nervous system and endocrine system in humans in detail, one by one. Let us discuss the nervous system first.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination  Human Nervous System

The function of nervous system is to coordinate the activities of our body. It is the control system for all our actions, thinking and behaviour. The nervous system helps all other systems of our body to work together. The nervous system is like a manager inside our body. Its job is to control and coordinate the parts of our body so that they work together, doing their job at the right time. Our nervous system coordinates muscles so that we can do things which need thinking like reading, writing, cycling or dancing.

The nervous system also coordinates things which we don’t have to think about, like heart beat and breathing. The human nervous system receives information from the surroundings, processes it, interprets it and then responds accordingly. The nervous system also passes information from one internal system to another. For example, as soon as we put food in our mouth, it immediately causes the release of saliva from the salivary glands.

The Unit of Nervous System : Neuron

The units which make up the nervous system are called nerve cells or neurons. So, neuron is the structural and functional unit of the nervous system. We can now say that nervous system is made of special cells called neurons. Neuron is the largest cell in the body (which looks like an electric wire).

Neurons contain the same basic parts as any other animal cell but their structure is specially adapted to be able to carry messages over large distances in the body quickly. The neurons carry messages in the form of electrical  signals called electrical impulses or nerve impulses.

Aneuron(ornervecell).

A neuron (or nerve cell) has three components :

  •  Cell body,
  •  Dendrites, and
  • Axon.

The cell body of a neuron is like a typical animal cell which contains cytoplasm and a nucleus . A number of long and thin fibres are stretching out from the cell body of a neuron. They are called nerve fibres. The shorter fibres on the body of a neuron are called dendrites. The longest fibre on the cell body of a neuron is called axon. The axon has an insulating and protective sheath (or cover) of myelin around it (Myelin is made of fat and protein). It is clear that both dendrites and axon arise from the cell body of a neuron.

The messages which the neurons transmit in the nervous system are in the form of electrical impulses called nerve impulses (or just impulses). The dendrites pick up the nerve impulses (or messages) from receptors. They pass the impulses to the cell body and then along the axon. The axon passes the impulse (or message) to another neuron through a junction called synapse. Neurons are of three types : sensory neurons, motor neurons and relay neurons.

  • Sensory neurons transmit impulses from the sensory cells (or receptors) towards the central nervous system (spinal cord and brain).
  •  Motor neurons transmit impulses from the central nervous system (spinal cord and brain) towards the muscle cells (or effectors).
  •  Relay neurons occur in the central nervous system (brain and spinal cord) where they serve as links between other neurons.

Nervecellshavelongthinfibreswhichcarry‘messages’aroundourbodyThispictureshowsahighlyenlargedphotographofmotornerveendings

We will now explain how nerve impulses (or messages) are transferred from one neuron to another in the nervous system. Any two neurons in the nervous system do not join to one another completely. There is always a very, very small gap between the two neurons (where they join). This gap is called a synapse. The nerve impulses are carried over this small gap between a pair of neurons by means of a chemical substance called neurotransmitter substance.

We can now say that : A microscopic gap between a pair of adjacent neurons over which nerve impulses pass when going from one neuron to the next is called a synapse. Thus, synapses connect neurons (though it looks surprising that even gaps can connect two things !). We will now understand the conduction of electrical nerve impulses through synapse with the help of a diagram. Suppose there are two neurous (or nerve cells) A and B near each other .

Let A be a sensory neuron which is directly connected to the receptor. There is an extremely small, microscopic gap between the end of the axon of neuron A and the dendrite of the next neuron B which is called a synapse . We will now explain how the electrical impulse travels through the gap (synapse) between the two neurons. The receptor in a sense organ is in touch with the dendrites of sensory neuron. When a stimulus acts on the receptor, a chemical reaction is set off which produces an electrical impulse in it.

This impulse travels from the dendrite of sensory neuron A to its cell body and then along its axon. At the end of axon of sensory neuron A, the electrical impulse releases tiny amount of a chemical substance into the synapse (or gap). This chemical substance crosses the gap (or synapse) and starts a similar electrical impulse in the dendrite of the next neuron B. From the dendrite, this

Diagramtoshowhowelectricalimpulsesareconductedfromoneneurontoanotheracrosssynapses(gaps)betweenthem bythereleaseofachemicalsubstanceelectrical impulse is carried to the cell body and then to the end of axon of the second neuron. It can then be transferred to a third neuron in a similar way. This process goes on till the electrical impulse reaches the relay neurons in spinal cord and brain. The relay neurons and motor neurons connect in a similar way to bring electrical impulses from the brain and spinal cord to the effectors like muscles and glands. Synapses actually act like one-way valves.

This is because the chemical substance is present on only one side of the gap. Due to this, the nerve impulses (or messages) through a particular set of neurons can go across only from one side (which contains the chemical substance). In this way, synapses ensure that
nerve impulses travel in only one direction (through a particular set of neurons).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination The Organs Of Human Nervous System

The main organs of the nervous system are: Brain, Spinal cord and Nerves. The sense organs like eyes, ears, tongue, nose and skin can be considered to be other organs of the nervous system because they help in the functioning of the nervous system. The main organs of the nervous system are shown in . The brain is located inside the skull of our head. The spinal cord is a very thick nerve which runs inside the cavity of backbone in our body.

The upper end of spinal cord is attached to the brain. The nerves are a kind of wires which are distributed all over our body. The brain and spinal cord are connected to all the sense organs and other parts of our body by millions of nerves. There are mainly two types of nerves in our body : cranial nerves and spinal nerves. The cranial nerves connect all the parts in the head directly to brain. The spinal nerves connect all the remaining parts of the body (like muscles and skin, etc.) to the spinal cord .

There is also a third type of nerves called visceral nerves. Most of the visceral nerves connect the internal organs of the body to spinal cord though some also connect to brain (Visceral nerves have not been shown in to keep the diagram simple and avoid confusion). The cranial nerves, spinal nerves and visceral nerves are also of two types : sensory nerves and motor

Thehumannervoussystem.

This is how the nervous system works : When the sense organ (like eyes, ears, tongue, nose, or skin) in our body is affected, it sends the message to the brain in the form of electrical impulses (called nerve impulses) through the sensory neurons. The brain analyses this message and decides the action to be taken. The brain then sends out instructions to the muscles of the concerned body part (for taking necessary action) through motor nerves. The concerned body part then acts according to the instructions sent by the brain.

Please note that in the processing of complicated responses (which require thinking) both, the brain and spinal cord are involved, but in the simple responses (which do not require thinking), the spinal cord alone is involved.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination The Parts of the Nervous System

The nervous system can be divided into two main parts :

1. Central nervous system (consisting of brain and spinal cord), and

2. Peripheral nervous system (consisting of all the nerves of the body like cranial nerves, spinal nerves and visceral nerves). The peripheral nervous system can be further divided into two parts:

  • Voluntary nervous system (which is under voluntary control from the brain), and
  • Autonomic nervous system (which operates automatically or involuntarily).

The classification of nervous system into various parts is given in the following chart:

chapter35

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination The Pheripheral Nervous System

All the nerves of the body together make up the peripheral nervous system (PNS). They all enter or leave the central nervous system. The three types of nerves which make up the peripheral nervous system are spinal nerves, cranial nerves and visceral nerves. Spinal nerves arise from the spinal cord along most of the length of the spinal cord and spread throughout the body (except the head). They all carry both sensory and motor neurons and are described as mixed nerves.

Cranial nerves arise from the brain and spread throughout the head. They also carry both sensory and motor neurons. The visceral nerves are a special kind of nerves which mostly arise from the spinal cord (though some also arise from the brain). They are connected to the internal organs of the body. Visceral nerves also carry both sensory and motor neurons.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control And Coordination Reflex Action And Reflex Arcs

The simplest form of response in the nervous system is reflex action. This is a rapid, automatic response to a stimulus which is not under the voluntary control of the brain. It is described as an involuntary action. Thus, a reflex action is one which we perform automatically. It is a comparatively simple form of behaviour in which the same stimulus produces the same response every time. If we unknowingly touch a hot plate, we immediately move our hand away from it.

So, moving our hand away on touching a hot plate is an example of reflex action. Similarly, moving our foot away when we step on something sharp, is also an example of reflex action. A knee jerk, movement of diaphragm (during respiration), coughing, yawning, blinking of eyes and sneezing are all reflex actions. In a reflex action, we are unaware that anything is going to happen to us. Reflex actions are the actions which we do without thinking to protect ourselves.

Yawning,blinkingofeyesandsneezingareallreflexactions(whichareperformedbyusunknowingly)

For example, coughing is a reflex action which clears our windpipe. The pupils of our eyes get smaller in bright light. This reflex action protects the retina of our eyes from damage due to too much light.

The pupils of our eyes get bigger in dim light so as to help us see properly even in dim light. The pathway (or route) taken by nerve impulses in a reflex action is called the reflex arc. Reflex arcs allow rapid response. We will explain the meaning of a reflex arc by taking an example. A reflex action is an automatic response to a stimulus. An example of the way in which we respond to a stimulus is our reaction to touching a hot object (like a hot plate). Very quickly, and without thinking about it, we pull our hand away.

This sort of very fast, automatic response is called the reflex action. Figure 30 shows the pathway taken by the nerve impulses in this reflex action. The stimulus here is the heat which we feel in our hand on touching the hot plate. This heat is sensed by a heat receptor (or thermoreceptor) in our hand. The receptor triggers an impulse in a sensory neuron, which transmits the message to the spinal cord. Here, the impulse is passed on to a relay neuron, which in turn, passes it to a motor neuron.

The motor neuron passes the impulse to a muscle in our arm. The muscle then contracts and pulls our hand away from the hot plate. The muscle of arm is an effector because it responds to the stimulus. This pathway along which the impulse travels is called the reflex arc.

Diagramtoshowthereflexactionanditspath(whichiscalledreflexarc)The reflexes of this type which involve only the spinal cord are called spinal reflexes. Though spinal reflexes are produced in the spinal cord but the message of reflex action taken also goes on to reach the brain. Please note that when we lift a hot plate, then alongwith heat, the pain produced by heat also acts as a ‘stimulus’. The reflex arc described in the above example can be shown in the form of a flow-chart given in .

Most of the reflex actions involve only the spinal cord. They are called spinal reflexes. The reflex action which we have shown in is actually a spinal reflex. And the reflex arc given in is actually a spinal reflex arc. Some reflex actions, however, involve the brain rather than the spinal cord. Such reflex actions are known as cerebral reflexes. This is described below.

AreflexarcshowingcerebralreflexactionThose reflex actions which involve brain are called cerebral reflexes. Cerebral reflexes occur in the organs present in the head because these organs are directly connected to the brain. This will become clear from the following example. Our eyes are present in the head. In dim light, the pupil (a hole in the front of eye) is large so that more light can enter into the eye and make us see properly even in dim light .

Now, when a bright light shines into our eye, then the pupil of our eye automatically becomes smaller (and prevents the damage to the retina of eye from too much light) . The contraction of pupil of our eye automatically in the presence of bright light is an example of cerebral reflex. This cerebral reflex action can be explained as follows: When a bright light falls on the eye, the light receptors in the eye produce impulses in the sensory nerves.

The sensory nerves carry this message of bright light in the form of electrical impulses to the brain. The brain produces the response (that the amount of light entering the eye must be reduced). The response produced by the brain is carried by motor nerves to the circular muscles of the iris of the eye. The circular muscles of the iris of the eye contract and reduce the size of the pupil (or hole) of the eye. As the size of pupil becomes smaller, the amount of light entering the eye is reduced. All this happens very, very quickly.In bright light, a speedy reflex action makes the pupil smaller. This reduces the light entering the eye.In bright light, a speedy reflex action makes the pupil smaller. This reduces the light entering the eye.

 

AreflexarcThisisactuallyaspinalreflexarc)

This cerebral reflex action can be shown by drawing a reflex arc given in  Please note that though the pupil is a circular opening (or hole) in the centre of the iris of the eye but it appears to be dark because no light is reflected from it

How the Effectors (or Muscles) Cause Action or Movement

When a motor nerve impulse sent by the spinal cord (or brain) reaches the effector organs (which are muscles), then the muscles cause action or movement (such as lifting the hand away from a hot plate). We will now describe how muscles are able to move in response to electrical nerve impulses and cause action.

Muscles are made up of muscle cells. Muscle cells contain special proteins which can change their arrangement when stimulated by electrical impulses, causing the muscle cells to change shape and contract. When the muscle cells contract, the muscles also contract (and become shorter). When the muscles contract, they pull on the bones of the body part and make it move.

For example, when electrical impulses sent by the spinal cord (or brain) stimulate the biceps muscle of the upper arm, they make biceps muscle to contract. And when the biceps muscle contracts, it pulls on a bone of the lower arm and makes it move (lifting the hand away from the hot plate). Please note that the contraction of muscles (or muscle cells) caused by the action of electrical impulses is a reversible process.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination The Autonomic Nervous System

The term ‘autos’ means ‘self’ and ‘nomos’ means ‘governing’, so ‘autonomic nervous system’ means ‘self governing nervous system’. The autonomic nervous system is that part of the peripheral nervous system which controls the activities of the organs inside our body automatically even without our thinking about them. The autonomic nervous system is a specific network of nerves in the body which controls the processes like breathing, heart beat, digestion, sweating, etc.,

that maintain our life and keep us alive. The nerves of the autonomic nervous system are attached to the smooth muscles of the various internal organs of the human body like head, heart, blood vessels, alimentary canal, lungs, kidneys, urinary bladder, glands and skin, etc. Thus, the autonomic nervous system controls and regulates the functions of the internal organs of our body involuntarily (on its own).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Voluntary Nervous System

Those actions which need thinking and which are performed by us knowingly are called voluntary actions. For example, speaking to a friend, writing a letter, dancing, cycling, kicking a football, standing in a room or sitting on a chair, are all voluntary actions.

Writingaletter,dancing,andkickingafootballarallvoluntaryactions

The voluntary nervous system helps us take voluntary actions which are under the conscious control of the brain. We will now give an example to understand the working of voluntary nervous system.

Suppose we are walking down to school at a slow pace. After covering some distance, we look at our watch and find that we are getting late. So, we start walking very fast. We can do this because of our voluntary nervous system as follows:

  • When our eyes see time on the watch, they send this information to the brain through the sensory nerves.
  •  The brain analyses this information and decides that since there is risk of being late to school, so we should walk faster.
  • The brain sends the instructions to walk faster to the muscles of our legs through the motor nerves.

The muscles of the legs act accordingly and make us walk faster.

This is an example of voluntary action and the decision to take this voluntary action has been made by the voluntary nervous system.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Central Nervouse System

The central nervous system (CNS) consists of the brain and the spinal cord. Like a telephone exchange with ingoing and outgoing wires, it is responsible for the coordination and control of the activity of the nervous system.

.Thecentralnervoussystemconsistsofthebrainandthespinalcord.

The work of central nervous system is to direct incoming messages to the motor neurons that are connected to the part of the body which will respond to a stimulus. In complicated responses, the brain and spinal cord are both involved. That is, in complicated responses, central nervous system is involved. The central nervous system enables a person to give a more appropriate and more intelligent response to various situations.

By using the central nervous system, a person can vary his behaviour according to the changing situations. This point will become more clear from the following example. If we pick up a very hot plate in the kitchen (without knowing that it is very hot), then our reflex action produced by the spinal cord alone says that we should pull away our hand (so that our hand is saved from burns). But if we pull away our hand, then the plate would drop and break into pieces (and our mother will definitely scold us for breaking the plate!).

Now, it is here that the central nervous system involving brain steps in. When the message from our fingers saying that the ‘plate is too hot’ arrives at our central nervous system, there is already another message saying ‘but don’t drop it’ (This is due to the intelligence of the brain). The central nervous system will consider the two messages together. It may then decide to send a message to our muscles to tell them to put down the plate gently and not drop it.

This intelligent response has been made possible only due to the central nervous system. The job of the central nervous system is to collect all the information from all the receptors in our body. This information is added together before messages are sent out to the effectors. In this way, the best action can be taken in a particular set of circumstances. We will now describe the two organs of the central nervous system, brain and spinal cord in detail.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Brain

Brain is the highest coordinating centre in the body. The brain is located inside the skull of our body (at the top of the spinal cord). It is protected by a bony box in the skull called cranium  The brain is surrounded by three membranes called meninges, which help to protect it. The space between the membranes (or meninges) is filled with a cerebro spinal fluid which protects the brain from mechanical shocks. Pairs of cranial nerves arise from the brain.

The brain is broadly divided into three regions forebrain, midbrain and hindbrain. The forebrain consists mainly of cerebrum. The midbrain does not have any further divisions. The hindbrain consists of three centres called pons, cerebellum and medulla. We will now discuss the functions of the forebrain, midbrain and hindbrain. Let us start with cerebrum which is in the forebrain.

The cerebrum (or forebrain) is the main thinking part of the brain. It is the site of our faculties such as learning, reasoning, intelligence, personality and memory. All our thoughts, sensations, actions and movements are controlled by the cerebrum. The cerebrum has different areas for performing different functions. There are association areas in cerebrum which control thinking and

Thehumanbrain

memory. These association areas also store information and experiences. There are sensory areas where information is received from the sense organs like eyes, ears, nose, tongue and skin, and give us the ‘sensation’ or ‘feeling’. Similarly, cerebrum has motor areas from which instructions are sent to muscles to do various types of jobs.

All the voluntary actions of the body are coordinated by the cerebrum. This happens as follows: The cerebrum receives sensory information through the receptors of sense organs. The cerebrum interprets this information in the light of previous experiences and takes a decision which it thinks is right. It then sends out instructions to the motor area (which controls the movement of voluntary muscles) so as to make voluntary muscles move to bring about the appropriate responses.

We will now describe the functions of midbrain. The midbrain controls reflex movements of the head, neck and trunk in response to visual and auditory stimuli. It also controls the reflex movements of the eye muscles, changes in pupil size and shape of the eye lens. We will now describe the functions of the parts of the hindbrain which are pons, cerebellum and medulla. The pons takes part in regulating respiration. The cerebellum helps in maintaining posture and balance of the body.

It also enables us to make precise and accurate movements. The cerebellum coordinates smooth body movements such as walking, dancing, riding a bicycle and picking up a pencil, etc. Medulla controls various involuntary actions such as heart beat (blood circulation), breathing, blood pressure and peristaltic movements of alimentary canal. Medulla is also the controlling centre for reflexes such as swallowing, coughing, sneezing, secretion of saliva and vomiting.

Thebrainconsistsofmillionsofnervecellslikethese,carryingmillionsofmessagestoandfromthebrain.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Spinal Cord

Spinal cord is a cylindrical structure. The spinal cord begins in continuation with medulla and extends downwards. It is enclosed in a bony cage called vertebral column. Spinal cord is also surrounded by membranes called meninges. As many as 31 pairs of nerves arise from the spinal cord . The spinal cord is concerned with spinal reflex actions and the conduction of nerve impulses to and from the brain.

Before we end this discussion, we would like to give the various functions of brain. The various functions of brain are as follows:

  • The brain receives information-carrying nerve impulses from all the sensory organs of the body.

Thissketchshowsspinalcordenclosedinabonycagecalledvertebralcolumn

  •  The brain responds to the impulses brought in by sensory organs by sending its own instructions (through motor nerves) to the muscles and glands causing them to function accordingly.
  •  The brain correlates the various stimuli from different sense organs and produces the most appropriate and intelligent response.
  • The brain coordinates the body activities so that the mechanisms and chemical reactions of the body work together efficiently.
  •  The brain stores ‘information’ so that behaviour can be modified according to the past experience. This function makes the brain the organ of thought and intelligence.

Before we describe the hormonal system or endocrine system for the coordination in human beings, we should know the meanings of two terms: hormones and endocrine glands. So, let us first discuss hormones and endocrine glands.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Hormones

Hormones are chemical substances secreted in very small amounts by specialised tissues in the body called endocrine glands. These hormones coordinate the activities of living organisms and also their growth. So, we can now say that: Hormones are the chemical substances which coordinate the activities of living organisms and also their growth. Hormones are made inside the body of an organism in very small amounts. The various characteristics of hormones are given below :

  •  The hormones are secreted in small amounts by the endocrine glands.
  •  The hormones are poured directly into the blood and carried throughout the body by blood circulatory system.
  •  The hormones have their effect at the sites different from the sites where they are made. So, they are also called chemical messengers.
  •  The hormones act on specific tissues or organs (called target organs).

The hormones coordinate the activities of the body and also its growth.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Endocrine Glands

A gland is a structure which secretes a specific substance (or substances) in the body. A gland is made up of a group of cells or tissue. There are two types of glands in the body :

  1. Exocrine glands, and
  2. Endocrine glands.

A gland which secretes its product into a duct (or tube) is called an exocrine gland. For example, the salivary gland secretes the saliva into a duct called salivary duct, therefore, salivary gland is an exocrine gland. Thus, exocrine glands are the glands having ducts ). A gland which does not have a duct and secretes its product directly into the blood stream is called an endocrine gland. Thus, endocrine glands are ductless glands. An endocrine gland secretes a chemical substance called hormone.

We can now say that : A structure (group of cells or tissue) which makes hormones in the body is called an endocrine gland. The various endocrine glands present in the human body are shown in The endocrine glands do not have ducts to secrete their hormones, so they are also called ductless glands. The endocrine glands release hormones directly into the blood of a person. These hormones reach the concerned body part through the blood and act on it.

Hormones are a kind of chemical messengers. A hormone is produced in one part of the body but it acts on some other part of the body. The hormones are of different types and perform different functions.

Salivaryglandsareexocrineglands(having ducts).

Some of the glands in our body have both exocrine and endocrine functions. The pancreas, testes and ovary are such glands. For example, pancreas acts as an endocrine gland and secretes the hormone insulin. It also acts as an exocrine gland and secretes pancreatic juice containing digestive enzymes into the pancreatic duct that leads to the alimentary canal. The testes are glands which act as endocrine glands and secrete the hormone called testosterone.

They act as exocrine glands and release sperms (male sex cells) into the duct. Similarly, ovaries are glands which act as endocrine glands and secrete the hormones oestrogen (read as ‘estrogen’) and progesterone. They act as exocrine glands and release ova or eggs (female sex cells) into the duct.

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination The Endocrine System

A group of endocrine glands which produces various hormones is called an endocrine system. The endocrine system is also called hormonal system. We will now discuss the endocrine system in humans in detail.

In addition to nervous system, the endocrine system also helps in coordinating the activities of our body. The endocrine system in our body consists of a number of glands (or tissues) which make, store, and release chemicals called hormones.

There are a large number of endocrine glands in the human body. The endocrine glands present in the human body are: Pineal gland; Hypothalamus gland; Pituitary gland ; Thyroid gland; Parathyroid glands; Thymus ; Pancreas ; Adrenal glands ; Testes (only in males) and Ovaries (only in females). The positions of all these endocrine glands in the human body are shown in . The endocrine glands are located in different parts of the body. As we can see from , the endocrine glands are located in the head, neck and trunk of our body.

Different endocrine glands make different types of hormones which act on different organs of our body. The working of endocrine glands is controlled by our nervous system. The hormones produced by endocrine glands act as messengers between the nervous system and the organs of our body. We will now take the example of adrenal glands to show how the endocrine system (or hormonal system) coordinates our body activities.

There are two adrenal glands in our body, one on top of each kidney . The adrenal glands make adrenaline hormone. The adrenaline hormone prepares our body to function at maximum efficiency during emergency situations like danger, anger, excitement, etc.

This happens as follows: When we are faced with a dangerous situation (like being chased by a ferocious dog), then our nervous system stimulates the adrenal glands to secrete more adrenaline hormone into our blood. This adrenaline hormone increases our ‘heart beats’, ‘breathing rate’, ‘blood flow into muscles’ and causes liver ‘to put more stored glucose into our blood’.

 

Thepositionsofendocrineglandsinthehumanbody

All these actions of adrenaline hormone produce a lot of energy in our body very, very quickly. And this energy helps us to run away very fast from the dog to save ourselves. In this way, the adrenaline hormone prepares our body to run away very fast from a frightening object. Similarly, it is the adrenaline hormone which prepares our body to fight an enemy (say, a burglar in our house) by providing us a lot of energy in a very short time.

A lot of adrenaline hormone is also secreted by adrenal glands when we are ‘angry’ or ‘excited’. The rapid output of energy thus caused helps us to cope with these extreme emotional situations.

It is the adrenaline hormone (secreted by adrenal glands) which has prepared the body of this person to run away very fast from a ferocious dog.

The complete coordination in the human body is achieved by the nervous system and endocrine system working together. The main centres in the body for the coordination of the two systems of control (nervous system and the endocrine system) are the hypothalamus and pituitary gland. The hypothalamus plays an important role in collecting information from other regions of the brain and from blood vessels passing through it.

This information is passed on to pituitary gland which by its own secretions, directly or indirectly, regulates the activities of all other endocrine glands. The hormones are involved in the regulation of several functions in the human body like growth, metabolic activities and reproduction. We will now give the names of the endocrine glands, the hormones released by these glands, and the functions of these hormones in the human body.

Please note that pineal gland which is present in the brain has no known function. Pineal gland is supposed to be a vestigial organ (Vestigial organs are those organs which no longer function). Let us discuss the other endocrine glands now.

1. Hypothalamus

Hypothalamus gland is present in the brain. Hypothalamus produces ‘releasing hormones’ and ‘inhibitory hormones’. The function of hypothalamus is to regulate the secretions of hormones from pituitary gland. That is, hypothalamus controls the pituitary hormones.

2. Pituitary Gland

Pituitary gland is present just below the brain. The pituitary gland secretes a number of hormones. One of the hormones secreted by pituitary gland is growth hormone (or human growth hormone). The growth hormone controls the growth of the human body. For example, growth hormone controls the development of bones and muscles. A person having a deficiency of growth hormone in childhood remains very short and becomes a dwarf. On the other hand, a person having too much growth hormone becomes verv tall (or a giant) .

3. Thyroid Gland

Thyroid gland is attached to the wind pipe in our body. Thyroid gland makes a hormone called thyroxine (which contains iodine). The function of thyroxine hormone is to control the rate of metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and proteins in the body. Iodine is necessary for the making of thyroxine hormone by thyroid gland, therefore, a deficiency of iodine in the diet can cause a deficiency of thyroxine hormone in the body.

The deficiency of iodine in the diet of a person produces less thyroxine hormone and causes a disease known as goitre. The main symptom of goitre is that the neck of the person appears to be swollen (due to the enlargement of thyroid gland located in the neck). People are advised to use iodised salt for cooking food so as to prevent goitre disease. This can be explained as follows: Iodine is required by the thyroid gland to make thyroxine hormone.

Iodised salt contains appropriate amount of iodine compounds (such as potassium iodide). Iodised salt can provide all the iodine needed by thyroid gland to make sufficient thyroxine for our body . Since there will be no deficiency of thyroxine in the body, goitre cannot develop.

4. Parathyroid Glands

There are four small parathyroid glands which are embedded in the thyroid gland . Parathyroid glands secrete a hormone called parathormone. The function of parathormone hormone is to regulate calcium and phosphate levels in the blood.

5. Thymus Gland

Thymus gland lies in the lower part of the neck and upper part of chest. Thymus gland secretes thymus hormone which plays a role in the development of the immune system of the body. Thymus gland is large in young children but shrinks after puberty (or sexual maturity).

6. Pancreas

The pancreas is just below the stomach in the body. Pancreas secretes the hormone called insulin. The function of insulin hormone is to lower the blood sugar level (or blood glucose level). Deficiency of insulin hormone in the body causes a disease known as diabetes. Diabetes disease is characterised by large quantities of sugar in the blood (and even urine). The insulin hormone controls the metabolism of sugar.

If, due to some reason, pancreas does not produce and secrete sufficient amount of insulin into blood, then the sugar level in the blood rises. The high sugar level in the blood can cause many harmful effects to the body of a person. The person having high sugar level in blood (or diabetes) is called a diabetic. Diabetic

ThisbottlecontainsinsulinulinsolutionbeingfilledinasyringethroughtheinjectionneedleAchildsufferingfromdiabetesisbeinggivenaninsulininjection.

persons are advised by doctors to take less sugar in their diet. Common diabetes can be controlled by controlling diet, reducing weight, doing regular physical exercise and taking medicines. The persons having severe diabetes are treated by giving injections of insulin.

7. Adrenal Glands

There are two adrenal glands which are located on the top of two kidneys. The adrenal glands secrete adrenaline hormone. The function of adrenaline hormone is to regulate heart rate, breathing rate, blood pressure and carbohydrate metabolism. Adrenaline hormone is secreted in small amounts all the time but in large amounts when a person is frightened or excited. When adrenaline is secreted in large amounts it prepares our body for action.

It speeds up heart beat and breathing, raises blood pressure and allows more glucose (carbohydrate) to go into the blood to give us a lot of energy quickly to fight or flight (run away). Adrenal glands are often called ‘glands of emergency’.

persons are advised by doctors to take less sugar in their diet. Common diabetes can be controlled by controlling diet, reducing weight, doing regular physical exercise and taking medicines. The persons having severe diabetes are treated by giving injections of insulin. 7. Adrenal Glands There are two adrenal glands which are located on the top of two kidneys (see Figure 53). The adrenal glands secrete adrenaline hormone. The function of adrenaline hormone is to regulate heart rate, breathing rate, blood pressure and carbohydrate metabolism. Adrenaline hormone is secreted in small amounts all the time but in large amounts when a person is frightened or excited. When adrenaline is secreted in large amounts it prepares our body for action (see Figure 54). It speeds up heart beat and breathing, raises blood pressure and allows more glucose (carbohydrate) togointothebloodtogiveusalotofenergyquickly tofightorflight(runaway. Adrenalglandsareoftencalled'glandsofemergency'.

8. Testes

Testes are the glands which are present only in males (men). Testes make male sex hormones called testosterone. The function of testosterone hormone is to control the development of male sex organs and male features such as deeper voice, moustache, beard, and more body hair (than females). All these changes caused by testosterone are associated with male puberty which the boys attain at an age of 13 to 14 years. The testes also make the male gametes called sperms.

9. Ovaries

Ovaries are the glands which are present only in females (women). Ovaries make two female sex hormones called oestrogen and progesterone. The function of oestrogen hormone is to control the development of female sex organs, and female features such as feminine voice, soft skin and mammary glands (breasts).

All these changes caused by oestrogen are associated with female puberty which the girls attain at an age of 10 to 12 years. The function of progesterone hormone is to control the uterus changes in menstrual cycle. It also helps in the maintenance of pregnancy. The ovaries also make the female gametes called ova (or eggs).

KSEEB Class 10 SSLC Biology Chapter 2 Control and Coordination Feedback Mechanism

The excess or deficiency of hormones has a harmful effect on our body. For example, the deficiency of insulin hormone results in a disease called diabetes whereas excess of insulin in the body can lead to coma. So, it is necessary that the hormones are secreted by the glands in our body in precise quantities which are required for the normal functioning of the body. This means that there should be some ‘mechanism’ to regulate the production and release of hormones in the body.

The timing and amount of hormones released by various glands are controlled by the ‘feedback mechanism’ which is in-built in our body. For example, if the sugar level in the blood rises too much, they are detected by the cells of pancreas which respond by producing and secreting more insulin into blood. And as the blood sugar falls to a certain level, the secretion of insulin is reduced automatically.

Before we end this discussion we would like to give a comparison of the nervous system and endocrine system (or hormonal system) for the control and coordination in humans (and other higher animals).

chapter70